logging in or signing up The Secret Calendar Codes: 2012 in the Cosmic Cycles of Time caterinas Download Post to : URL : Related Presentations : Share Add to Flag Embed Email Send to Blogs and Networks Add to Channel Uploaded from authorPOINT lite Insert YouTube videos in PowerPont slides with aS Desktop Copy embed code: (To copy code, click on the text box) Embed: URL: Thumbnail: WordPress Embed Customize Embed The presentation is successfully added In Your Favorites. Views: 1416 Category: Others/ Misc License: All Rights Reserved Like it (3) Dislike it (0) Added: June 28, 2010 This Presentation is Public Favorites: 0 Presentation Description “An astonishing and beautiful book that challenges our deepest assumptions about TIME, and shows how to blend ancient wisdom into everyday life.” Comments Posting comment... By: felicitMave (16 month(s) ago) the birth, life and death of st. francis of assisi. Saving..... Post Reply Close Saving..... Edit Comment Close Premium member Presentation Transcript The Secret Calendar Codes : 2012 in the Cosmic Cycles of Time Page 1 The Secret Calendar Codes Caterina Schiavone All rights reserved “An astonishing and beautiful book that challenges our deepest assumptions about TIME, and shows how to blend ancient wisdom into modern life.” Slide 2: What do the ancient calendars, prophecies, modern scientists, spiritual leaders and mystics all tell us about this amazing TIME? They say ‘NOW is the TIME.’ They say humanity is at a critical mass turning point. As change continues to accelerate, we are offered a choice and a quantum leap into the unknown. Page 2 How to Read this Book : Page 3 How to Read this Book This book is a fresh view of reality. I invite you to read it slowly one page at a time. Take it slowly and read it in bits as there is much new information. Absorb each concept into your body and heart, and notice how you feel. The book draws together many diverse threads. To see the whole picture clearly it is best to view each slide in order to the end. For a Better View of the pages click on the Full Screen Icon, at the bottom right corner of the window. To exit from Full Screen click your Esc key. To move through the book quickly some browsers have a Thumbnail tab in the lower left corner of the window. Thumbnails can help you move through the book. Click the arrows to move left or right through the thumbnails. To see the next slide press the forward arrow on the screen or keyboard. You may download as a pdf by selecting that option on the main menu. Printing is not recommended as it is more readable on-screen, and printing uses excessive color ink. For more in-depth information, click the Learn More links, or go to the last page for a list of links and books. Click Previous page to return to the book. Contact Caterina: Caterina@ThreadsofLight.com. Read the book slowly,one page at a time. Table of Contents : The Secret Calendar Codes NOW is the TIME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 The Easy Concepts of TIME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 ‘The Great Year’ is Earth’s 25,800 Year Cycle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 The Sumerian Calendars: Roots of our Modern Calendar . . . . . . . . 24 The Greek Calendars and Unified Field Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 6. The Roman Calendars Define our Concept of Time . . . . . . . . . . . 43 7. Ancient Calendars: Hindu, Chinese, Tibetan, Prehistoric . . . . . . . . 57 8. The Egyptian Calendars: Decoding the Secrets . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 9. The Indigenous Calendars: The Inca and Hopi Prophecies . . . . . . 102 10. The Mayan Calendar: The Most Accurate & Complex on Earth . . . . 111 11. Quantum Science is Changing our View of Time . . . . . . . . . . . 128 12. Surprising Discoveries in Space and on Earth . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 13. Lost Knowledge, Gaps and Missing Links in Time. . . . . . . . . . 164 14. What does Religion and Spiritual Leaders Say about our TIMES? . 184 15. Multi-Dimensional Reality and the Illusion of TIME in 3-D . . . . . 194 16. Mystics and Channels Speak about our TIMES . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 17. Now is the TIME to Acknowledge What We Prefer Not to See . . . . 219 18. We Can Conquer Fear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 19. What’s Your Choice? Ascension, Rapture, Armageddon, Business as usual? 254 Page 4 Table of Contents Last update 10/23/10 A Passion for Truth Guides this Book. : Page 5 A Passion for Truth Guides this Book. This book connects threads of information in a new way. It is the result of immense research from books, online and channeled sources. “The light is the only thread to follow.” Helen Keller Caterina We are assembling the pieces of a puzzle to form an integrated world view. If you are used to relying on public media for information, much of this material will be new to you. I suggest you allow your body and heart to absorb each concept slowly one page at a time, noticing how you feel. If you observe that your mind, body or heart are closed, then put the book down. It is better that you pick it up another time when you are more open. I do not ask that you believe all that is suggested on these pages, but that you consider the possibility of its truth. I hope this information helps you connect your own threads in a new way. What Do the Calendars Tell Us?We Have Many Questions. : Is TIME Accelerating? What’s happening NOW in the cosmic cycles of TIME? What do the ancient calendars, prophecies, modern scientists, spiritual leaders and mystics say about our current TIME? What does the Bible say about our TIME? What is the truth about 2012 and the Mayan Calendar? What does NASA say about changes on the Earth and in space? What is the reality beyond power struggles and polarization we see around us? Where does our modern calendar come from? How does our modern calendar separate us from Nature? Is TIME accelerating? What does this mean in our lives? If ancient cultures had advanced math and astronomy 10,000 - 75,000 years ago, how old is civilization? Page 6 What Do the Calendars Tell Us?We Have Many Questions. How can we prepare for Earth energetic changes? What is essential about 2012 and the Mayan Calendar? What is the Most Advanced Civilization of all TIME? : 7 What are the undiscovered secrets of the ancient world? What messages are encoded in the stones and symbols? What do they tell us? Our Modern Age represents great material and electronic advancements. We also create war, disease, planetary destruction and confusing priorities. How advanced is that? Modern? or Ancient? Page 7 What is the Most Advanced Civilization of all TIME? We Presume that We are the Pinnacle of Civilization, : much more advanced than our ancestors. The ancient calendars point to highly sophisticated civilizations, math and astronomy. Our ancestors were wise, and they understood their place in the cosmos. Much has been forgotten or lost. Now is the Time to Rediscover the Truth. Scientists, Spiritual leaders and Mystics have much to offer us now. How will we integrate modern truths into the ancient wisdom, begin to live in harmony with Nature and join the quantum world of life that is all around us? Hindu Wheel of Time? Ancient Greek Calendar-Computer? Sumerian Sky Map - 3,300 BC? Page 8 We Presume that We are the Pinnacle of Civilization, “Everything is in motion.Nothing rests . Everything vibrates.” The Kybalion, Hermetic Texts : OK, This is beautiful. But please don’t tell me anything is going to change... “Everything is in motion.Nothing rests . Everything vibrates.” The Kybalion, Hermetic Texts Page 9 Chapter 2: The Concepts of TIME. : Chapter 2: The Concepts of TIME. Please stay with me here… This may get complicated. Let’s start with the easy concepts of TIME. Galileo Galilei – 1564-1642 Italian physicist, mathematician and astronomer is called the “Father of modern science.” Galileo taught that the Sun is the center of the universe. He was put on trial by Roman Catholic Inquisitors, forced to deny his work and spent the last 10 years of his life under house arrest. Learn More Page 10 Chapter 2: The Concepts of TIME. What is TIME? : The moon orbits the Earth every 29.53059 days. The Earth orbits our Sun every 365.2422 days. Time is movement in space, the orbits of the Earth, Moon and Sun. Days Moon Cycles Years The Earth rotates on its axis. Each day. The Earth’s natural rhythms are orbits. This creates Days, Moon cycles and Years. Our ancestors were skilled astronomers. They measured these orbits and made practical calendars. Earth’s solar cycle is quite different from its lunar cycle. A solar year has 356.2422 days. A moon orbit has 29.53059 days. Our ancestors invented 3 types of calendars: Lunar calendars follow the moon’s phases only. Lunisolar calendars follow the moon cycles, adding an extra month periodically to match the year. Solar calendars have a 365 day year and disregard moon cycles. We add a leap day every four years. Learn More Learn More What is TIME? Page 11 TIME is the Movement of Spheres in Space. : I feel dizzy. Which way is up? As the Earth revolves on its axis, it also orbits the Sun. The Sun and solar system are also moving. Each orbit is a 3D wave or spiral. Why is this important? Because each moment in TIME is a new position in the space-time spiral. WE NEVER return to the same point. TIME, the COSMOS and our REALITY are expanding, ever changing, constantly in motion! Learn More Page 12 TIME is the Movement of Spheres in Space. All Celestial Bodies Move in Spirals, never straight lines. Once Upon a Time Mankind Lived by Nature’s Rhythms. : Nature’s cycles guided every aspect of life. People lived by the rise and set of the sun. Time was defined by Nature’s cycles of day, night, moon phases and seasons. Our ancestors marked the years by celebrating solstice and equinox, dates that mark the four seasons and the New Year. Learn More Page 13 Once Upon a Time Mankind Lived by Nature’s Rhythms. Where do I find this place? Many ancient cultures viewed TIME as a circle without beginning or end. Nature’s rhythms still pulse inside us with our breath and heartbeat. : The sun and phases of the moon guide our energy levels, moods and sleep. When our body rhythms are in sync with Nature, life flows easily. Knowing your personal cycle allows you to cultivate the best hours for your own bio-rhythms. The result is balanced, stable energy, a serene mind and deep sleep. This timeless and intimate contact with the Earth nourishes our health and natural harmony. Learn More Page 14 Nature’s rhythms still pulse inside us with our breath and heartbeat. Our daily circadian rhythms follow the sun and moon. Electricity has Changed our Experience of TIME. : The advent of electricity now allows us to be separate from Nature. We no longer wake up with the sun, and we can stay awake very late. We can live disconnected from our natural rhythms. Many people live busy schedules without ever seeing the sun, moon or stars. Our pace is driven by our minds and thoughts, separated from the natural biorhythms of Earth’s cycles: day, night, seasons and moon phases. Learn More When we disregard Earth’s cycles, we live out of sync with the rhythms that govern all life. Many children never feel the harmony of living in tune with their own natural circadian rhythms. The resulting loss of equilibrium is the root cause of many diseases. Learn More What’s going on? What’s happening? I dunno… Page 15 Electricity has Changed our Experience of TIME. We don’t know… Where is the TRUTH? Who knows? How Can We Tell What’s Fiction and What’s Truth? : Fiction. Partial Truth. Truth. Sleeping Beauty is fictional. She’s a lovable thought form. Advertisements are partial truths. Martin Luther King said: ‘I have a dream!’ This is TRUE. What’s Fiction and What’s Truth in our Concept of TIME? Minutes, Seconds, Weeks and our Months are fictional. They’re just Made-up. TIME itself is an Illusion. It is Part Fiction and part Truth. Days, Moon Cycles, Years and Ages are based on planet movements. They are REAL and TRUE. Page 16 How Can We Tell What’s Fiction and What’s Truth? Fiction Part Truth Truth I’m part Truth. I’m a Fairy Tale. Hey, this is Truth. I have a dream! Slide 17: 17 Two spinning galaxies merge. OK, So TIME is the orbits of stars, planets and galaxies? Page 17 Chapter 3: ‘The Great Year’ is Earth’s 25,800 Year Cycle. : Chapter 3: ‘The Great Year’ is Earth’s 25,800 Year Cycle. NASA defines The Great Year as “The period of one complete orbit around the ecliptic, or about 25,800 years. This is also called the Platonic year or the Precession of the Equinoxes. Is it caused by a wobble or an orbit? What does this mean? Ecliptic Precession Page 18 The Earth’s ‘Great Year’ has 12 Zodiac Ages. : The Earth’s ‘Great Year’ has 12 Zodiac Ages. The “Great Year” is a 25,800 year cycle with 12 zodiac sub-cycles or Ages of 2,150 years each. The Shift to the Age of Aquarius is in transition NOW. We are ending the Age of Pisces and starting the Age of Aquarius. In simple terms the Age of Pisces saw the rise of Christianity, and the Age of Aquarius is defined by unified truth and brotherhood. No one agrees on the exact beginning date of these Ages. Learn More Page 19 The ‘Great Year’ Moves Backwards Through 12 Zodiac Ages. : The ‘Great Year’ Moves Backwards Through 12 Zodiac Ages. Ancient astronomers found the Great Year by observing sunrise at the spring equinox each year in March. On the horizon appears one of 12 zodiac constellations: Aries, Taurus, Gemini, Cancer, Leo, Virgo, Libra, Scorpio, Sagittarius, Capricorn Aquarius and Pisces. They observed a new zodiac sign on the horizon every 2150 years! They also noticed that the cycle moves backwards through the zodiac signs! A complete cycle of 12 periods of 2,150 years is 25,800 years. Each year’s position ‘precedes’ the previous year. Isaac Newton called this cycle The Precession of the Equinoxes, to describe this reverse movement. Learn More A complete “Great Year cycle is 12 zodiac ages of 2,150 years, or 25,800 years. Page 20 This cycle is called Precession of the Equinoxes. What Causes the Great Year? : What Causes the Great Year? Is it a wobble? Or does the Sun orbit with other stars? Isaac Newton believed that The Great Year is caused by a wobble in the Earth’s axis as it rotates. Most modern scientists agree. What is a wobble? Is it a wave? A spiral? An orbit? Ancient calendars observed that our Sun and solar system move through the galaxy in an orbit with other stars including Alcyone in the Pleiades. They noticed that as we move closer to or farther from the magnetic center of the galaxy, energy and light bring changes in culture and consciousness on Earth. Ancient cultures believed that the Great Year brings powerful electro-magnetic rays from the galactic center, and this rules the rise and fall of civilization. We are here Is it a Wobble or Orbit? Which is true?? Learn More The Milky Way galaxy Page 21 Ancient Calendars Used Earth’s ‘Great Year’ Cycle. : 22 Ancient Calendars Used Earth’s ‘Great Year’ Cycle. The Greek, Inca, Chinese, Hindu, Egyptian, Mayan and Hopi cultures all use the ‘Great Year’ cycle. The Egyptian calendar recognized a 25,920 year cycle with 12 zodiac sub-cycles. Learn More The Chinese calendar refers to a “Cosmic Year”, a cycle of human evolution in 12 sub-cycles. The Greeks observed a ‘Platonic Great Year’ of 25,920 years in 5 Ages: the Golden, Silver, Bronze, Heroic and Iron Ages. Learn More The Hindu calendar has Yugas or ages: The Golden, Silver, Bronze and Iron Ages total 25,714 years. Yugas define the rise and fall of civilizations in a never-ending cycle. The Hopi calendar says humans have existed in three ages. In each age we turned away from spiritual teachings, and the world was destroyed. The first world was destroyed by fire, the second by ice and the third by water. We are now at the end of the fourth age. The Mayan ‘Long Count Calendar’ of 5125 years is one-fourth of a precession cycle of 25,625 years. The Mayans measure many cycles from 16.4 billion years ago. Learn More The Hebrews knew about precession in the time of Kings David and Solomon, as evidenced in the Psalms of David 19:4-5, that trace the zodiac through each age. Learn More Page 22 Slide 23: OK, So how did our ancestors read the cosmos to count time? A Black Hole Spins in Deep Space. Page 23 Chapter 4: The Sumerian Calendars, Roots of our Modern Calendar : Gilgamesh c. 2700 BC, King of Uruk, (pronounced ‘Iraq’) was the son of the goddess Ninsun and a man Urlugal. He was said to be half man, half god. About Gilgamesh Learn More The Sumerian tablets are the oldest surviving written books. Sumerians lived in the once lush fertile crescent in present-day Iraq. Page 24 Chapter 4: The Sumerian Calendars, Roots of our Modern Calendar Hi, I am Gilgamesh. To find the origin of your modern calendar, you must go to the Sumerian tablets in present-day Iraq 6,000 years ago. . . The Sumerian Calendar Points to Higher Math and Astronomy. : The Sumerian Calendar Points to Higher Math and Astronomy. Sumerians (5,000 BCE-1,700 BCE) had a 12 month lunar calendar. Learn More Months followed the moon cycles exactly and were numbered 1st, 2nd, 3rd as in the Bible. To keep the lunar year (354 days) in step with the solar year (365 days) the kings decreed the addition of an extra intercalary month every three years, so that some years had 13 months instead of 12. Sumerians named years by the reign of kings instead of numbers. The Sumerians lived in the Fertile Crescent, a lush arc-shaped area between the Tigris and Euphrates rivers, in present-day Iraq, Syria and Palestine. Sumerians used a 12-hour day. Their average hour was equal to two of our modern hours, and the length of a Sumerian hour varied by the seasonal sun. A 6-hour day was from sunrise to sunset, and the 6-hour night from sunset to sunrise. A Sumerian double hour had 60 minutes and each minute had 60 seconds. Learn More . . Sumerians were skilled astronomers. Sumerian math is based on the number 60. 8,000 years ago they used base-60 numbers with decimal places to calculate precise movement of the planets. Sumerian years were counted in 60-year groups, much like our centuries. This is why we now count 60 minutes in an hour and 60 seconds in a minute. Page 25 The Sumerian Calendar Used Base-60 Higher Mathematics The Sumerians Knew the Earth and Planets Orbit the Sun. : Sumerians left thousands of stone tablets in cuneiform characters, an ancient form of picture writing. What secrets are in the tablets? This ancient Sumerian tablet shows a solar system of planets revolving around the sun. Galileo proposed this just 400 years ago, and was arrested. Learn More How did they know this? . . The Sumerian tablets are the only artifacts about the Sumerians to survive the great flood. Scholars have decoded thousands of tablets. Some of their stories echo passages in the Bible and The Book of Enoch by Noah’s great grandfather, Enoch. The tablets speak of the ancient gods, kings and giants Yahweh, Elohim, Enlil and Anu, who created humans and ruled for centuries. They describe kings in seven previous ages 270,000 years before the flood. Learn More View Video A Sumerian Stargate? The Sumerian calendar identified 12 celestial bodies in the solar system: the sun, moon and 10 planets. 5,000 years before Galileo they knew that the Earth and planets are spherical and that they revolve around the sun. Learn More Page 26 The Sumerians Knew the Earth and Planets Orbit the Sun. The Assyrian and Babylonian Calendars Had Advanced Astronomy. : The Babylonian calendar (1700 BCE – 500 BCE) had 12 lunar months. Babylonians used a seven-day week and believed in the sacred cult of the number seven. Every seven days was a holy day dedicated to the Sun. Each holy day was preceded by a day for the powerful god Saturn called Saturn-day. Learn More The Assyrian Calendar originated in the area we now call Iraq. It is still in use by Assyrians world-wide. We are now in Assyrian year 6759. Carving of the god Anu-nnaki, meaning "Those who came from Heaven to Earth.” These beings were said to possess advanced astronomy and wrote the first calendars. The Babylonian calendar indicates sophisticated knowledge of astronomy including the fact that the Earth orbits the Sun. This is recorded in the tablets “Enuma Anu Enlil” written by the gods ‘Anu and Enlil’, who were said to have come from the stars. The tablets describe precise astronomical movements of the sun, moon, planets, stars, and eclipses. Learn More Page 27 The Assyrian and Babylonian Calendars Had Advanced Astronomy. . . The Babylonians Created Sophisticated Sky Maps in 3,300 BC. : Ancient cultures observed the Earth’s natural cycles and based calendars on the phases of the moon. The astrolabe was first developed in the Near East, and was later adopted by England to navigate the seas. It calculates the angle of the sun, moon, planets and stars on the horizon to find one's position on the Earth, a sort of prototype-GPS. How did they know this? Page 28 The Babylonians Created Sophisticated Sky Maps in 3,300 BC. . . The Babylonians used advanced mathematics and astronomy to create detailed sky maps for reading the stars and planets. Learn More Ancient calendars followed the Moon cycles of 29.53059 days. This stone astrolabe disk is an ancient sky map from Iraq c 3,300 BCE. Learn More The Modern Islamic Calendar is a Pure Lunar Calendar,Defined by the Prophet Muhammad. : The Islamic religious calendar is a strict lunar calendar. Since the 12 months follow the moon’s phases, a year has only 354 or 355 days, and the holidays regress 10 days each year over a period of 33 years. Muslims begin each month with the first new lunar crescent. The Islamic Month of Ramadan is the most venerated when Muslims gather to pray each evening. “The number of months with Allah has been 12 months by Allah’s rule since the day He created heavens and Earth....Transposing a prohibited month is against the scriptures. Unbelievers are led to wrong thereby: They make an extra month lawful one year and forbidden the next.” Are fundamentalist Muslims inviting us to live by Nature’s true cycles instead of our modern system of counting TIME? Learn More Page 29 The Modern Islamic Calendar is a Pure Lunar Calendar,Defined by the Prophet Muhammad. The Islamic lunar calendar begins counting years since 622 CE. In his farewell pilgrimage to Mecca in the year 10 AH (632 CE) the prophet Muhammad revealed that an additional intercalary month was prohibited by Allah. Muhammad said: The Prophet Muhammad declared the calendar should be strictly lunar. A strict lunar calendar regresses 10 days each year. The Muslim World Uses Many Concurrent Calendars. : The Moon and Star symbol unites the Muslim world. It symbolizes divine light and the perfected human being. The original Persian calendar was a purely lunar system. Later it became a 360-day year of 12 30-day months. The modern Persian calendar now has 12 months of 30 or 31 days, and a leap year every four years. New Year is at the spring equinox. Most Islamic countries now use the Christian Gregorian calendar for everyday with two exceptions: Iran uses the Persian calendar above. Afghanistan uses the Persian calendar, except for the period 1999 – 2002 when the Taliban rulers adopted the purely lunar Islamic religious calendar. Muslims represent 1.6576 billion people or 24% of the world. Many use traditional calendars. Indonesia uses six concurrent calendars: Gregorian, Javanese Pasaran, Wetonan, Balinese Lunar, Balinese Sacred and the Islamic religious lunar calendar. Learn More Page 30 The Muslim World Uses Many Concurrent Calendars. We are Now in Islamic Year 1431, and Persian Year 1389. In Indonesia there are six names for each day, and six concurrent calendars! The Jewish Calendar Starts from Creation Date According to the Torah. : The actual Jewish calendar is very complex. In order to have festivals fall in certain moon phases or weekdays in a worldwide system, a new calendar was calculated by Rabbi Moshe Ben Maimon in 1178 CE. In ‘Sanctification of the New Moon’, he wrote: “We should count the year by moons.” Hebrew Zodiac mosaic The Hebrew Month Names come from the Babylonian calendar. 1. Aviv: Young green barley or flax2. Iyyar/Ziv: Splendor and brilliance of flowers and healing.3. Sivan: 9th month of gestation, a righteous garment at the correct time.4. Tammuz: Sprouting of Life.5. Ab: Fatherly consoling and love.6. Elul: Contrite soul searching of heart.7. Tishri/Ethanim: New beginnings of perennially flowing streams.8. Bul /Cheshvan: Productive showers.9. Kislev/Chislev: Confident heart.10. Tevet/Tebeth: Soaking goodness.11. Shevat/Shevat: Downpour of budding rod of rule. Tree sabbath.12. Adar: Blessing from the womb. Rabbi Moshe Ben Maimon, Jewish Astronomer Page 31 The Jewish Calendar Starts from Creation Date According to the Torah. The current Hebrew Year is 5770. The year of creation was 3760 BC. The Jewish Calendar follows the moon cycles, with 12 lunar months and an extra month every three years. Hebrews also studied the zodiac star patterns. Learn More Isaac Newton Discovered that Ancient Hebrew ArchitectureEncodes Sacred Mathematical Timelines, like the Egyptian Pyramids. : Page 32 Isaac Newton Discovered that Ancient Hebrew ArchitectureEncodes Sacred Mathematical Timelines, like the Egyptian Pyramids. In 1737 Isaac Newton published his “Dissertation upon the Sacred Cubit of the Jews”. He discovered the ancient Jewish cubit measuring system was used to build the Temple of Solomon and also the Great Pyramids of Giza. The Cubit has an exact relationship to the Earth’s circumference and to sacred geometry. Newton translated the Bible from its original Aramaic, and believed that the Hebrews before the flood understood the atomic structure of matter. Newton found this while researching his Theory of Gravity and the ‘Great Year’ 25,800 year time cycle. Learn More The Hebrew Earth Grid is called “RESHEL”. It is a star tetrahedron or 3-D Star of David inside a sphere. Learn More Its meaning is written in the Torah: 1 Peter 2:4-8, Ephesians 2:19-22, and Psalms 118:19-28. The Temple of Solomon was built in 960 BCE. The Ark of the Covenant was located in its sacred altar area. Isaac Newton believed that the temple was designed by King Solomon with privileged eyes and divine guidance. Newton observed that the geometry of the temple encoded sacred dimensions and a chronology of Hebrew history. Learn More Our Weekdays are Named for the Seven Sumerian Gods. : Learn More More Information Monday is Moon-day. Sunday is for the Sun. In Latin it is called God’s day or ‘Dies Dominica’. Tuesday is for Tyr, Norse god of War and of Mars. Wednesday is for Wodan, Norse god and ruler of the planet Mercury. Thursday is Thor’s day, god of thunder and the planet Jupiter. Friday is Frigg’s day, for the beautiful goddess of love and the planet Venus. Saturday is for Saturn, god of Time with a sharp sickle, sometimes called ‘Sabbath’ or Sabato. Page 33 Our Weekdays are Named for the Seven Sumerian Gods. The Sumerians worshiped seven gods, rulers of the planets. These Sumerian gods and week day names have been used for millenniums in all cultures except for Egyptian and American Indigenous calendars. In English we use the Norse names for the same ancient gods! Slide 34: “Geometry existed before the creation.” Plato Will I have to study mathematics to get this? Page 34 Chapter 5: The Greek Calendars and Unified Field Theory. : Over 2,000 years ago a few astonishing Greek astronomers studied the cycles of Time. They laid the foundation for a Unified Field Theory based on mathematical harmony in Nature. Modern quantum scientists now describe a similar underlying intelligent energetic force as the basis for physical matter. See Chapter 10. What secrets do these amazing Greeks tell us? αβγδεζηθικλμνξοπρςστυφχψω Page 35 Chapter 5: The Greek Calendars and Unified Field Theory. Pythagoras Saw a Harmonious Universe Connecting All Things. : In 600 BC Pythagoras described a harmonious universe, “A Great Chain of Being” connecting all matter and spirit.” He believed a universal field of knowledge exists containing the memory of every word and action in TIME and SPACE. Pythagoras suggested that the Earth and planets revolve around a central fire, and that celestial bodies move in mathematical equations corresponding to musical tones, producing a symphony or ‘harmony of the spheres.’ Learn More Pythagoras traveled widely and studied the Hermetic teachings in Egypt. Initiates in his school had to give up all possessions and maintain silence for five years. Secrecy and discipline in his teachings brought him many enemies. Pythagoras and many of his students were murdered. Learn More Page 36 Pythagoras Saw a Harmonious Universe Connecting All Things. Pythagoras, 570 BC, mathematician and astronomer, called the heavens kosmos meaning ordered world because it is in perfect harmony. He believed the universe arose from a beginning, a universal field of knowledge, which gave birth to all knowledge, in an early Big Bang theory. Learn More “There is no word or action but has its echo in Eternity.” αβγδεζηθικλμνξοπρςστυφχψω Plato Expressed the Beauty of the World in Mathematics. : Plato b. 428 BC, philosopher, mathematician. With his mentor, Socrates and his student Aristotle, Plato laid the foundations of Western science and philosophy. He also said that our perceptions in 3-D are illusions. Read More Page 37 Plato Expressed the Beauty of the World in Mathematics. Plato described the Earth grid as a 12-sided dodecahedron Plato’s 5 ‘Platonic Solids’ are the ‘cosmic geometric shapes’ that occur in Nature. Learn More More Information “The highest form of pure thought is mathematics.” αβγδεζηθικλμνξοπρςστυφχψω Plato’s book Timaeus says the formation of the universe of such order and beauty is the product of a rational, kind and purposeful agent of goodness that can only be expressed in mathematics. The harmony within Nature is a model for humans to understand and emulate. Thus we can restore the soul to its original state lost in embodiment. Learn More Plato Saw Five Ages of Mankind in a 25,920 Year Cycle. : The Five Ages of Mankind Plato’s ‘Great World Year’ of 25,920 Years The Golden Age was the happiest time. Men lived without illness, war or toil in the abundance of wild foods. When they died they became guardians of mankind. In the Silver Age the new gods arrived. They began to experiment on the creation of mankind. The Bronze Age was filled with brazen men who loved war, and finally destroyed themselves in continuous war. In The Heroic Age a race of demigods was rewarded for their courage on the island of Elysium upon their death. The Iron Age is the worst age where goodwill and decency cease to exist. Men suffer oppression by wicked rulers whose greed finally ends when Zeus destroys them. Learn More Zeus, King of The Gods, brought the Deluge to purge the world of men who loved war. Page 38 Plato Saw Five Ages of Mankind in a 25,920 Year Cycle. αβγδεζηθικλμνξοπρςστυφχψω Plato - 428 BCE Euclid Said the Planets Move in Harmonious Geometry. : Euclid is often called “The Father of Geometry”. He probably attended Plato’s academy in Athens, and later taught mathematics in Alexandria. His work Phaenomena is a study of time-space geometry on the movements of Earth, the planets and spheres. Euclid wrote the book Elements, one of the world’s most influential works on the history of mathematics. He also wrote Data on geometry, Divisions of Figures on ratios, Catoptrics, a theory of mirrors and Pseudaria on fallacies and reasoning errors. Learn More More Information Page 39 Euclid Said the Planets Move in Harmonious Geometry. A fragment of Euclid's Elements, c AD 100. Euclid b. 325 BC, teacher, mathematician, philosopher. The laws of Nature are nothing but the mathematical thoughts of God.” Hipparchus Re-Discovered The ‘Great Year’ in the 2nd Century BC. : Hipparchus is often called the greatest astronomer of antiquity. He was the first Greek to discover the Earth’s 25,920 year cycle called Precession of the Equinoxes. Hipparchus cataloged the stars, charted precise movements of the Sun and Moon and predicted eclipses. Hipparchus taught that the Earth was the center of the Solar System. Learn More αβγδεζηθικλμνξοπρςστυφχψω Page 40 Hipparchus Re-Discovered The ‘Great Year’ in the 2nd Century BC. Hipparchus 190 BC Astronomer and mathematician In Ancient times days and nights were exactly 12 hours long, so the hours often had different lengths. Hipparchus proposed dividing the day equally into 24 hours, known as equinoctial hours, based on 12 hours of light and 12 hours of dark at the Equinox in the spring and fall. Stolen Astronomical Device Found in Roman Shipwreck : Page 41 Stolen Astronomical Device Found in Roman Shipwreck The Antikythera Device (An-ti-ki-THEER-ə) was recently analyzed using 3-D X-ray imaging. It revealed 752 astronomical inscriptions to calculate precise movements of celestial bodies as defined by Greek astronomer Hipparchus. Dated from 80 BC the handmade brass device has three main dials and 32 interlocking gears turned by a handle. The dials incorporate systems from both the Egyptian calendar and the Greek zodiac. The device could predict eclipses and adjust for leap years. Its wheels defined calendar times for planting, harvesting, religious dates and even the dates for the Olympic games. Learn More The Antikythera Device in Athens Museum Modern model of the device Indicates Advanced Calendar Systems in Ancient Greece. In 1900 a team of Greek sponge divers discovered a shipwreck off the island of Antikythera. They noticed the remains of a Roman ship carrying stolen plunder from Athens. A researcher noticed a gear wheel embedded in the rock and brought up an object with corroded interlocking dials, a sort of mechanical calendar-clock-computer. Who were these Roman conquerors? Slide 42: Wow! The Greeks were beautiful. What happened? Page 42 “Everything flows out and in.Everything has its tides. All things rise and fall. The pendulum swing manifests in everything. The measure of the swing to the right is the measure of the swing to the left.” The Kybalion, Hermetic Texts Chapter 6: The Roman Calendars Define our Concept of Time. : . Uh oh!... Julius Caesar, 100 BC - 44 BC Roman Emperor, Father of our modern calendar. Page 43 Chapter 6: The Roman Calendars Define our Concept of Time. I am Julius Caesar, Emperor of Rome I created your calendar with one powerful intention: To Conquer the World. What is Our Modern Calendar? : Our modern calendar came from ancient Rome. It is a lunisolar calendar with 12 months in a year. Our year has 365 days with a leap day every 4 years. We think of TIME as digital and linear. We divide a day into 24 equal hours of 60 minutes each. Every minute has 60 seconds. We number our years from Christ’s birth and group them in 100-year units called centuries. Page 44 What is Our Modern Calendar? The word ‘month’ means ‘moon’ but we do not follow the moon cycles. How did our modern calendar develop? Julius Caesar made his mark on our calendar. We think of time as digital and linear. The First Roman Calendar had Only 10 Months. : Roman calendars were modified often by the rulers of the day, sometimes creating confusion. Romans counted years for the Kings in power and later from the founding date of Rome in 753 BC. A week had eight days from the Etruscans, but Romans later adopted the Greco-Persian seven day week. Page 45 The First Roman Calendar had Only 10 Months. The original Roman calendar started the New Year on March 21st at the spring equinox. There were just 10 months in a year totaling 304 days and 61 days in winter that did not belong to any month. The 10 months were Martius, Aprilis, Maius, Junius, Quntilis, Sextilis, September, October, November, and December. These last six months mean 5th, 6th, 7th, 8th, 9th and 10th. In 713 BC King Numa Pompilius added January and February to create a 12-month year. He did not change the names of the last six months, and their numbers are misleading still to this day. This Roman calendar stone with 12 months was made after the calendar change in 713 BC. King Numa Pompilius added January and February, to make 12 months in a year. Our Months are Named for Roman Gods, Emperors and Wrong Numbers. : What are our months named for? January – The Roman god Janus, ruler of entry ways. February – Februum is a Roman purification ritual. March - The god of War and planet Mars. April – Aprilis is a spring nymph. May - The Greek Maia, goddess of fertility June – Juno was the wife of Jupiter, king of the Gods. July – This month is named for Julius Caesar. August - Caesar’s son Augustus named this for himself. September – It was once the 7th, but is now the 9th month. October - It means 8th, but is now the 10th month. November – It means 9th, but is now the 11th month. December – It means 10th, but is now the 12th month. Learn More January is named for the god Janus, the guardian of entry-ways, and the double-faced ruler of the 12 other gods. Page 46 Our Months are Named for Roman Gods, Emperors and Wrong Numbers. March is named for Mars, the god of war. July is named for Emperor Julius Caesar. Early Roman Calendars Were Defined by Gods. : Apollo the Sun God, most important god in Rome, with a crown of sunlight, from a 2nd century Roman mosaic in Tunisia. In early Rome gods were called ‘Numina’ or divine beings. Everything in Nature was imbued with Numina, the sacred force, whose role was to manifest Divine Will through natural phenomena. Page 47 Early Roman Calendars Were Defined by Gods. There were 12 main gods and goddesses most honored in Rome, each with a role, a personality and a history. They were: Apollo, Jupiter, Juno, Minerva, Vesta, Ceres, Diana, Venus, Mars, Mercury, Neptune and Volcanus. Learn More Nature was imbued with Numina, a sacred force of divine beings. The 12 Roman Gods each had a role, personality and a history. Early Christians Were Outcasts in Rome. : Early Christians were very unpopular in Rome. They were often beaten, crucified or beheaded. For example the apostle St. Paul was beheaded in Rome in 67 CE, and St. Peter was later crucified upside-down on the site of the present-day Vatican. Page 48 Early Christians Were Outcasts in Rome. Early Christians were persecuted and often called atheists because they believed in an invisible God. St. Peter was hoisted up on a cross and crucified upside down. Romans Celebrated the Birth of the Sun on December 25th. : Romans celebrated the festival ‘Sol Invictus’, the birth of the ‘Unconquered Sun’ December 25th to honor the solstice and the Sun Gods. In the 1st and 2nd centuries CE the Persian Sun God Mithra rose in popularity. Mithra’s birth was also celebrated on December 25th. He was said to have been born fully grown from a rock. Page 49 Romans Celebrated the Birth of the Sun on December 25th. The Sun God Mithra was born on December 25th when he emerged fully grown from a rock. Learn More Mithraism, a practice based on ascension and astrology, came from India via ancient Greece. This mysterious and secretive religion for men only was the official state religion of the Roman Empire until 313 CE. By learning to read, discipline the senses and study, any man could advance through seven levels or dimensions to become a divine being. Many of the women worshiped Cybele, the Magna Mater or Great Mother goddess. Mithraism was popular among Roman soldiers and unified the Roman Empire under a single god, effectively paving the way for a more organized Christianity for everyone. Learn More Sol Invictus, the Sun God’s festival was December 25th. Julius Caesar Invented the Julian Calendar in 45 BC. : After many centuries of calendar confusion Julius Caesar introduced the Julian Calendar in 45 BC. He was assisted by Cleopatra’s astronomers who understood a year has 365.2422 days. They created a 12-month calendar with 365 days and a leap day every four years. This represented a major calendar breakthrough, and the changes were eventually adopted throughout the Roman Empire. Julius Caesar declared himself Emperor for life. Learn More Page 50 Julius Caesar Invented the Julian Calendar in 45 BC. Cleopatra assisted Caesar in planning the Julian calendar. She ruled Egypt as Pharaoh from 51 BC – 30 BC. Julius Caesar’s new Julian calendar was adopted throughout the Roman Empire. Julius Caesar Constantine Created a Compelling New Worldwide Religion. : The current Vatican City is built over ancient temples to 3 other gods: Cybele, the original Roman Magna Mater or Great Mother Goddess, Apollo, and Mithra, a Sun God. In 313 CE Emperor Constantine embraced Christianity ending centuries of Christian persecution. He incorporated ritual elements of many other ancient sacred traditions into a persuasive new faith. As the Roman Empire grew weaker, the new Christian church rose in power. They called the new religion Catholic from the Greek katholikos, or universal and true to the central Roman church as opposed to other Christian sects. Emperor Constantine Page 51 Constantine Created a Compelling New Worldwide Religion. Emperor Constantine built the first Christian basilica in 326 CE on the present day Vatican site. Constantine’s mother Helena became a Christian in 312 CE at the age of 63. Constantine asked her to supervise a journey to Jerusalem to find Christian relics to sanctify the new basilica. Helena went to the holy land and returned with pieces of the crucifixion cross, nails, a holy tunic and rope fragments. On her death she was sanctified as Saint Helena. Christianity was Declared the Official Religion of the Roman Empire. : Page 52 Christianity was Declared the Official Religion of the Roman Empire. In 380 CE Emperor Theodosius declared Christianity the sole religion of the Roman Empire. Other faiths were called ‘Pagan’, or ‘rustic country dweller’ and their temples closed. Mithraism, Sun worship and all other religions were prohibited on penalty of confiscation of property, torture, slavery, or death. The ancient library of Alexandria, Egypt was destroyed. Temples to the early gods became Catholic churches. In the 4th and 5th centuries Rome was brutally defeated and sacked by warriors from the north. The Empire declined slowly, and the new church rose into power. Roman bishops borrowed the Mithraic high priests’ title Pater Patrum, which became Papa, or Pope. From 491 CE, emperors were required to sign a declaration of Catholic faith and allegiance before their coronation. Learn More Roman Emperor Theodosius outlawed all non- Christian religions and closed their temples. As Rome declined in political power, the Roman Catholic rulers rose in power. A Hermitic Scholar, Jesus becomes the Christós. : A Hermitic Scholar, Jesus becomes the Christós. Jesus of Nazareth did not call himself Christ. In 50 CE, Saint Paul and other followers began to refer to Jesus as the Christós. Χριστός in Greek is a translation from Hebrew word ‘Messiah’ meaning ‘anointed with sacred oil’. They believed that Jesus was the Messiah prophesied in the Old Testament. Learn More Rebel leaders who protected the Jewish homeland were often called Messiahs or Christós. Five other influential Messiahs appeared from 4 BC to 70 CE: Judas of Galilee; Simon - a rebel slave in Perea; Athronges - a Judean shepherd; Menahem - grandson of Judas and Simon bar Giora. Learn More Jesus was said to have studied Hermetic teachings in Egypt. Jesus of Nazareth Studied the Teachings of Hermes. Jesus traveled and studied with many great teachers, say modern philosophers John Baines and Samael Aun Weor. Jesus, his Mother Mary and John the Baptist were all said to have been Essenes ascetics and graduates of the ancient Hermetic School in Egypt. The Hermetic teachings illuminate the mystical secrets of ascension and the power of wisdom through purification and discipline of the desires and senses. Learn More And More Jesus did not call himself the Christós, or Messiah. Page 53 An Essenes Hermitic Scholar, Jesus becomes the Christós. Rome Declares Jesus was Born December 25th in the Year 1 BC. : In 525 AD The Monk Dionysius Exiguus proposed a new system of numbering years from Christ’s birth. It was called AD, Anno Domini, Year of our Lord. We call it CE or ‘Christian Era’. Bishops defended the new rules, and many changes were adopted. Ancient beliefs in reincarnation were declared heresy, and their New Testament passages were removed. Astrology study in schools was discontinued. New Years Day was changed to March 25th, and that day was recognized as the angel’s annunciation date to Mary of her immaculate conception. Our modern calendar was created by Pope Gregory in 1582. He made New Year’s January 1, and changed Easter dates. Page 54 Rome Declares Jesus was Born December 25th in the Year 1 BC. A cross shows the four directions and Christianity’s ancient Shamanic roots. In 525 AD Roman bishops declared Christ’s birth to be December 25th, the solstice, exactly nine months after March 25th, the equinox, the New Year, and the festival of the Immaculate Conception. Since Roman numerals have no zero, Christ’s birth year was decided to be 1 BC. Learn More and More The annunciation was set on March 25th, and Christ’s birth on December 25th. Modern historians say that Jesus of Nazareth was probably born sometime before 4 BC, when King Herod died. Is Our Concept of TIME Still Ruled by Ancient Rome? : Does our calendar help unify everybody and balance our lives? Page 55 Does it help us harmonize our health to Nature’s rhythms? . Our very idea of TIME.. …was designed by Roman rulers. Is Our Concept of TIME Still Ruled by Ancient Rome? Slide 56: OK, there must be a more elegant way to count time. Page 56 “Everything is dual in Nature. Everything has poles. Like and unlike are the same. Extremes meet in the center. All paradoxes may be reconciled.” The Kybalion, Hermetic Texts Chapter 7: The Ancient Calendars Still Exist. : Sri Yukteswar 1855 – 1936, wrote ‘The Holy Science’, which unifies ancient Hindu scriptures with the Bible. He says: “Civilization is much older than commonly believed. Myths of a Golden Age of gods and advanced civilizations in the past are true stories of a real time period. Earth will eventually see another Golden Age. Now we’re in a Bronze Age moving into a period of greater enlightenment.” Learn More Page 57 Chapter 7: The Ancient Calendars Still Exist. “Civilization is much older than commonly believed.” Sri Yukteswar, teacher of Swami Yogananda, author of ‘Autobiography of a Yogi’. The Hindu Calendar is One of the Oldest and Most Accurate on Earth. : The Hindu Trinity: Brahma, Vishnu and Shiva: Creator, Preserver and Destroyer of the universe in an endless cycle. Ancient Hindu astronomy is the sole source of our modern Western Math and Science. Read More The Hindu calendar is a lunisolar calendar with 12 lunar months, and an extra month every 3 years to align the solar year. It uses a 7-days week with one day for each planet. The Hindu calendar measures cycles in time called Yugas or Ages. Hindu astronomers observed the Sun’s orbit and our changing relationship to the galactic center, Vishṇunābhi Vishnu, in a 24,000 year cycle. Ancient Hindu astronomers understood The Great Year and believed that the rise and fall of civilization is synchronized with Earth’s distance from the center of the galaxy. Learn More Page 58 The Hindu Calendar is One of the Oldest and Most Accurate on Earth. The Hindu calendar measures even larger cycles. For example, one Day of Brahma or Manvantara is one orbit around the entire galaxy in 4.32 billion years! Learn More Slide 59: 59 The Ancient Purana Verses in Sanskrit record calendars and lineages of gods and kings as far back to 1900 years before Christ. Learn More The Hindu Calendar is Encoded in Ancient Oral Verses of the Puranas. How Old Are They? Hindu Masters encoded cosmology, astronomy and calendar history in sacred oral verses passed down with each generation, in order to survive even the lowest ages of mankind. Modern scholars do not agree on the exact age of the Veda and the Purana texts. Their estimates of its age range from 5,000 up to 155 trillion years old! Learn More Page 59 A Full Cycle of Hindu Yugas is a ‘Great Year’. : A Hindu Wheel of Time charts the Yugas in a 24,000 year cycle of human civilization.Learn More Page 60 A Full Cycle of Hindu Yugas is a ‘Great Year’. There are four Hindu Yugas or Ages: Satya – Golden, Treta – Silver, Dwapara – Bronze, and Kali – Iron Age. A full cycle of ages consists of four expanding ages followed by 4 declining ages. Together these eight ages represent a full cycle of ‘The Great Year’ or Precession of the Equinoxes, being approximately 24,000 years. When our sun orbits through the galaxy, it is said to bring the Earth closer to or further away from the grand galactic center, called 'Vishṇunābhi ‘. This is the center of subtle energy and the creative power or 'Brahma' which regulates the mental and spiritual level of the internal world. It is the proximity of the Earth and Sun to this grand center that determines the level of human civilization, health, intelligence and spiritual wisdom. Learn More Light emanating from the galactic center affects the human mind as well. Sri Yukteswar explains that just as the cycle of day, night and seasons are caused by celestial movement, so too is the Yuga cycle, or the ‘Great Year’. There is Great Confusion about the Hindu Yugas. : 61 Some people say we are in the Kali Yuga Now. Sri Yukteswar wrote that the Yuga count is often misunderstood. He explains: At the end of the last Bronze Age or Dwapara Yuga c. 700 BC, the reigning king, Maharaja Yudhisthira, was faced with the arrival of the dreaded and dark Kali Yuga. He left his throne to his grandson and retired to the Himalayas with all his wise men. Since no one in the court knew how to count the Yugas, and nobody wanted to announce the bad news, they began adding years to the Bronze Age Dwapara date. This has degenerated into a series of mistakes and miscalculations that leads many people to believe we are now in the Kali Yuga, or that the Kali Yuga lasts 432,000 years. Find Yukteswar’s Book Sri Yukteswar calculated the Yuga dates. While they are often quoted, not all Hindu astronomers agree. There is Great Confusion about the Hindu Yugas. Page 61 The Great Year is Highly Important in Hindu Astronomy : 62 The Hindu ‘Great Year’ cycle is believed to be part of a binary star orbit. While modern thinking regards it a phenomenon caused by the Earth's wobbling axis, it was highly important in the ancient calendars. Swami Giri Sri Yukteswar presents a very different model of the Great Year cycle from the modern one of the wobbly axis that we inherited from Isaac Newton. According to oriental astronomy, our Sun is part of a binary or complex star system orbiting with Alcyone in the Pleiades. Learn More Read More The Great Year is Highly Important in Hindu Astronomy We are here! Page 62 We Are Now in the Dwapara Yuga,Not the Kali Yuga. : 63 We Are Now in the Dwapara Yuga,Not the Kali Yuga. The Hindu Cycle of Civilization We are here! 2010 CE The last Golden Age, Satya Yuga was 16300 - 6700 BC, a time of the highest civilization. The Silver Age, Treta Yuga was 6700 - 3100 BC, as the level of culture began to decline. The Bronze Age, Dwapara Yuga was 3100 - 700 BC, in a continuing decline of civilization. The lowest Iron Age, Kali Yuga, from 700 BC - 1700 CE, declined into in greed, war, disease. We are now in an expanding Bronze Age, Dwapara Yuga from 1700 - 4100 CE. This is said to be a period of expanding electrical, atomic and finer forces. The next Silver Age will be from 4100 – 7700 CE, an age of great expansion. The next Golden Age will be from 7700 - 12500 CE, an age of the highest spiritual culture. Learn More These dates are from Sri Yuteswar’s Book: ‘The Holy Science’. Page 63 Slide 64: 64 “Believe nothing, no matter where you read it, or who said it, no matter if I have said it, unless it agrees with your own reason and your own common sense.” Buddha, 6th Century BC The Hindu Calendar Observes ‘Moon Days’. : A Full Moon occurs when the Sun and Moon are in opposition, and the moon receives the full force of the sunlight. A New Moon is when they are in conjunction, and the moon is a tiny sliver in the sky. At the full moon the energetic force is greatest, and we tend to be more headstrong. At the new moon the energy is contracting, making us feel calm and grounded, but dense and not inclined to physical exertion. Practicing traditional Yoga over time helps us to attune to nature’s cycles, so we can live in greater harmony with them. Learn More The Hindu Calendar Observes ‘Moon Days’. Our bodies are mostly water, so we are affected by the moon phases. As the sun and moon exert gravitational pull on the Earth, their relative positions create an expansion and contraction like the breath cycle. Modern Western Calendars, Science, Math, Astronomy and Religion Came to the West from India. : 66 Modern Western Calendars, Science, Math, Astronomy and Religion Came to the West from India. Many people would be surprised to hear that modern science and Western calendars came to Europe from India. In the 6th century BC, shortly after the death of Buddha, Pythagoras helped to bring Indian teachings to Europe, and taught Hindu philosophy in his school. Learn More Western astronomy, calendar systems, modern numerals, decimals, geometry, monotheism, Mithraism, reverence for scientific research, mathematics, mapmaking, and the concept of a spherical Earth, all came to Europe from an earlier origin in India. Indian knowledge came to the West from 600 BC, the reign of Alexander the Great, and the Persian-Indian rule that followed. Pythagoras brought Indian Science to Greece. Buddhism holds that knowledge of the Truth is the ultimate goal of life. Empire of Alexander the Great Page 66 Slide 67: 67 Wow! The Hindus really studied astronomy carefully. What about the Chinese? The Chinese Encoded Their Calendar in the I-Ching Hexagrams. : The I-Ching or ‘Book of Changes’ is the world's oldest book. No one knows how old it is. Called ‘The Book of Time’, it has been used for over 6,000 years as a tool for harmonious decision making. The I-Ching was consulted by Chinese emperors and sages for thousands of years for its profound wisdom. What other secrets does the I-Ching hold? Learn More The I Ching, King Wen 64 Hexagrams. We are now in Chinese Year 4708. The Chinese lunar calendar views time as circular, not linear. It uses the 12-year Moon-Jupiter cycle with 12 animal signs to represent how others see you. Animal signs for each of the 12 months are called ‘inner animals’ and for 12 hours of the day are called ‘secret animals’. Learn More The Ying Yang represents a dance of opposites in the eternal cycle of time and life. The Chinese Calendar has 12 zodiac animals. Page 68 The Chinese Encoded Their Calendar in the I-Ching Hexagrams. Chinese coins or yarrow stalks are still used to consult the I-Ching. The way the pieces fall indicates one of 64 patterns. “The I-Ching is a Book of Time Cycles”, : Curiously, his timeline showed accelerating cycles of time ending in 2012 which he called a ‘Time of ultimate possibility and infinite novelty’. This date matches the final date of the Mayan calendar. At that point in time he says ‘The level of novelty reaches its maximum, and everything that happens is new!’ Learn More Page 69 “The I-Ching is a Book of Time Cycles”, Terrence McKenna (1946 –2000) says American fractal time expert, Terrence McKenna. McKenna noticed that Chinese cosmologists saw time as discreet units of energy called Qi. As in Feng Shui, certain specific times were found to be more or less favorable for certain activities. Learn More In his book “The Invisible Landscape”, McKenna explored the 64 Hexagrams of the I Ching with a Timewave Zero computer program. He graphed a timeline of human history and saw patterns emerge. He concluded that Time is a duality between habit & novelty. In periods of entrenched habit and fear, not much new happens. However in periods of novelty, new ideas lead to great transformative events, change, openness and progress. Timewave Zero Graph I-Ching 64 hexagrams The Chinese I-Ching Was Used in Feng Shui,To Find the Best Calendar Dates and Sites for Activities. : The dragon is a symbol of imperial power and good fortune. “Dragon Lines” are Earth meridians. Page 70 The Chinese I-Ching Was Used in Feng Shui,To Find the Best Calendar Dates and Sites for Activities. Each of the 64 hexagrams of the I-Ching describes a situation or attitude. Like a puzzle, when used together they can indicate the best choice in a place, activity or TIME. Feng Shui, the ancient art of harmony in time and space, utilized the I-Ching hexagrams. Feng Shui masters consulted the I-Ching to find Earth meridians, to locate water, harmonious sites, and determine the best times for events, according to modern engineer and acupuncturist, Jing Nuan Wu. The dragon is closely associated with the Chinese view of time and space. One of the 12 zodiac animals, the dragon also represents Earth meridians called ‘Lung Mei’ or ‘Dragon lines’. These electro-magnetic currents in the land were used to find the most harmonious sites in Feng Shui. Chinese Earth meridians are called “Dragon Lines”. Chinese Astronomers Measured ‘The Great Year’. : Page 71 Chinese Astronomers Measured ‘The Great Year’. The first Chinese astronomer to write about the ‘Great Year’ or Precession was Yu Xi in 300 CE. The Chinese call past ages Kis, and they count ten Kis from the beginning of the world. The ancient book, Sing-li-tas-tsiuen-chou, describes the cycles of convulsions of Nature. The span of time between two catastrophes is called a ‘Great Year'. The Great Year is the Earth’s seasonal cycle in the galaxy. Chinese Astronomers understood the Great Year. The Chinese Calendar Follows the Moon and Seasons in the Cycles of Qi. : 72 The Chinese Calendar Follows the Moon and Seasons in the Cycles of Qi. The Chinese five-element system recognizes five seasons: Spring, Summer, Indian Summer, Autumn, and Winter, with special celebrations at the Equinox and Solstice. Moon cycles are observed with reverence in the traditional Chinese calendar. The Full Moon is the 15th day of the month, and the New Moon is the last day of each month in the traditional Chinese Lunar Calendar. Specific practices are associated with both Full Moon and New Moon days. The Energy force or Qi rises and falls with the seasons in a cycle of Yin and Yang. From March to October the Yang Qi is rising strongly. From mid October through January the Qi is contracting in a time of Yin. Slide 73: 73 “If you realize that all things change, there is nothing you will try to hold on to. If you are not afraid of dying, there is nothing you cannot achieve.” Lao Tzu c. 500 BCE The Tibetan Calendar is an Ancient Wheel of Time. : The Tibetan calendar is based on the Sri Kalachakra Tantra, Wheel of Time in three levels of study: 1. External Kalachakra is the study of cosmology, the creation of the Universe, movements of planets and stars, the five elements and the study of time. 2. Internal Kalachakra focuses on the chakra energy channels and how planets and stars affect the body. 3. Cosmic Kalachakra is an advanced meditation practice teaching empowerment and initiation into levels of divine realization. Learn More We are now in Tibetan year 2137. The current age began in 127 BCE. There have been many previous ages. Tibetans use a lunar calendar with 12 zodiac months and an extra month every three years. Tibetan weekdays are named for the planets, such as Sun-day, Moon-day, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn-day. Learn More Page 74 The Tibetan Calendar is an Ancient Wheel of Time. This Kalachakra Calendar is an ancient Tibetan Wheel of Time. The Tibetan Calendar is Over 18,000 Years Old. : How old is Tibetan culture? Hundreds of stone circles and rows set into the ground are called Doring in Tibet. They are ancient sacred places of an unknown people long ago. Learn More This Tibetan calendar has 12 zodiac animals symbolizing a 12 year cycle, around a wheel of eight I-Ching hexagrams. Its central Lo-Shu magic square of nine is sacred mathematics similar to the Chinese I-Ching. The Yungdrung Bön practice was founded by Tönpa Shenrab 18,000 years ago with a cosmic map that scientists are just now beginning to study. More Page 75 The Tibetan Calendar is Over 18,000 Years Old. This Tibetan Yungdrung is a calendar wheel symbolizing the structure of all energies of the universe. Four directions and the center as fifth, imply ancient Shamanic roots . Early Tibetan Calendar in copper Ancient stone circles Are from an unknown age. “The Tibetan calendar is an ancient Wheel of TIME. : The Dalai Lama Speaks Out. Learn More Watch Video “The Tibetan calendar is an ancient Wheel of TIME. ‘What goes around comes around’ is a universal law of Nature.” Page 76 Stone Circles are Calendars up to 75,000 years old. : Thousands of ancient stone circles all over the world are from 1,000 to 75,000 years old. These amazing monuments mark the solstice, equinox and stars to determine time of year. Some circles are aligned to a particular star. For example, Stonehenge is said to align to the star Alpha Boötes (Arcturus) at its zenith. Who built these monuments? Are they connected? How did they move stones 3-40 ton stones? Learn More More Info Stonehenge England, c 3200 BC Carahunge Stone Circle Armenia, c 5500 BC Göbekli Tepe Reconstruction Turkey, c 9000 BC Stone Circles are Calendars up to 75,000 years old. Adam’s Calendar, South Africa c. 75,000 years old Nabta Playa, Egyptian stone circles 8000-10000 BC USA - 40-feet under Lake Michigan 4,000 – 8,000 BC Page 77 Stone Circles Were Calendars Linked by Earth Lines. : Stone Circles Were Calendars Linked by Earth Lines. In 1921 Englishman Alfred Watkins had a sudden insight while looking at a map of the countryside. He saw that many prehistoric sites such as stone circles, burial mounds, and ancient hills fell in straight lines. He believed this network could not be mere chance. Alfred Watkins Arbow Low is a stone circle and center where many Ley Lines meet in Great Britain. Called Eordburh-hlaw by the Saxons, meaning Built by Giants, it is estimated to be 4,500 years old. It was built on the 3:4:5 Pythagorean Triangle and on the same angle as Khafre's Pyramid at Giza. Learn More This google map of Arbor Low shows it is a central node point for many other Ley Lines and stone circles in Great Britain. More Earth’s grid is called Ley Lines or light lines. Hebrews called them Reshel. Egyptians called them the Pathways of Min. Greeks and Romans called them the Sacred Roads of Hermes. They are Heilige Linien to Germans, Fairy Paths to the Irish, Dragon Lines in China, Spirit Lines to the Inca and Dream Paths to Aborigines. Learn More Watkins fathered the study of the Earth Planetary Grid, also called Telluric Lines, or Geomancy. The grids can be detected with scientific tools or a dowsing pendulum or rod. More Arbow Low Earth lines were known by all ancient cultures. Google map of Arbor Low Page 78 Stone Calendars are Linked by Earth Energy Lines. An Electro-magnetic Network Connects Earth’s Ancient Sites. : Infrared photo shows light rays spiraling up from the Earth. Energy vortices can be found with scientific tools such as Geiger counters. Ley Lines are linked to underground water flows. Water lines and Ley lines together form a grid of positive and negative paths over the planet, which affect human ways of being. Ley lines move in straight tracks with 90-degree turns. Water lines wind in circuitous paths. More The power of the grid is said to be an interaction of Water lines from the Earth with Ley lines from a cosmic source. Together they create a fusion of universal Yin and Yang that is the source of all matter and consciousness. More What is the significance of the Earth grids? Do they still function? What is their origin and purpose? The ancients knew how to prepare stone to store knowledge. The builders of the sites apparently used the natural geomancy of a location to encode and store their knowledge. Shamans say that stones are the bones of the Earth. How can we tap into this timeless wisdom? How can the grid help us know how to live in harmony with the Earth? Perhaps we should listen to the Shamans. Learn More Page 79 Earth’s magnetic grid links prehistoric sites. An Electro-magnetic Network Connects Earth’s Ancient Sites. Ancient Sites are Nodes on the Earth Grid. : Over 4,000 of Earth’s major sacred sites are located at node points on the planetary grid. The Great Pyramid at Giza Teotihuacan, Mexico Angkor Wat, Cambodia Machu Picchu, Peru Stonehenge, UK Mt. Shasta, California Sedona, Arizona Tikal, Guatemala Ruins of Great Zimbabwe Haleakala Crater, Hawaii Mt. Kailas, Tibet Lake Titicaca, South America Kunoonda stone circles , Australia Learn More Energy vortices have been found were grid lines cross. These are often sites of ancient temples and stone circles. How did ancient cultures know about the grid? How did they use the energy of the grid? To answer that question we must go to Egypt. In 1983 the Becker Hagens team found that the Earth grid is defined by Plato’s geometry. They discovered that the energetic node points on the grid represent a dodecahedron and an icosahedron imposed together on the Earth’s surface. A Dodecahedron has 12-sides An Icosahedron Has 20 sides A Dodecahedron on an Icosahedron mark the energetic node points. Page 80 Ancient Sites are Nodes on the Earth Grid. Slide 81: 81 Wow! What other civilizations were way beyond us? Page 81 The Spiral Galaxy M74 is 32 million light-years away from Earth. It has c. 100 billion stars, or slightly less than our Milky Way. Image: The NASA Hubble Chapter 8: The Egyptian Calendars: Decoding The Secrets. : Isis was the most powerful of all the gods in Egypt. She is the life-giving symbol of empowered femininity, wearing a headdress of horns with the Sun disk. Learn More Page 82 Chapter 8: The Egyptian Calendars: Decoding The Secrets. “I am Isis. The Egyptian Pyramids are calendars and timelines to assist you in your current times.” Egyptian Pyramids were Calendars based on the Stars. : Egyptian Pyramids were Calendars based on the Stars. The Pyramids marked the solar year by indicating the solstice. They were also constructed to form an exact pattern of the constellation Orion. The Egyptian year began at the rising of the star Sirius on the horizon. Sirius was visible at dawn all year except for 72 days in the winter. When Sirius ‘returned’ in the spring it was a celebration as it coincided with the annual flooding of the Nile, irrigating fields and heralding the planting season. The Pyramids are oriented to point to the solstice sunrise. Egyptians used 3 written calendars: Their civil calendar year was 360 days long with 12 months of 30 days each, plus 5 extra days (epagomenes) at the end of the year. They had a 2nd lunar calendar, and a 3rd calendar for planting times. Each month had 3 weeks of 10-days each. Thoth, the Time Keeper. Egyptians knew of the ‘Great Year’ cycle of 25,920 years, and tracked the 12 Zodiac Ages of 2,160 years each. Page 83 Egyptian Pyramids Were Calendars Based on the Stars. Egyptian Pyramids Were Solar Energy Conductors : Modern scientific methods such as carbon-analysis and astronomical dating are illuminating new and surprising facts about the pyramids. Recent findings indicate that the pyramids were built in a Golden Age when humans had higher levels of spirituality, intelligence and technology. The pyramids were not tombs. They were antennas that used advanced geometry to connect the power of the Earth’s magnetic field or energy grid. These structures worked together as solar device to focus energy from the Sun much like a Tesla Tower. Evidence of burns in highly conductive stones such as granite and dolomite indicate high internal temperatures. They radiated an energy field to invigorate the body, uplift humanity and consciousness. A Tesla Tower transmits high-voltage wireless electricity, using Earth energy. Invented by Nicola Tesla in 1891, it lost its financial backing by JP Morgan, who gave priority to our current metered system using poles and wires. Learn More New research indicates the pyramids were solar generators to broadcast an electromagnetic field to uplift citizens and the environment. Tesla Tower Page 84 Egyptian Pyramids Were Solar Energy Conductors Recent Discoveries Suggest New Chronology in Egypt. : Recent Discoveries Suggest New Chronology in Egypt. Modern scientific dating methods combined with historical linguistics indicate the Sphinx and Pyramids may be 12,000 to 35,000 years old. Analysis of water and weather marks show that they have endured catastrophic floods and climate changes for thousands of years. Inside the great pyramid are huge stones cut to precision. Egyptologist Carmen Boulter has gathered evidence which suggests that advanced knowledge of quantum physics and levitation were used to construct the pyramids. The Great Pyramid is made of 2.3 million huge stones precisely cut and seamlessly fit together, and simply could not have been built by hand. Learn More The Pyramid at Giza and the Sphinx. Modern astronomical dating suggests they may be 12,000 – 35,000 years old. A new way to read hieroglyphics was recently found by Laird Scranton, author of Hidden Meanings. It is based on the language of the Dogon tribe in Mali and reveals multiple layers of meaning in the stones. Most earlier translations, based on the Rosetta Stone of 196 BC in Greece, have stymied researchers for centuries. Find Book Ancient hieroglyphics are similar to modern Dogon tribe writings. Page 85 Recent Discoveries Suggest New Chronology in Egypt. A Egyptian Golden Age Lasted 10,000 years. : An advanced Egyptian civilization endured for over 10,000 years. It was a civilization that valued consciousness over material wealth. They had deep respect for the feminine and the balance of masculine and feminine. Schools of initiates were trained to serve the highest good of mankind, healing with sound and light, connected to the larger cosmos. They were fully empowered humans using the full capacity of their brains and senses. Egyptians had no word for ‘Death’. It was simply called ‘Westing’. The Sun sets in the west to rise again in the East. Ka Statue of Pharaoh Hor Awibra is an example of rich symbolism regarding death: Two arms overhead represent the Ka life force that is separated from a human at birth, and unifies again upon death. Bodies were mummified to contain and support the Ka, to assist in the release and ascension of the soul. Ancient Egyptians were keenly aware of higher dimensional knowledge, and viewed death as a mere passageway to the true life. Hieroglyphic writings and stone images encode complex symbolism regarding birth and death. These are clues to Egyptian knowledge about expanded states of being and higher levels of awareness. Page 86 A Egyptian Golden Age Lasted 10,000 years. The Pyramid Code – A Documentary Sees Egypt with New Eyes. : Page 87 The Pyramid Code – A Documentary Sees Egypt with New Eyes. Learn More Watch Video on Youtube Buy DVD The Pyramid Code is an astonishing film that explores the pyramids, Egyptian temples and ancient megalithic sites around the world. It searches for clues to knowledge and advanced technology in an ancient Golden Age. The series is based on the extensive research done in 23 trips to Egypt and 50 other countries around the world by Dr. Carmen Boulter in the Graduate Division of Educational Research at the University of Calgary. It features prominent scholars and authors in multi-disciplinary fields. The series explores penetrating questions: Who were the ancients and what did they know? Could the pyramids be much older than traditionally believed? Are there still secrets hidden in plain sight?Are we really the most advanced civilization to ever live on Earth? The Pyramid Code a documentary film Who Were the Kings and Queens of Egypt’s Golden Age? : "Man is in the process of changing to forms of light that are not of this world.“ Emerald Tablets of Thoth, or Hermes Trismegistus Sculptures of Akhenaten’s family show beautiful elongated heads. What is the origin of this? Learn More Pharaoh Akhenaten and Queen Nefertiti c. 1350 BC Meritaten, daughter of Akhenaten by Nefertiti Page 88 Who Were the Kings and Queens of Egypt’s Golden Age? King Tut, son of Akhenaten’s by a different wife. The one god, Aten of King Akhenaton . represented by a sun disk. The purest form of Egyptian culture is said to have been during the reign of Pharaoh Akhenaton c. 1350 BC. Akhenaton ruled a spiritual dynasty according to divine laws, worshipping one god, Aten, symbolized by a sun disc. After the death of Akhenaton’s son King Tut in 1323 BC the hierarchical Amun priests regained power, and a global dark age began. The ancient wisdom schools were ridiculed, went underground, and finally disappeared. When the Greeks and Romans arrived, the ancient knowledge had long been forgotten. The Pyramid Contains the Earth’s Dimensions and a Timeline. : Page 89 The Pyramid Contains the Earth’s Dimensions and a Timeline. According to ‘The Great Pyramid Decoded’ by Peter Lemesurier, the Pyramid at Giza contains exact measurements of the Earth’s dimensions and a timeline of human history. The Great Pyramid Decoded Book by Peter Lemesurier. Inside the Pyramid are a series of precisely shaped inner passages. The basic unit of measurement is the Egyptian cubit. The length of the pyramid base is exactly 365.242 units, precisely the number of days in a year. There are many other meticulous measurements within the design, indicating that the pyramid designers knew details about the Earth’s size and orbit, to an accuracy only recently achieved with satellite data. Learn More An Egyptian Sacred Cubit yardstick is the timeline code. One cubit inch equals one year. The Pyramid inner passages encode a timeline. The Coptic word for Pyramid is Pyrmet, meaning 10th part. Builders subdivided the cubit into 25 parts, or a ‘thumb size’, called an “Inch”. This is close to the current British inch. 1 Pyramid inch equals 1.001064 British inches. Learn More Is the Key to 2012 Coded in the Egyptian Pyramids? : Page 90 Is the Key to 2012 Coded in the Egyptian Pyramids? Tunnels in the King’s chamber in the Pyramid of Giza reveal details of our current period. At the collapse of civilization it shows 3 paths to choose: 1. Those who experience no change. 2. Those that experience total destruction. 3. Those who achieve a higher level of consciousness through a kind of wormhole. The King’s Chamber timeline shows three paths for mankind to choose around 2012. A wormhole to a higher level of consciousness? A timeline is revealed through ancient numerology, using one Egyptian inch for one year. The timeline indicates all major world events in history year by year. It marks the birth and death of Christ, American and French revolutions, the rise of industrialism and World Wars I and II, etc. Around the 2000 AD millennium, it shows the beginnings of a new enlightened spiritual society. Between 2004 and 2025 it shows a total collapse of civilization, followed by a slow recovery and a golden age from 2500 into the future. In the video “2012, Event Horizon” David Wilcock gives a compelling description of the three passages that relate to our times and 2012. See Video Isaac Newton Found the Pyramids Encode Earth’s Geometry. : Sir Isaac Newton noticed that the ancient Egyptian Sacred Cubit measuring stick was exactly 1/10,000,000 of the Earth’s circumference. How did the Egyptians know this? Studies of the Pyramid dimensions reveal hundreds of synchronicities that encode all the Earth’s geometry. Newton concluded that the pyramids were built by masters who understood geometry of the Earth. Learn More Page 91 Isaac Newton Found the Pyramids Encode Earth’s Geometry. Newton wrote about the Hebrew unit of measurement called the Sacred Cubit used in the Temple of Solomon and the Great Pyramid of Giza. In order to calculate his law of gravity, Newton needed the exact circumference of the Earth. His inquiries revealed the Pyramid contains ALL the proportions of the Earth, and of TIME. What we know is a drop. What we don't know is an ocean." Isaac Newton, 1642 – 1727 Mathematician, Physicist, Alchemist Newton Integrated Modern Beliefs with Egyptian Wisdom. : Newton studied the writings of the Egyptian master Hermes Trismegistus. Under the influence of the Hermetic tradition, his concept of Nature underwent a decisive change. He concluded that the Hermetic teachings originated in very ancient times, and were given to humanity by great beings. Newton Integrated Modern Beliefs with Egyptian Wisdom. Newton believed that an invisible energy or ether acts over vast distances. He was criticized for introducing this ‘occult idea’ into science. In 1687 he published Principia showing how the invisible force of gravity explains the motions of all heavenly bodies. He also wrote that the Great Year 25,920 year Cycle of Time is caused by a wobble in the Earth's axis. Isaac Newton 1642 – 1727 Hermes Trismegistus, Ancient Egyptian Master Newton spent his later years in isolation studying ancient alchemy, metaphysics and the Bible. But he remained utterly and completely silent about his findings. Page 92 What’s the Origin of the Word ‘Pyramid’? : The Coptic people are the modern descendants of the ancient Egyptians. Some say the word Pyramid means ‘a division of ten', coming from the Coptic word pyr or division, and met, a hieroglyph denoting the number ten. Others say it comes from the Coptic Per or Pi meaning house, and Meh meaning measure. So PI-RA-MEH would mean 'Measure of the House of RA‘. What’s the Origin of the Word ‘Pyramid’? The Greek word Pyramidos is said to be composed of the words "pyra" meaning fire, light or visible, and the word "midos" meaning measure. Learn More A Coptic priest rests on an ancient desert stone. Page 93 Who was the Egyptian Master Hermes Trismegistus? : Who was the Egyptian Master Hermes Trismegistus? “As above, so below.” The Greeks called Hermes the Messenger of the Gods. Romans called Hermes the God Mercury. To the Arabs he was Idris. In ancient Egypt Hermes was known as Thoth or Imhotep, Master of all Arts, Sciences, Embodiment of the Universal Mind and son of Seth. Hermes is said to have taught that the Sun was the center of the Solar system. He described the Earth’s ‘Great Year’ many centuries before it was re-discovered by the Greek astronomer Hipparchus. How did he know this? Hermes is said by the Egyptians to be the builder of the pyramids, the inventor of writing, and a harmonic language called “Hiburu”. According to Edgar Cayce, Hermes arrived In Egypt with survivors of Atlantis in a time called Zep Tepi, or Genesis, thousands of years ago. Hermes is said to have created a mother language that encoded natural waveform geometries. Called Hiburu, or early Hebrew, it was a harmonic language based on patterns and vortexes of light. Learn More Hermes was called a god in many ancient traditions. Page 94 Who was the Egyptian Master Hermes Trismegistus? The First 365-Day Calendar is Credited to Hermes. : The First 365-Day Calendar is Credited to Hermes. Hermes Trismegistus was said to have invented the first 365 day calendar. He did this by adding five days after the winter solstice. These days are associated with the birth of the Gods. Ancient mythology says that many years ago the Earth year had just 360 days, and changed in a calamity. All Earth calendars had to be realigned. With the help of other Ascended Masters, Hermes is said to have built a planetary grid of electromagnetic lines that link highly energized sites around the world. Earth’s planetary grid. Hermes was called Thoth, or Ibis, and was depicted with the symbolic head of the sacred Ibis. This represents the Akhu, soul of an Ascended Master incarnated on this plane by choice. Thoth was called the 'One who Made Calculations of the Heavens, Stars and Earth', the 'Reckoner of Time and Seasons‘ and the Keeper of all Knowledge. Learn More Hermes is Thoth, the Ascended Master. Hermes Trismegistus calculated the movements of Heaven and Earth. Page 95 The First 365-Day Calendar is Credited to Hermes. Where are Hermes’ Writings Now? : Where are Hermes’ Writings Now? Hermes, called Thoth, wrote the twelve ‘Emerald Tablets’. They are ancient characters coded on an indestructible substance of green color created through atomic micro-manipulation. They are believed to be hidden in the pyramids or buried in the desert. The vibration found in the letters or words is said to awaken a response in the soul. Hermes’ secret teachings were stolen and distorted by hierarchical rulers for power. His schools were ridiculed and closed. The original manuscripts of his 42 books were all lost in the 4th century CE fires when the Romans burned the famous Library of Alexandria. But Hermes’ writings do survive in English translation. Learn More Hermes described the 7 chakra energy system. Hermes’ caduceus is a symbol of creation kundalini and medical wisdom. “As above, so below.” His Emerald Tablets encode ancient characters that are said to awaken the soul. Hermes’ writings may be hidden under the Sphinx or in the desert. Page 96 Where are Hermes’ (Thoth’s) Writings Now? Egyptian and Mayan Calendar Similarities. : Egyptian and Mayan Calendar Similarities. The Dendera Calendar is older than any known civilization on Earth. Estimates of its age range from 2,500 to 54,000 years old. It has been borrowed and adapted by the Greeks, Arabs, Chinese, Tibetans, Hebrews and Mayans to name a few. Dogon master Naba Lamoussa Morodeninbig says the Dendera calendar precedes all modern history and is over 54,000 years old. Our modern zodiac is said to be a watered-down and degenerate version of this original. Could it be from a pre-Egyptian culture? Learn More The Dendera Calendar - the Oldest Calendar on Earth. Page 97 The Egyptian Dendera Calendar is the first known zodiac, sky map, or wheel of time. It calculates the Earth's journey through each zodiac sign and shows the 25,920 year precessional cycle. The stone carving was found in the Dendera Temple to Hathor, the original mother goddess. It was stolen by Napoleon and is now in the Louvre museum in Paris. The Dendera Calendar shows the Egyptians understood ‘The Great Year’. It is the original model for astrology and the source of all our zodiac houses and signs. It is the basis of the ancient Greek zodiac myths, and home of the Hermetic Tradition, demonstrating the axiom, "As above, so below.” The Dendera Calendar may be the original source of our modern calendars and time-keeping system. Egyptian and Mayan Calendars Show Similarities. : The Pleiades constellation is a common theme in sacred Egyptian and Mayan sites. Learn More Egyptian and Mayan calendars alike focus on the star patterns of Pleiades and Orion. This is a theme shared by virtually all ancient civilizations. A Star Map of Orion is formed by the Egyptian pyramids. Both Mayan and Egyptian calendars use a 365 day calendar with 360-days, plus five extra days at the end of the year. Is this a coincidence, or is there a connection between the two calendars? Page 98 In Egypt the most important seasonal festival was in July, marking the annual rising of the star Sirius at sunrise. This took place during the 5 days outside of normal time and space at the end of the 360 day year. Egyptians inserted five days at the end of the year to harmonize the 355 day 13 moon lunar calendar and 365 day solar year. These five days were considered outside the year and beyond normal time and space, when the curse of the sun-god was removed, and the god Osiris was born. Thoth, the inventor of the Egyptian calendar. Egyptian and Mayan Calendars Show Similarities. The African Calendar is Rooted in the Egyptian Calendar. : The African Calendar is over 6,000 years old. It is based on the star Sirius, and is still used in Africa today. Like the Egyptian calendar, ancients knew that a year was 365.2422 days. This solar calendar has 12 months of 30 days each, plus 5 days after the Solstice to celebrate the return of the Sun and the birth of the Gods: Osiris, Isis, Horus, Set and Nephthys, who are believed to be the progenitors of the human race. Page 99 The African Calendar is Rooted in the Egyptian Calendar. Some say our word Hour comes from the Sun God Horus, or Heru and the Greek Hour, Hora. The Sun god Horus moves across the sky each day. The Sun God Horus The African calendar has a 10-day week, like the Egyptian calendar. In 2436 BCE African astronomers introduced a ‘new’ and more precise African calendar. Instead of a leap year every four years, it adds an entire ‘new year’ every 1,460 years. Learn More The African Dogon Calendar is Based on the Stars Sirius A and B. : The African Dogon tribe elders keep ancient astronomical teachings that link the star Sirius with the Egyptian goddess Isis. The Dogon calendar is totally unique, based on a fifty year cycle following the orbit of the stars Sirius A and its companion star Sirius B. Sirius B revolves around Sirius A every 50 years. How did they know this? What is the origin of this tradition? Learn More Page 100 The African Dogon Calendar is Based on the Stars Sirius A and B. Dogon tribe elders can read old Egyptian hieroglyphics. They carry traditional stories of amphibious beings, the ancient ‘Nommo’, or spiritual masters and guardians that came to Earth in space ships to help humans. Learn More Dogon tribe elders preserve astronomical teachings from ancient Egypt. For more information see The Sirius Mystery by Robert Temple. Find book Dogon elders keep lost teachings of a surprising past. Stars Sirius A and Sirius B, the basis of the Dogon calendar, Are 8.6 light years from Earth. (X-ray image credit: NASA) Learn More Slide 101: 101 Wow! Egypt is amazing! So how do the American indigenous calendars fit in? Chapter 9: The Indigenous Calendars, Inca and Hopi Prophecies. : Council of Thirteen Indigenous Grandmothers Learn More See Video Page 102 Chapter 9: The Indigenous Calendars, Inca and Hopi Prophecies. “We believe the teachings of our ancestors will light our way through an uncertain future.” Ancient Pre-Incan Calendar Points to Advanced Astronomy. : The Gate of the Sun is a pre-Incan calendar. Scientists guess it to be 3,000 - 27,000 years old. Incan god Viracocha created a 12-month lunar calendar. His heir Pachacuti built a Sun Tower in Machu Picchu to synchronize the annual calendar. Legend says that Viracocha created humans from dirt and breathed life into them. He moved massive stones, and taught people how to live. When the people fell into bad ways, he created a massive flood to destroy them. Learn More The Gate of the Sun at Tiahuanaco is a stone calendar from a pre-Incan civilization in Bolivia. Scientists do not agree on its age, speculating from 3,000 - 27,000 years old. This huge monolithic structure faces east toward the sunrise marking the solstice with astronomical symbols. How were these 200-ton stones moved and fit together seamlessly? Ancient Pre-Incan Calendar Points to Advanced Astronomy. Tiahuanacan astronomers knew that the earth is a sphere and rotates around the Sun. They calculated exact times of eclipses, even those in other hemispheres. They are said to have believed our Sun spirals with 6 other Stars in an orbit with Alcyone, the Central Sun of the Pleiades. Viracocha, the Inca feathered serpent god, is Quetzalcoatl to the Aztecs, Kukulcan to the Mayans. Incan god Viracocha Page 103 Incan Prophecies Say it is Time to Wake Up from Spiritual Slumber. : The Inca call themselves the ‘Children of the Sun’. They recall living in an ancient Golden Era. A Silver Era was followed by the Bronze Era. The present Iron Era has been the last 1,000 years, an era of darkness and materialism. People have fallen into egotism and negativity, taking the Earth for granted. As the Iron Age is now ending, humanity is out of balance, chaotic, and feeling disintegration. The Incas say no Western group or political party, neither the right nor left can offer a solution as they are both spiritually destitute. Learn More The Inca Prophecy of 2012 The Q’ero Indians are descendents of ancient Incas, living in the high mountains of Peru. Q’ero shamans speak of the Prophecy of Pachacuti in 2012. The prophecy holds that after the arrival of the Europeans there would be 500 years of spiritual darkness. They view modern society as destructive, engaging in war, pollution, drugs, greed and domination. They say we have lost our hearts. After 500 years of darkness will come an awakening of many people. NOW is the time for fulfillment of this prophecy. More Machu Picchu is aligned with the Pyramids at Giza, on a high energy node of the Earth’s grid. Willaru Huayta, Inca Elder and ‘Chasqui‘, spiritual messenger. Elongated skulls in Peru show 30% more brain capacity than modern humans. What is their origin? Page 104 Incan Prophecies Say it is Time to Wake Up from Spiritual Slumber. The Hopi Prophecy says: There will be a Great Purification before the beginning of the Fifth Golden Age. : JANUARY - PAAMUYA - Life at its Height FEBRUARY - POWAMUYA - Purification & Renewal MARCH - OSOMUYAW - Whispering Wind APRIL - KWIYAMUYAW - Windbreak MAY - HAKITONMUYAW - Month of Waiting JUNE - UYISMUYA – Planting JULY - KELMUYA - Fledgling Hawk - Home dance AUGUST - PAAMUYA - Joyful SEPTEMBER - NASANMUYAW - Full Harvest OCTOBER - ANGAQMUYAW - Long Hair, Harvest NOVEMBER - KELMUYA - Fledgling Hawk DECEMBER - KYAAMUYA - Month of Respect Petro glyph carvings tell picture stories of the Hopi people from 6,000 BC. Hopis invite Katsinam, ancestor spirit guides, from December to July. Page 105 The Hopi Prophecy says: There will be a Great Purification before the beginning of the Fifth Golden Age. The Hopi prophecy says humans have existed on Earth three times before. In each world humans turned away from spiritual teachings of the "Great Spirit" who then was forced to purify each world. The first world was destroyed by fire, the second by ice and the third by water. We now live in the fourth epoch. There will be a cosmic event, a "purification day" when all agents of darkness will be destroyed and a Fifth World of spiritual harmony will begin. Kokopelli, kachina spirit of fertility, hunter & trickster. The Hopi Lunar Calendar celebrates at the full moon: Full moon The Hopi Indian Prophecy says: ‘Now Is The Time.’ : "There is a river flowing now very fast. It is so great and swift that there are those who will be afraid. They will try to hold on to the shore. They will feel they are torn apart and will suffer greatly.” "Know the river has its destination. The elders say we must let go of the shore, push off into the middle of the river, keep our eyes open, and our heads above water. And I say, see who is in there with you and celebrate. At this time in history, we are to take nothing personally, least of all ourselves. For the moment that we do, our spiritual growth and journey comes to a halt.” "The time for the lone wolf is over. Gather yourselves! Banish the word ‘struggle’ from your attitude and your vocabulary. All that we do now must be done in a sacred manner and in celebration.” “We are the ones we've been waiting for." Learn More Learn More "You have been telling the people that this is the Eleventh Hour. Now you must go back and tell the people that THIS is the Hour. Hopi Elder Chief Dan Evehema Page 106 The Hopi Indian Prophecy says: ‘Now Is The Time.’ “Where are you living? What are you doing? What are your relationships? Are you in right relation? Where is your water? Know your garden. It is time to speak your Truth. Create your community. Be good to each other. And do not look outside yourself for the leader.” The Two Hopi Paths: Dark vs. Light. : Page 107 The Two Hopi Paths: Dark vs. Light. Dark Light The Hopi Indians have an ancient petro glyph rock carving called the Prophecy Rock. It pictures a life plan to guide humans through this time, when there is predicted to be turmoil and destruction. Learn More The prophecy says: Those who choose the Path of Darkness experience a great purification, chaos and destruction. Those who choose a Path of Light have a clear, strong life, living to advanced ages. Prophecy Rock in Arizona Our Thoughts Create Our Reality. The prophecy says there are two parallel paths for humans to walk. The Path of Darkness and the Path of Light. For many centuries we are able to move back and forth freely between the two paths, as the Great Spirit wants us to understand different ways of life. But a moment in history arrives when we must make a final choice. That moment has arrived. The Two Hopi Paths: Which door do we choose? Dark or Light? : It’s all about me Knows the Answers Angry Victim Skeptical Rigid beliefs Judgmental Dark Light Page 108 The Two Hopi Paths: Which door do we choose? Dark or Light? Fear Business As Usual Do Nothing Play it Safe Fear of the unknown Narrow minded I’m alone Love Open to Change Help Others Courage Trust the process Open minded Working together Listens to others Flexible, Accepting Visualize Our Ideal future Positive, Disciplined Appreciates diversity Respect for others Respect the Earth The Choice is Ours. Dark Light Message from An Indigenous Wise Woman. : Message from An Indigenous Wise Woman. Page 109 "We come to tell you of the wonders of the Earth you live on, wonders forgotten by the race of man long, long ago. We come to remind you of who you truly are. You are not yet prepared to receive that knowledge in full, and we will begin gently, slowly, carefully: Know that this Earth of yours is a marvel, and that you are one with Her. As the configurations of the surface hint at larger realities, so your very physiology is an amazing living communications instrument, an instrument long unused.” Learn More Maria Aurora, Oaxacan healer “We are all ONE”. Slide 110: I choose to look at the light side today. Page 110 The Earth, moon and planets all have a bright side and a dark side. Chapter 10: The Mayan Calendar The Most Accurate and Complex Calendar on Earth. : Page 111 Chapter 10: The Mayan Calendar The Most Accurate and Complex Calendar on Earth. The pyramid at Chichén Itza encodes precise calendar information. There are 365 steps for the days in a year. It is oriented to mark the solstices and equinoxes. At the top a doorway leads to an interior stairway to a small and very mysterious shrine. Learn More The Temple of Kukulkan in Chichén Itza, Mexico. Chichén Itza means “The mouth of the well of the Itza peoples.” Kukulkan is the Feathered Serpent God, Quetzalcoatl to the Aztecs. Where is the Original Written Mayan Calendar? : 112 Where is the Original Written Mayan Calendar? A Mayan Calendar Original An 11th or 12th century manuscript from Chichén Itzá was found in Dresden, Germany centuries after the Spanish conquest. It is now called The Dresden Codex. It is inscribed on 39 double sheets that were copied from an older text on from fig tree bark paper. It describes the 20 Mayan calendars in Yucateca language, using the Mayan dating system in base-20 mathematics. Learn More The Dresden codex illustrates calendar details in pictures words and numbers. It contains astronomical data, stellar mechanics, tables of integers for calculating time, planetary movements, Mayan gods and ritual scenes. Learn More The Dresden Codex is a sacred work of art on Mayan astronomy and the calendar. The original Dresden Codex was inscribed on 39 pages of fig tree bark. It has been since re-printed. Where is the Original Mayan Calendar? Page 112 The Mayan Calendar is a System of 20 Interrelated Calendars. : 113 The Mayan Calendar is actually 20 unique concurrent calendars that track time back billions of years. The living Maya are allowed to speak of 15 of the calendars. Five of their Calendars they cannot speak of at this time. These are the cycles of our ancestry before we came to Earth. Learn More Mayans tracked natural cycles of the planets, stars, galaxy, animals, plants, and humans. These time cycles are all living calendars that are used simultaneously and are interrelated. Mayans were expert timekeepers & visionaries. Mayan priests were versed in astronomy and time cycles. To prepare the calendars, Elder Shamans journeyed into the cosmic regions. There is much we do not know. Learn More Mayan shamans journeyed to cosmic regions to study the nature of TIME. Mayans studied Nature’s rhythms. Each calendar represents a different cycle: Insects, corn, human biorhythms, moon cycles, gestation, etc. Mayans even tracked the Monarch butterfly cycle. Page 113 The Mayan Calendar is a System of 20 Interrelated Calendars. The Mayan Calendar is a Galactic View of Time, Going Back 16.4 Billion Years. : Page 114 The Mayan Calendar is a Galactic View of Time, Going Back 16.4 Billion Years. The Mayan calendar measures nine Ages, called Underworlds. Each age is represented as a layer in a pyramid. The Ages are tracked back 16.4 billion years. Each age has a corresponding evolutionary consciousness, such as cellular, mammalian, familial, tribal, regional, national, planetary, galactic and universal. Mayans track TIME in cycles. Each age or underworld is built on the foundation of, and is a review of the previous age, like a pyramid spiraling upward. As we pass through a new age, we re-experience the qualities of the previous age in accelerated time with an added layer of consciousness. Thus the cycles of life and TIME continue to open and accelerate exponentially. The universe is continually expanding, more refined, quickened and complex. The nine Mayan Ages are called ‘Underworlds’. Mayan Calendars are represented as many concurrent spirals of time. Three Main Mayan Calendars: the Tzolk’in, Haab’ and Long Count. : Page 115 Three Main Mayan Calendars: the Tzolk’in, Haab’ and Long Count. 2. The Haab’ yearly calendar has 365 days. Like the Egyptian calendar, there are 360 days in a year plus 5-days at the end of the year. But this calendar uses 18 Months of 20 days each, totaling 360 days. It is used as a civil calendar. The Tzolk’in calendar has 20 weeks of 13 days each, like interlocking gears. 1. The Tzolk'in means 'count of days‘. It has 20 weeks of 13 days each, totaling 260 days. It tracks human biorhythms and gestation. It has a harmonious relationship to the planets and God. This cycle is the most important and is considered a sacred or divine cycle. The Haab’ yearly calendar of 365 days The Tzolk’in and the Haab’ calendars move together Like a wheel within a wheel, the Tzolk’in cycles around the Haab calendar. Thus each day has multiple coordinates and is totally unique in TIME. 3. The Long Count Calendar has 5126 years. The Long Count calendar is a continuous record of days that restarts every 5126 years. The current Long Count began in 3114 BC and it will end in 2012. How to Read Mayan Calendar Dates. : The 20 Mayan calendars are independent and rarely end together. Synchronistic ending dates are therefore considered a very significant time. To express a date, the Mayan calendar combines the three different calendars together. 1. The Long Count, 2. the Tzolkin (divine calendar), and 3. the Haab (civil calendar). Of these, only the Haab has a direct relationship to the length of the year. A typical Mayan date looks like this: 12.18.16.2.6, 3 Cimi 4 Zotz. 12.18.16.2.6 is the Long Count date. 3 Cimi is the Tzolkin date. 4 Zotz is the Haab date. Learn More Page 116 How to Read Mayan Calendar Dates. Five Mayan Long Count Cycles Make a Great Year : Five Mayan Long Count Cycles Make a Great Year The Mayan Long Count Calendar restarts every 5,126 years. x 5 = The Earth completes a Great Year cycle every 25,630 years. The Earth is said to pass through the galactic equator every 25,630 years. Learn More Page 117 This Mayan mural is interpreted as the end of the Long Count calendar cycle. It is the only ancient description we have of Dec. 21, 2012, depicting in symbolic terms the Sun’s conjunction with the galactic equator. More Information Learn More The Mayan Calendar is Similar to, Incan, Aztec and Egyptian Calendars. : Page 118 The Mayan Calendar is Similar to, Incan, Aztec and Egyptian Calendars. Legend says that the Mayan calendars were brought to Mexico by a fleet of Egyptian reed boats c. 2200 years ago. They were headed by Kukulcan (Maya) Quetzalcoatl (Aztec), Viracocha (Inca) who is said to be the feathered serpent god of inspiration, creativity, spirit and trance. Learn More More Quetzalcoatl, Aztec The Pleiades constellation is a focus of alignment in sacred Mayan sites and Egyptian pyramids. Learn More Mayan and Egyptian calendars see layers of TIME, moving up a pyramid, or vortex of accelerating spirals. Viracocha, Inca Kukulcan, Maya Both Mayan and Egyptian calendars recognize a 365 day solar calendar with 360-days followed by five extra days at the solstice. Is this a coincidence, or is there a relationship between the two calendars? Mayan Cosmology Shares Common Threads with Tibetan, Hopi, Incan, Greeks, Romans, Chinese and Modern Quantum Physics : Mayan Cosmology Shares Common Threads with Tibetan, Hopi, Incan, Greeks, Romans, Chinese and Modern Quantum Physics The ‘Hunab Ku’, or galactic center, is regarded as the ultimate creator, a principle of higher intelligence. Mayans see everything in our galaxy as directed from this center of intelligence, by the electro-magnetic radiation of Light. This echoes writings of Greek mathematicians Pythagoras and Euclid, and modern unified field theory of quantum physics. Learn More The ‘Hunab Ku’ galactic center represents the four directions and the great Spirit or Oneness. Radiant energy emanates from the galactic center, or ‘Hunab Ku’. Mayan cosmology shows the universe as the heavens, the Earth and an Underworld. Celestial bodies such as stars and planets were believed to be living beings like gods that influence man and could be affected by them, much like early Roman gods and Numina. The Mayan cosmos shows the four directions of the Earth and a fifth in the center, like Tibetan, Incan, Hopi, and Shamanic traditions worldwide. Mayan Cosmology Shares Common Threads with Tibetan, Hopi, Incan, Greeks, Romans, Chinese and Modern Quantum Physics Page 119 Mayans Say We are Now in a Period of Accelerating Time, called the “Triumph of Materialism”. : Page 120 Mayans Say We are Now in a Period of Accelerating Time, called the “Triumph of Materialism”. The Maya said this would be a time of forgetting, when we drift far from Nature & live in a collective amnesia. Like a lapse of memory, we believe appearances are real, and do not notice the spiritual essence which sustains the world. Thus we are trapped by our senses in a world of ego & domination. Learn More Dr. José Argüelles, author of ‘Cosmic History Chronicles’ and ‘Earth Ascending’, wrote that Mayans predicted these cycles centuries ago. He says: "In 830 A.D. the calendar engineering team went back to other dimension, from which the Maya keep their watch on things. Slowly the terrestrial Maya melted back into the jungles. The time of darkness was setting in.” Learn More The Maya say we look but do not see, that we have forgotten who we are. Mayan shamans predicted the Spanish invasion and disappeared. There is Great Confusion About the Mayan Calendar. : Page 121 There is Great Confusion About the Mayan Calendar. Neither Mayan Elders nor scholars agree on the exact dates or prophecy, due to great confusion and misinformation about the Mayan Calendar. This is understandable. For example, to observe the cycles, you’d need an astronomer, astrologer, geologist, mathematician, statistician, botanist, biologist and psychologist. To assimilate it you need a skilled shaman to journey to higher dimensions. Then you need to work in base-20 higher math in the Yucateca language. Learn More Mayan experts agree: “2012 is not the end of the world. It marks the beginning of a new Age.” A sidewalk painting shows how difficult it is to comprehend ancient Mayan stone symbols in our modern Western frame of thinking. The Mayan Long Count Calendar cycle began on August 11th, 3114 BC and ends on December 21, 2012. (Although some experts say the cycle ends October 28, 2011. ) We are moving into a new 5,126 year cycle. The next cycle is said to be dominated by space or ether. Learn More Mayan numbers are in base-20. A dot equals 1 and a bar equals 5. Mayan Elders Say: 2012 is a Transition to a New Age.A time of cosmic education for humans. : Page 122 Mayan Elders Say: 2012 is a Transition to a New Age.A time of cosmic education for humans. Mayan elders do not prophesy that everything will come to an end. This is a time of transition from one World Age into another. The message they give concerns our making a choice of how we enter the future ahead. Our moving through the changes with either resistance or acceptance will determine whether the transition will happen with cataclysmic changes, or gradual peace and tranquility. Learn More Mayan prophecy does say there will be a cataclysm or Earth changes, and the severity of these will depend on us. What it will be depends on us. Guatemalan Mayan Elder, Apolinario Chile Pixtun Don Alejandro Cirilo Perez, Mayan Council of Elders Mayan Elder Hunbatz Men Guatemalan Mayan Elder, Carlos Barrios, A Mayan Elder Speaks on the Calendar Confusion. : Page 123 A Mayan Elder Speaks on the Calendar Confusion. Mayan Elder Hunbatz Men, author “The 8 Calendars of the Maya: The Pleiadian Cycle and the Key to Destiny” “It is written that the wisdom of the cosmic light will return. When the human race begins to slip into the darkness of ignorance, oblivion, and despair… Again the time of the Mayan cosmic education has come. Thousands of years ago the sacred teachings from the cosmos were deposited in many magnetic centers throughout the world: …The key dates will be March 21, June 21, September 21, and December 21. The 13 annual moon cycles must also be taken into account. In this manner, this natural wisdom, together with the essence of sacred mathematics, will be conveyed to the sacred human race. In Lakesh, Hunbatz Men Read Full Message Find Book Chan Chan (Peru), Huete (Spain), Tulle (France), Hu-nan (China), Bethlehem (Israel), Tih (Egypt), Mississippi (United States), Humac (Brazil), Nagasaki (Japan), Mul (England), Maya (Russia, Naga (India), and Chukotz (Bering Strait). The names of all these places are of Maya origin, some as long as 10,000 years ago. Which confirms that in different periods of times the Maya were present in these sacred magnetic centers. Mayan Elder Carlos Barrios Says: “2012 is a choice: We must find our hearts or face the consequences.” : Page 124 Mayan Elder Carlos Barrios Says: “2012 is a choice: We must find our hearts or face the consequences.” "This is a crucially important moment for humanity and the Earth. Each person is important. It is not complex or elaborate. The real knowledge is free. It's encoded in your DNA. All you need is within you. Great teachers have said that from the beginning. Find your heart, and you will find your way. "The world will not end. It will be transformed...” Read his full message “Our planet can be either renewed or ravaged. Now is the time to awaken and take action... The prophesized Earth changes are going to happen, but our attitude and actions determine how harsh or mild they are.” “The Book of Destiny: Unlocking the Secrets of the Ancient Mayans and the Prophecy of 2012” by Carlos Barrios “Change is accelerating now, and it will continue to accelerate.” Carlos Barrios is a Mayan Ajq'ij, a Mayan priest, shaman and Guatemalan Mayan Elder. Born in Guatemala into an ancient and sacred Mayan lineage, he has studied with Mayan elders for 25 years from the age of 19. “Pleiadean Perspectives on TIMEand the Mayan Time Keepers” – Recommended Video : “Pleiadean Perspectives on TIMEand the Mayan Time Keepers” – Recommended Video Pleiadean Perspectives on Time and the Mayan Time Keepers. Watch Video Pleiadeans offer us a fascinating and bold perspective on our purpose on Earth. See the two books "Bringers of the Dawn” and “Earth: Pleiadean Keys to the Living Library” by Barbara Marciniak. Find Books YouTube Video on TIME and Multi-Dimensional Reality : Page 125 The 13 Moon Calendar for Modern Times. : 126 The 13 Moon Calendar for Modern Times. Learn More Calendar Tutorial Buy a Calendar The Modern 13 Moon Calendar Comes from the Mayan Calendar. Page 126 The 13 Moon Calendar uses two cycles: the 7-day week, and 28 day moon. It is a perpetual calendar. 13 Moons x 28 days = 52 seven-day weeks = 364 days. Unlike the Gregorian calendar, the days of the moon (month) and the days of the week line up perfectly, week-to-week and moon-to-moon. The 365th day of the year is called a Day Out of Time. It is a day to celebrate peace and practice forgiveness so that everyone can start the next year fresh! This 13-moon/28-day calendar is a harmonious nature-based system developed by Dr. José Argüelles as an alternative to the 12-month Gregorian calendar. The 13 Moon Calendar tracks 13 Moon Cycles in 365 days. The 13 Moon Calendar is a perpetual calendar that follows Nature’s cycles. It is a sacred template of time. Slide 127: Page 127 Wow! Mayans have a cosmic and multi-dimensional view of TIME. What does modern Science say? Chapter 11: Quantum Science is Changing our View of Time. : Albert Einstein Page 128 Chapter 11: Quantum Science is Changing our View of Time. “The only reason for TIME is so that everything doesn’t happen at once.” Quantum Physics Says an Intelligent Force is the Basis for Matter. : “We have no right to assume that any physical laws exist, or if they have existed up to now, that they will continue to exist in a similar manner in the future.” “As a man who has devoted his whole life to the most clear headed science, to the study of matter, I can tell you as a result of my research about atoms this much: There is no matter as such. All matter originates and exists only by virtue of a force which brings the particle of an atom to vibration and holds this most minute solar system of the atom together. We must assume behind this force the existence of a conscious and intelligent mind. This mind is the matrix of all matter.” Max Planck - 1858-1947 German Theoretical Physicist, Father of Quantum Physics. For more information: Article Video Page 129 Quantum Physics Says an Intelligent Force is the Basis for Matter. And does not assume ANY Physical Laws of Time or Space. Quantum Physics Shows the Whole is Greater than the Sum of its Parts. : There is a gap between traditional Cartesian Physics and the new Unified Field Theory of Quantum Physics. Newtonian physics says that objects can be found by location and speed, ruled by gravity, moving in predictable patterns. But quantum physics says the opposite. We can know where an electron is only by probability, and that other factors are involved, such as conscious thought. It is our observation that collapses this nebulous existence into something more tangible? Does this mean our thoughts influence or create material reality? Page 130 Quantum Physics Shows the Whole is Greater than the Sum of its Parts. Traditional physics sees the universe as many discreet parts functioning in predictable patterns that can be understood piece by piece. But quantum physics’ Unified Field Theory has changed all that by looking at the whole as an interconnected energy field. We used to believe movement is continuous, ruled by linear laws of TIME. Things couldn’t just disappear and reappear somewhere else at the exact same instant. But quantum physics shows us an electron can appear in many locations simultaneously, and the entire universe is inter-connected in an energy field that is conscious and alive. An orchestra is greater than the simple sum of its parts. Unified Field Theory Says We’re Part of a Conscious, Interconnected Energy Field. : Page 131 Unified Field Theory Says We’re Part of a Conscious, Interconnected Energy Field. By understanding the dynamic of interconnectivity, we are able to refocus the lens through which we see ourselves and the universe. This leads to theoretical and technological advancements that move us towards a sustainable future, and has the potential to solve the most pressing issues of our TIMES. For more information, see Nassim’s 4-part DVD: “Crossing the Event Horizon” View Trailer Buy DVD on website A new solution to Einstein’s field equations has been found, which incorporates torque and Coriolis effects. Nassim Haramein, Director of Research at the Resonance Project, says that instead of seeing ourselves as separate from everything around us, we can view ourselves embedded in a living feedback system that connects all things in infinite potential. Nassim Haramein The 64 Tetrahedron Flower of Life is the basis for 3-D physical structure. Quantum Physics Says The Universe is Infinitely Large and Infinitely Small… : Quantum Physics Says The Universe is Infinitely Large and Infinitely Small… The Holographic Universe: “As above, so below.” Page 132 “The Secrets of the Universe are Energy, Frequency and Vibration.” : Dr. Nikola Tesla, brilliant Serbian-American inventor, physicist, mechanical engineer and electrical engineer, was a major contributor to our commercial electrical systems. Tesla believed electricity and magnetic forces can change space and time, and that man can learn how to use this power. Learn More "If you want to find the secrets of the Universe,think in terms of energy, frequency and vibration." “The Secrets of the Universe are Energy, Frequency and Vibration.” Dr. Nikola Tesla 1856 - 1943 Learn More Page 133 “The Biology of Belief” SaysWe Control Our Own DNA with Our Thoughts : Page 134 “The Biology of Belief” SaysWe Control Our Own DNA with Our Thoughts In a groundbreaking work in the field of New Biology, Dr. Bruce Lipton invites us to re-examine our beliefs about our DNA. Lipton and other scientists have examined in great detail the processes by which cells receive information. The implications of this research radically changes our understanding of life. DNA is controlled by signals from outside the cell, such as energetic messages from our positive and negative thoughts. Our bodies can heal and change as we retrain our thinking. Find Book DNA is flexible, controlled by the subconscious mind. By releasing belief patterns, we can heal ourselves. Learn More View Video Dr. Bruce Lipton confirms that matter and energy are one and the same, and we are all interconnected. Quantum Science Says The Universe is an Interconnected Energy System. : Spiral vibration of atom with nucleus. Spiral pattern of human energy. Earth’s spiral magnetosphere. “As above, so below,” Hermes says. This means the universe is holographic. We are energy vibrations and we are all connected as one being. Atom Human Planet Earth Galaxy Spiral patternin a galaxy. Page 135 Quantum Science Says The Universe is an Interconnected Energy System. Solar System Electromagnetic Patterns are the Same in Atoms, Humans, Planets and Galaxies. Spiral pattern of solar system. Slide 136: Page 136 “Qi is energy on the verge of becoming matter, and matter on the verge of becoming energy.” Ted Kaptchuk, “The Web that Has No Weaver” It all boils down to ONE. : Astrophysics made simple = 1 You can call it God, or the Oneness, or just LOVE… Page 137 It all boils down to ONE. It Seems We Are Never Separate from Anything. : Amit Goswami, Quantum PhysicistLearn More Author: ‘The Self-Aware Universe’ See his DVD: ‘The Quantum Activist’ Learn More Page 138 It Seems We Are Never Separate from Anything. “When we understand US, our own consciousness, we also understand the universe; and the separation disappears.” Modern Science is Approaching a Quantum Breakthrough. : Page 139 Modern Science is Approaching a Quantum Breakthrough. Modern scientists are discovering the secrets of multi-dimensional TIME and Space. Our progress is limited only by our pre-conceptions and limited 3-D thinking. To find the Truth, we need to cultivate an open, creative mind. “The release of atom power has changed everything, except our way of thinking”. Albert Einstein We are limited only by our own thoughts. Slide 140: 140 Three galaxies revolve in the Arp 274 system, 400 million light-years from Earth. NASA Hubble Image Page 140 Wow! Maybe we don’t have all the answers yet. Science is still learning. Chapter 12: Surprising Discoveries in Space and on Earth. : Chapter 12: Surprising Discoveries in Space and on Earth. “There could be one hundred billion Earth-like planets in our galaxy.” Dr. Alan Boss, Carnegie Institution of Science Learn More Page 141 Is the Whole Solar System Feeling Global Warming? NASA Reports: : . . . Page 142 Is the Whole Solar System Feeling Global Warming? NASA Reports: ALL planets show evidence of global warming: Mercury – NASA 2008: “Magnetic field during Messenger flyby is different from previous observations.” Venus - Surface temperature rises to nearly 9000 F. Mars - NASA reports clouds, and rapid reduction of ice. Saturn - Plasma torus (rings) appear 1000 times denser 1981 – 1993 (Dr. Ed Sittler)Jupiter - White ovals almost disappeared 1997 – 2000. Dr. Phillip Marcus expects 18° global warming in a 10 year period. Uranus - Huge storms and big changes per Dr. Eric Karkoschka. Neptune - Global warming, and 40% brighter 1996 – 2002.Pluto - Global warming and 300% increase in atmospheric pressure 1989 - 2002 Are there SUV’s on Pluto? Global Warming on Mars: NASA reports appearance of clouds and rapid reduction of polar ice. Image credit: NASA. Dr. Edgar Mitchell Former NASA astronaut and moonwalker Global Warming is a Result of the Earth’s Distance from the Sunand many other Factors. : . . . Page 143 Global Warming is a Result of the Earth’s Distance from the Sunand many other Factors. “Earth’s climate phases are influenced by the Sun’s radiation and the Milankovitch cycles. The Milankovitch theory says that the Earth’s distance from the Sun varies, as its orbit around the Sun is not circular, but is elliptical in shape. Ice ages and global warming are a direct result of Earth’s changing distance from the Sun. The Milankovitch theory has been supported by extractions of sediment layers that vary in carbonate material, indicating cycles of warming or cooling trends.” Susan Joy Rennison Learn More Global Warming, Good News for Some… : . . Page 144 Global Warming, Good News for Some… “GLOBAL WARMING STEADY RISE IN TEMPERATURES PREDICTED.” NASA says The Sun’s Next Maximum for Solar Storms is 2012. : . . . In 1859 a Coronal Mass Ejection hit Earth's magnetic field. From the Rocky Mountains to New York to Cuba, people witnessed a spectacular light show, and telegraph services were knocked out. A Coronal Mass Ejection (CME) is an explosion on the Sun’s surface. It has roughly the power of ONE BILLION hydrogen bombs, and can trigger disturbances in Earth's magnetosphere, called space weather. CME’s occur most often near the peak of an 11-year solar cycle. The next solar maximum cycle is in 2012. “The sun is waking up from a deep slumber, and in the next few years we expect to see much higher levels of solar activity. At the same time, our technological society has developed an unprecedented sensitivity to solar storms.” June 2010, Richard Fisher, NASA Heliophysics Division. CME Light display. Page 145 NASA says The Sun’s Next Maximum for Solar Storms is 2012. We may have stronger geomagnetic storms in the coming years, as NASA Reports A Giant Breach in Earth's Magnetic Field. Solar wind shielding the Earth is decreasing, and NASA scientists speculate that it could vanish. More The flare arrived to Earth in just 17 hours. National Academy of Sciences says: ‘A similar space weather event in the US now could induce ground currents that would knock out 300 key transformers within 90 seconds, cutting off the power for 130 million people, and could take 4-10 years to recover. Coronal Mass Ejection How to Prepare for A Coronal Mass Ejection: : . . . 3. Preparations: We need to shield all satellites and data centers, forecast the event, alert the world energy grid, and have extra parts on hand. If NASA can miraculously shield the satellite energy grid in 8 minutes we will be fine. Obviously, personal preparation is suggested. A well or water catchment system, non-perishable food such as dry, canned foods and sprouting grains. Cash or medium of exchange, seeds for planting food, garden tools, warm clothes, blankets, a solid group with sustainable skills, a wind-up radio, a power supply and way to cook. A bicycle, a books and a loving partner. Page 146 How to Prepare for A Coronal Mass Ejection: 1. Risks: CME’s are unexpected explosions in the Sun's corona that spew hot plasma into solar wind. Intense radiation from the Sun arrives within 8 minutes which could fry satellite electronics and all communications. A CME usually arrives to the Earth 1-4 days later, risking Aurora displays and electrical blackouts. ACE scientists can give only a one-hour warning of a CME arrival. 2. Implications: A direct hit of a CME could knock out the power grid over a large area of the Earth, and could take years to repair. Without electricity there is no water, sewage, heat, cooking, refrigeration, telephones, cell phones, transportation, clocks, email, delivery, computers or communications of any kind. Within a few days, people could suffer from exposure, dehydration, lack of food and medication. A worst-case scenario would represent a major lifestyle change. Learn More How to Prepare Coronal Mass Ejection Dr. Alexey Dmitriev Sees Earth Changes Due to Cosmic Energies. : . Page 147 Dr. Alexey Dmitriev Sees Earth Changes Due to Cosmic Energies. The Galactic Center Radiates Magnetic Energy. Dr. Dmitriev says: “Effects here on Earth are found in the acceleration of the magnetic pole shift, in the vertical and horizontal ozone distribution, and in increased frequency and magnitude of catastrophic climatic events. There is growing probability that we are moving into a rapid temperature instability period similar to the one that took place 10,000 years ago.” “Current Earth changes are caused by highly charged energy from deep interstellar space, and are irreversible”. Dr. Alexey Dmitriev, Russian Academy of Sciences. “The climatic and biosphere processes here on Earth… are directly impacted by, and linked to the general overall transformational processes taking place in our Solar System. We must begin to organize our attention … to understand that climatic changes on Earth are only one link in a chain of events taking place in our Heliosphere”. Learn More NASA Reports Increasing Energies from Deep Space. : . Page 148 NASA Reports Increasing Energies from Deep Space. NASA Reports: Cosmic Rays Hit Space Age High. Galactic radiation comes from deep space, outside the solar system, causing "air showers" of gasses as they hit Earth's atmosphere. Learn More NASA Reports: Earth is receiving increased radiation from cosmic sources, in a long term trend that started in the 1990s. Galactic cosmic rays (GCRs), high-energy particles or plasma waves, flow into our solar system from deep in the Milky Way Galaxy. NASA regularly reports the Earth’s magnetic field is weakening, and Earth is receiving more radiation. A giant Supernova shoots a huge bubble of plasma into deep space. Earth Moves Through a Photon Belt Every 11,000 Years? : . Page 149 Earth Moves Through a Photon Belt Every 11,000 Years? The Photon Belt is said to be a band of powerful electro-magnetic light from the galaxy center. Our Sun moves through this light band every 11,000 years for 2,000 years. The Earth is moving into the belt, and will be there 2012 - 4320 AD. The ‘Photon Belt’ is also called the ‘Rings of Alcyone’, first reported in 1961 by Paul Otto Hesse. Intense energy fields on Earth are said to alter and raise the vibration rate of every atom in every living being. The Earth was last in the Photon Belt from 10,800 - 8640 BC. The Photon belt is said to bring challenging energies to Earth for positive change. It brings negativity and fear to the surface and invites opportunity for advancements in consciousness. Learn More Photon Belt NASA does not recognize the existence of a Photon Belt. NASA: “Earth’s magnetic field in a constant state of change”. : . Page 150 NASA: “Earth’s magnetic field in a constant state of change”. NASA is Tracking Magnetic Pole Shifts.Earth’s magnetic pole used to move 10 km per year, now accelerating to 40 km per year, per Larry Newitt of the Geological Survey of Canada. Sometimes the field completely flips. The north and the south poles swap places. Such reversals are unpredictable, occurring at irregular intervals averaging about 300,000 years. The last one was 780,000 years ago. Are we overdue for another? No one knows. We live on top of an ocean of molten iron? Earth's core, hot ocean of liquid iron in the center. They see Earth’s magnetic field wax and wane, poles drift and, occasionally, flip. Change is normal, they say, as the source of the field, the outer core, is itself seething, swirling, turbulent. "It's chaotic down there," says Glatzmaier. The changes We see on our planet's surface are a sign of that inner chaos. Learn Morel Sitting atop the hot inner core, a liquid outer core seethes and roils like water in a pan on a hot stove. The outer core has whirlpools powered by Earth's rotation. These complex motions generate our planet's magnetism. NASA Scientists Glatzmaier and Roberts have created a supercomputer model of Earth's interior to simulate Earth changes. Polar Shift or Reversal? : . Page 151 Polar Shift or Reversal? We’re definitely not in Kansas any more…. A Possible Scenario? A coronal mass ejection from the Sun could reach Earth, affecting the magnetic field, shifting ocean and air currents in the Ring of Fire, creating extreme global weather patterns. The result could bring permanent changes in Earth’s magnetism and behavioral patterns of all life forms. Learn More Dr. Alexey Dmitriev of the Russian Academy of Sciences says that planetary changes are complex, with many factors. The sum of all influences determines what happens. Dmitriev believes the movement in the magnetic poles and increasing anomalies indicate something very dramatic is going on in the core of our planet. The scale of these changes indicates something beyond the magnitude of the Gothenburg flip of c. 14,200 years ago. Dmitriev believes the signs suggest a complete magnetic pole reversal is already underway. He estimates the speed of this process will increase in the near future, and that we should prepare for the consequences in a globally coordinated way. The appropriate response should be to draw up a "global, ecology-oriented, climate map which might reveal (the location of) these global catastrophes." Learn More NASA Image of a Polar Reversal The 2012 Galactic Alignment. Is it Real or Not? : . No Galactic Alignment NASA: “The Great 2012 Doomsday Scare“ “…Astronomy cannot pinpoint a "galactic alignment" to within a year, much less a day. The alignment depends on the rather arbitrary definition of the galactic equator, or the visual appearance of the Milky Way.” “There is no precise definition of the Milky Way's edges -- they are very vague and depend on the clarity of your view. …Real astronomy does not support any match between the Mayan Calendar Baktun-13 end date and a so-called galactic alignment”. Learn More And More Galactic Alignment This rare event occurs only four times in the 25,800 year “Great Year’ cycle. John Major Jenkins, Mayan Scholar, says the Earth lines up with the Milky Way galactic equator at the December solstice. He says the precise alignment actually occurred in 1998. The Earth is in the general alignment zone for 36 years 1980 and 2016. NASA does not agree. Learn More Digital image of a galactic alignment shows Earth’s position before and after 12/21/2012. Page 152 The 2012 Galactic Alignment. Is it Real or Not? What Does Astrology Says? In 2010 – 2014 Darkness Meets Unpredictable Change. : The Cardinal Cross of 2010 to 2014 is a pivotal point in our transition to the Age of Aquarius. How we respond, the choices we make, the actions we take in these years will set the stage for the future. . …. . Page 153 What Does Astrology Says? In 2010 – 2014 Darkness Meets Unpredictable Change. Uranus Planet of change, ingenuity, revolution, imagination, rebellion, unpredictable, trickster, sign of a New Age Pluto Planet of darkness, death and rebirth, raw power, mystery, letting go, and a hidden secret underworld. The Cardinal Square represents a showdown involving Pluto, the force of death, raw power, and inevitability of breakdown, and Uranus, an inescapable force of change or new ideas whose time has come. Learn More What Does the Cardinal Cross Represent? : We have been born into an extraordinary point in history, foretold by ancient traditions from the Egyptian to Hopi to the Mayan. The Cardinal Cross highlights a square of Uranus & Pluto from 2010 to 2014. It is the key to understanding these turbulent years of change. Page 154 What Does the Cardinal Cross Represent? This period is a shift in the cycles of TIME, From the Age of Pisces to the Age of Aquarius. Some say it means the end of a global hierarchical society, and humans inventing a new, balanced holographic society in harmony with the Earth and our galactic family. A Face-off with Pluto and Uranus? Entering the Black Hole : Page 155 Entering the Black Hole Are We Alone?Scientists Search the Heavens for Sentient Life. : Page 156 Are We Alone?Scientists Search the Heavens for Sentient Life. It took humans thousands of years to explore our own planet and centuries to comprehend planets in our own solar system. Now “Exoplanets”, or worlds orbiting stars other than our own sun, are discovered every day. Once hidden from knowledge, exoplanets are now being discovered in droves, stunning astronomers with their unique features and sheer numbers. The discoveries are so common that more and more don't even get reported outside scientific circles. Learn More A Trickle of Planet Discoveries Becomes a Flood Learn More Searching the Cosmos for Intelligent Life : 157 Searching the Cosmos for Intelligent Life Page 157 Scientific Research Suggests Extra-terrestrials Presentin Ancient Civilizations and Assisting Military. : Page 158 Scientific Research Suggests Extra-terrestrials Presentin Ancient Civilizations and Assisting Military. Scientific researchers suggest that civilization is older than commonly thought. They have assembled research and evidence that says planet Earth has supported many types of extra-terrestrial star-beings and colonies for over 500,000 years. Erich von Däniken, Zecharia Sitchin, Robert K.G. Temple, Steven Greer, Graham Hancock and David Icke have written numerous books and articles. Learn More Learn More What if it’s true? Learn about it yourself. Our government has been communicating with many types of extraterrestrials since the 1940’s, and the military has gained much advanced technology from them. Learn More Graham Hancock’s book “Fingerprints of the Gods” describes historical evidence of Man’s contact with star-beings in the past. Everyone Loves Star Wars, Star Trek and Avatar.What if the Science Fiction is True? : Page 159 Everyone Loves Star Wars, Star Trek and Avatar.What if the Science Fiction is True? Some say there is evidence of extra-terrestrial colonies on Earth for thousands of years, such as Arcturians, Pleiadeans, Lyrians, Reptoids, Greys, Sirians, Andromedans. History shows us huge gaps in technological development that we cannot explain. We see the sudden appearance of advanced astronomy and math that baffles scientists. (Egypt, Mayans, Africa, Sumeria, Inca) Could extraterrestrials have colonized Earth? What is the origin of ancient pantheons of star beings in many distant cultures? How do we explain early myths of giants? See book: ‘ET 101, The Cosmic Instruction Manual, Emergency Remedial Edition by Luppi Find Book See Video Avatar Neytiri An encounter with E.T. We love Spock. If E.T.’s Exist, Where are They? : 160 If E.T.’s Exist, Where are They? John A. Ball of Harvard Center for Astrophysics, and MIT Haystack Observatory proposes his “Zoo Hypothesis”. He suggests Earth may be a purposefully isolated area in the galaxy. Intelligent life forms do exist, he says, but they have chosen not to interfere with our development. “Maybe they’re watching us from a distance, or perhaps they’re bored by us all.” he says Learn More Read pdf Is the Earth isolated or off-limits to ET’s, like a Zoo? “Most evolutionists believe that (life), was generated long ago, but perhaps it never was. Perhaps the Earth was infected from elsewhere…” John A. Ball, Harvard Center for Astrophysics, MIT Haystack Observatory Page 160 Introducing the “Zoo Hypothesis” Who are the Pleiadeans?Is it TIME to Re-frame Our Assumptions about our Star Family? : Page 161 Who are the Pleiadeans?Is it TIME to Re-frame Our Assumptions about our Star Family? According to Wikipedia, Billy Meier, a Swiss contactee, has recorded hundreds of conversations with Pleiadean emissaries. He says Pleiadeans are humans like Earth people. Their home planet is Erra, with about 400,000 population, which they consider the ideal level for their planet. People of Erra are telepathic and use no telephones. Their average life span is 700 years. They have no disease, and maintain their health with their own awareness. They have no currency, and share resources with all people. They travel around the planet in a tube system. Their Beam ships travel billions of miles in hyperspace. The trip from Erra in Pleiades to Earth takes 7 hours. Pleiadeans are here to assist if requested, but will not interfere. Learn More What if it’s true? Learn about it yourself. Pleiadean Semjase Best-selling author, Barbara Marciniak, says she did not write her books, but was given the words to write by Pleiadeans. Learn More Arcturus, a Fifth Dimensional Civilization,is said to be a Prototype for Earth’s Future. : Page 162 Arcturus, a Fifth Dimensional Civilization,is said to be a Prototype for Earth’s Future. Miriam Delicado Edgar Cayce wrote that Arcturus is one of the most advanced civilizations in this galaxy. Arcturus is a star in the Bootes constellation, 36 light years from Earth. A fifth dimensional civilization, it is said to be a prototype of Earth's future. Arcturians are emotional and spiritual healers for humans. Arcturus is said to be an energy gateway through which humans pass between death and rebirth. It supposedly functions as a way station for non-physical awareness to become accustomed to physicality. ‘The Keys of Enoch’ describes it as the mid-way center used by the galaxy’s brotherhoods to govern colonies in this part of the galaxy. See ‘We the Arcturians’ by Norma Milanovich, or ‘Arcturian Songs of the Masters of the Light’ by Pereira. Find Book See Video Miriam Delicado, a Canadian contactee, tells of meetings with 'Tall Blond‘ extra-terrestrials. At their request she wrote a book 'Blue Star - Fulfilling Prophecy‘’ in which she recounts her experiences. The ‘Tall Blondes’ share their history of Man's creation and their role on Earth in the 'The End Times'. Find Book See Video What if it’s true? Learn about it yourself “It has come to my attention that TIME is suspect...” : Page 163 Albert Einstein “It has come to my attention that TIME is suspect...” Chapter 13: Lost Knowledge, Gaps, and Missing Links in Time. : . . This is amazing! I’d like to know more about our true history. Page 164 Chapter 13: Lost Knowledge, Gaps, and Missing Links in Time. . . . What are the Missing Links in Our Knowledge? : 165 “The falsification of history has done more to mislead humanity and impede development than any one thing known to mankind” Jean Jacques Rousseau 1712-1778 What are the Missing Links in Our Knowledge? Jean Jacques Rousseau 1712-1778 French Philosopher, Writer Learn More Page 165 How Did it Happen that Ancient Wisdom was Lost? : We often presume modern Western society to be the pinnacle of human evolution, unaware that some ancient cultures were more advanced in many ways. What happened? Page 166 The Great Year Cycle of 25,800 years is said to be the basis of the rise and fall of civilization on Earth. Golden Ages are defined as times when people are open minded and not controlled by fear. Dark Ages are times when people live in fear, and find security and comfort in the dark. Could this cycle be as natural as the seasons? The Wheel of Time is an infinite cycle of expansion and contraction, affecting our bodies, minds and the level of civilization. How Did it Happen that Ancient Wisdom was Lost? Wars have Destroyed Much Ancient Wisdom. : War destroys culture. As empires conquered to expand, they shared their ways with the vanquished, destroyed the old ways, and knowledge of previous generations was lost. For example, indigenous wisdom was wiped out by Western culture and remains virtually unknown. Page 167 Wars have Destroyed Much Ancient Wisdom. Ruling Groups Burned Books to Conceal the Truthand Re-wrote History. : 168 Much ancient wisdom of Egypt, Greece and India was destroyed by Roman and Muslim invaders. The murder of so-called Pagan scholars and several burnings of the Alexandria library by Romans in the 1st - 3rd centuries CE destroyed 40,000 of the oldest and rarest books of ancient history and knowledge. It was as if our entire civilization experienced self-inflicted amnesia at that point. History was re-formed to suit the new rulers. Ruling Groups Burned Books to Conceal the Truthand Re-wrote History. In 11th century India, Muslim invaders dismantled the public education system and burned all books on history and religion. Much knowledge was hidden in Sri Lanka, Burma, Tibet and China. In both East and West, some higher knowledge was retained for elite use. Learn More Page 168 How Did Science Become Separated from Wisdom? : 169 How Did Science Become Separated from Wisdom? Because the church controlled ALL knowledge. The Roman Catholic church denounced and destroyed all threatening ideas, separating scientific inquiry from wisdom. By condemning traditional beliefs as Pagan, Catholic leaders destroyed every idea, book or person not sanctioned by papal doctrine. The Church created two separate worlds: the sacred and the profane. Much wisdom and true science was lost. Example: Roman Catholic leaders edited the Bible in the 6th century to delete passages about reincarnation. Astrology study was declared occult and separated from Astronomy. In 1659 the Catholic Inquisition banned dowsing with a pendulum as a ‘Satanic activity’. Burning heretics and destroying any ideas not in line with doctrine, allowed the Church to destroy ancient wisdom and isolate true Science. Page 169 How Did Science Become Separated from Wisdom? The brutal suppression of Shamanism and higher states of awareness by the Roman Catholic church has gutted traditional wisdom worldwide. This delayed the re-discovery of natural, self healing methods, and human evolution. Slide 170: 170 Civilizations have been lost to Earth changes, floods, ice ages, volcanoes, galactic events and disease along with all their knowledge. We often don’t have complete information as records are destroyed, underwater or hidden. Throughout History Calamities HaveDestroyed Cultures and their Higher Knowledge. Actual underwater ruins of a templein the Caribbean Ocean. Over the history of the Earth, fossil records show us that there have been five major mass extinctions that affected all life forms, often referred to by paleontologists as “The Big Five”. Learn More Artist’s impression of a meteor hitting Earth. Page 170 We Accept Un-truths or Partial-Truths as Facts without Questioning. : 171 We’re very gullible. When lots of people believe something, we often assume it is true without questioning it. For centuries Europeans believed that the Earth was flat, even though all ancient Eastern cultures from Egypt and China to the Americas knew it to be a sphere that revolves around the Sun. Some people say that men are left-brained and women are poor drivers. Carrots are good for your eyes. The sky is blue. We could go on and on. What other assumptions do we make that we never thought to question? A Flat Earth. This 12th century German map shows the known world as Europe and the Mediterranean area. We Accept Un-truths or Partial-Truths as Facts without Questioning. Page 171 We are Easily Manipulated When We Fear the Unknown. : 172 People cling to rigid and limited beliefs out of fear. We sometimes share beliefs for centuries, afraid to even ask if they are true. For example, electricity was long feared and considered a satanic magical force because it could not be seen with the naked eye. We still don’t understand electricity, yet our modern lives now depend on it. If we ask ourselves what we fear, and look beyond this irrational barrier, we are sure to uncover some wonderful truths! We are Easily Manipulated When We Fear the Unknown. Fear of the unknown keeps us in the dark. For centuries people believed electricity was a Satanic force. Page 172 When Information is Disinformation, Then History is a Mystery. : 173 History From Greek Historia, “knowledge acquired by inquiry or in a narrative”. A story or tale. Mystery From Greek Mysteria, a secret initiation rite or "one who has been initiated”. A puzzling, unknown or strange event that is difficult to fully understand or explain. A secret. Information From Latin informare, “to shape into form, to train, instruct or educate”. From In "into" + forma "form." A communication or reception of knowledge or intelligence, generally accepted as true. Disinformation From Latin Dis – negative, mis-formed or mis-educated. False or misleading information is deliberately inserted into common knowledge by announcement or covertly leaked to the public, competitors or rival groups, inviting them to jump to conclusions instead of examining the details and motivation. Dis-information is difficult to recognize as it usually incorporates partial truths and common assumptions. When Information is Disinformation, Then History is a Mystery. Fools and tricksters in every age spread lies for profit to hide the truth. Page 173 Against all Odds, True Wisdom Just Keeps on Flowering. : Centuries of profound wisdom in the library of Alexandria was lost when Romans burned it to the ground in the 1st - 3rd centuries CE. The Dark Ages followed. A Renaissance of new ideas flourished from 1300 to 1600 AD, until it was cut short by the Catholic Inquisition. Heretics reformed, hid or died. Learn More The Age of Reason was born. Humans of great mental capacity reasoned in separate disciplines. Centuries pass as we are limited by our own rational left-brain thoughts. Goethe once said: “None are more hopelessly enslaved than those who falsely believe they are free.” Now is the TIME. As we discover our hearts, we integrate left-brain rational with right-brain insight. Knowledge has no borders, and Mankind’s destiny becomes multi-dimensional. 1. 2. 3. 4. Page 174 Against all Odds, True Wisdom Just Keeps on Flowering. Researchers say all Humans are One DNA Family, Originating in Africa about 200,000 Years Ago. : Page 175 Researchers say all Humans are One DNA Family, Originating in Africa about 200,000 Years Ago. In 1987 U. of C. researchers compared mitochondrial DNA of many diverse races. They concluded that they all descended from the same female ancestor 200,000 years ago in Africa. Learn More Between 195,000 and 123,000 years ago, humanity faced near-extinction due to cold, dry climate conditions that left most of Africa uninhabitable. Recent discoveries in anthropological geology reveal that everyone alive today is descended from a lucky group of people in a single costal region who survived this catastrophe. View Media Article in Scientific American Who is this sexy humanoid? All modern human DNA came from one woman in Africa c. 200,000 years ago. An African Stone Calendar Points to an Advanced Civilization 75,000 Years Ago. : South African explorer Johan Heine noticed large stone circles from an airplane. Scientists soon uncovered an ancient stone calendar c. 75,000 years old, the oldest known man-made structure. Learn More View pdf Adam’s Calendar in South Africa is located on the exact same 31° longitude as the Great Pyramid of Giza in Egypt. Adam’s Calendar belonged to a civilization that lived and mined gold in South Africa c.75,000 years ago. The stone circles of Adam’s calendar are aligned to the solstices and equinoxes. They reveal a culture that had knowledge of higher math, geometry and the golden ratio of 1.618. Pyramid of Giza Adam’s Calendar Page 176 An African Stone Calendar Points to an Advanced Civilization 75,000 Years Ago. How Did Life Begin on Earth? : Page 177 Mayan and Egyptian calendars show great reverence for the Pleiades constellation. Some say Pleiadeans had colonies on Earth, and have written the true history of civilization on this planet. Learn More How Did Life Begin on Earth? In debating this question, more blood has been shed than any other in human history. Why? Because the answer, could reveal the deepest meanings about ourselves and our reality. More importantly, it would raise humans to the level of enlightened beings and demolish forever the thorny tangle of misinformation and guilt that surrounds it. Is NOW the TIME to notice we’re all the same species and move beyond all this dispute about "my God versus your God" nonsense? Learn More Ancient texts from Sumerian, Babylonian, Hebrew and the Bible speak of Annunaki, Elohim and Yahweh as mighty gods from the sky. Who are these beings? How many translations, revisions and papal interpretations have altered the original texts and meaning? Learn More Sumerian stone carvings show winged beings using pine cone-shaped instruments to create DNA. Scholars Translate Sumerian Tablets that Point to Off-Planet Origins of Human DNA. : 178 Scholars Translate Sumerian Tablets that Point to Off-Planet Origins of Human DNA. All the great ancient texts from Mesopotamia to Egypt, India and the Americas are dominated by “Gods from the sky”. There is mounting evidence of ancient custodial rulers from the stars who controlled every aspect of human society from DNA combination called ‘Homo Sapiens’ to the disappearance of the Neanderthal. Learn More In 1976 Zecharia Sitchin, Sumerian scholar, published The Twelfth Planet, which offered compelling evidence to support the possibility that the Earth had been visited by ancient alien astronauts in its past. Sitchin based his conclusions on translations of stone tablets of Sumer, the sudden civilization that sprang up virtually overnight in the Tigris-Euphrates Valley of modern Iraq. Historians can’t begin to explain how Sumerians were transformed from Stone Age humanoids to extremely sophisticated city dwellers almost instantly around 5,000 years ago. The mystery is so deep and so profound, few historians attempt to deal with it. Watch video Find Book These Ancient Tablets describe the great flood. Page 178 The Creation of Adam and Eve, Fable or Truth? : 179 The story of Adam and Eve is considered a fable. Could it be partly true? In spite of multiple translations, it is still a story of genetic manipulation by off-planet beings who violate the rules of creation. Ancient Sumerian tablets echo many Bible passages that describe the Gods Yahweh and Elohim. Is there a common ground among Evolutionists, Intelligent Design Believers, religious, and non-religious people alike? Learn More Adam and Eve were the first man and woman created by God according to the Bible, the Torah and the Islamic Quran. The story describes creation, their temptation, the expulsion from Eden, and the peopling of the world outside the Garden of Eden. Learn More The Creation of Adam and Eve, Fable or Truth? Page 179 The Missing Link Enigma:How Do We Explain the Sudden Evolution of Man? : The Missing Link Enigma:How Do We Explain the Sudden Evolution of Man? Human fossil records show abrupt changes in DNA evolution, rather than gradual change over time. It is not easy to agree on which fossils belong to which species and experts disagree wildly, says Ellen Thomas, Wesleyan University research professor. Gaps in the Evolution of Man. The Missing Link Enigma comes from the fact that NO trace of Homo Sapiens DNA can be found before 80-100 thousand years ago. It is as if modern man just appeared from nowhere. Who are We, and Where did We come from? Learn More Page 180 Unexplained Skeletons of GiantsIndicate Huge Gaps in the Old Theories. : Unexplained Skeletons of GiantsIndicate Huge Gaps in the Old Theories. Discoveries of these skeletal remains of human giants, ranging from 8.5 feet to 36 feet tall, do not fit into our existing conceptual framework of the gradual evolution of Homo Sapiens. Learn More Page 181 Could human DNA be from Partly Off-Planet Origin? : 182 Many scientists agree that incomplete fossil records cannot account for the many unexplained gaps in the human evolution. Alien Origins, a fascinating DVD by Lloyd Pye suggests that that human DNA was in part developed by extra-terrestrial intervention. Could human DNA be from Partly Off-Planet Origin? Humanoid fossil DNA shows sudden and abrupt changes that cannot be explained by Darwin evolution theories. Read Review Find DVD Page 182 Slide 183: Page 183 Wow! This is way bigger than I can grasp. How can we find some answers? "To destroy an undesirable rate of mental vibration, concentrate upon the opposite pole to that which you desire to suppress.” The Kybalion, Hermetic Texts Chapter 14: What does Religion and Modern Spiritual Leaders Say? : 184 Chapter 14: What does Religion and Modern Spiritual Leaders Say? Page 184 Deepak Chopra says: : "If you and I are having a single thought of violence or hatred against anyone in the world at this moment, we are contributing to the wounding of the world." Meditate on this… Page 185 Deepak Chopra says: “Many traditions refer to a great transformation in the world. What is most interesting to me is not what may or may not happen in the external world, but rather the changes within our consciousness that are available to us right now. It is the radical choices for transformation we can make in our life now, individually and collectively that will determine what kind of future we will experience. You can create your own splendid transformation right here and now”. Learn More “Focus on Transforming OurselvesAnd We Won’t Need to Worry about What Will Happen in the Future.” What Does the Bible Say About Our Current TIME? : Page 186 What Does the Bible Say About Our Current TIME? ‘The Bible Code II’ by Michael Drosnin foretells every major event in human history. It reveals an unsettling message about 2012. Intersecting the word “Comet” are the words “Earth annihilated”. More important, a second message also appears: “It will be crumbled; driven out”, “I will tear it to pieces.” But in the second scenario it is not Earth which is crumbled and torn to pieces, but the threat itself. Read More Interestingly, a haunting third phrase appears: “Will you change it?” The Bible Code appears to offer various potential futures which exist concurrently, a theory proposed by quantum physics: We can choose. The Bible Code gives further validation that humankind has arrived at a point in our evolution where we must consciously choose our future. The Bible Code’s message is that we can save ourselves. In the end, what we do determines the outcome. Drosnin concludes: “the Bible Code is more than a warning. It may be the information we need to prevent the predicted disaster”. The message of the Bible Code is that we can save ourselves. What we do determines the outcome. The Bible Speaks of a ‘Reaping’ of the Earth. : Bible excerpt from Revelation 14:15-16: 15: “And another angel came out of the temple, crying with a loud voice to Him who sat on the cloud, “Thrust in Your sickle and reap, for the time has come for You to reap, for the harvest of the earth is ripe.” 16: So He who sat on the cloud thrust in His sickle on the earth, and the earth was reaped.“ Read Passage The Bible Speaks of a ‘Reaping’ of the Earth. This passage echoes “The Law of One”, book that speaks of a ‘Harvest’ every 25,000 years. Learn More Page 187 The Book of Enoch Speaks of a Past Civilization : “The Book of Enoch”, a precursor to the Bible, was said to be written by Noah’s great grandfather, Enoch. Found intact in the Dead Sea Scrolls, it describes a wondrous civilization in the distant past that misused the keys of higher knowledge and as a result could not save itself from cataclysm. Enoch promises a return of this knowledge at the ‘End of time’. The Book of Enoch Speaks of a Past Civilization that misused higher knowledge and ended in cataclysm. This suggests that “Regular cataclysmic changes act as an evolutionary agent provocateur to quicken the resident life forms into the next evolutionary phase’.” No More Secrets, No More Lies, by Patricia Cori Find Book Find Book of Enoch “The Book of Enoch” is a precursor to the Bible Page 188 Will Catastrophe Bring Mankind to it’s Full Senses? : “The only thing that can possibly save humanity is for God to rise up within the human Soul in the midst of great catastrophe.” Lewis Mumford, “The Myth of the Machine,Vol 4: The Pentagon of Power” With elegant clarity, Mumford makes plain the death urge that has always underlain civilization, which he calls "the mega-machine.” It is a complex social organization designed not around any organic human needs, but around the "needs" of the machines and the structures that have come to characterize and control our lives. Find Book Will Catastrophe Bring Mankind to it’s Full Senses? Lewis Mumford, The Pentagon of Power Page 189 Humanity Miraculously Averts Disaster : By integrating our Higher Self with the Divine to align with the universal energy field, we will bring forth the knowledge of the true science of Life, enabling us to make a quantum leap in our consciousness. Humanity Miraculously Averts Disaster “Somehow we move beyond rational intellect to discover the power of our own free will.” The Keys of Enoch, By Dr. J.J. Hurtak, scholar, comparative religionist Find Book The Keys of Enoch suggests that we must unite the scientific and spiritual realms in order to solve the problems of Earth. Its ultimate purpose is to advance humanity so that we are prepared to make a quantum shift that will move both us and Earth into the next phase of our evolution.” Page 190 World Religious Trends: A Rise in Personal Spiritualism. : Religion is on the rise. There is a global increase in general spiritual practices. There is a global tendency for believers to choose intensity, preferring the ‘hot‘ rather than ‘cool’ versions of their faith. Ritual and inspirational practices are up. Personal spiritualism is growing in decentralized experiential practices. 72% of young adults and a majority of Christians in the USA say they are ‘more spiritual than religious’ and do not go to church. Shamanism is on the rise, as a ‘personal path of direct revelation’. That requires no outside intermediaries, or beliefs. It provides powerful tools to help one use the unseen world for insight and healing. Attendance is down in traditional religions, which have suffered in the economic recession. The Pope laments that millions are losing their faith, as church attendance down, and people say organized religion is not relevant to their lives. Learn More Read Article Page 191 World Religious Trends: A Rise in Personal Spiritualism. Religion is on the Rise in the World More people are finding personal decentralized spiritual practices. Is NOW the TIME us to find our direct personal connection with the Universal Oneness, or God? Vatican Astronomer Says Alien Life Forms Could Exist. : Vatican Astronomer Says Alien Life Forms Could Exist. Rev. José Gabriel Funes, Vatican chief astronomer and Vatican Observatory director says there is no conflict between believing in God and in the possibility of our "extra-terrestrial brothers.” He believes the possibility of life on other planets exists, and that extra-terrestrials may even be free of Original Sin. Funes says the existence of intelligent extra-terrestrials does not contradict church teachings, and that ruling out the existence of aliens would be “putting limits" on God's creative freedom. Learn More Wikipedia Extraterrestrial José Gabriel Funes Page 192 Slide 193: 193 The religion of the future will be a cosmic religion. It should transcend personal God and avoid dogma and theology, based on the experience of all things natural and spiritual as a meaningful unity.” Albert Einstein Chapter 15: Multi-Dimensional Reality and the Illusion of TIME in 3-D : 194 Chapter 15: Multi-Dimensional Reality and the Illusion of TIME in 3-D Page 194 Quantum Physics says: TIME Exists Only in 3-D. : 195 Quantum Physics says: TIME Exists Only in 3-D. There are other regions or dimensions where all of TIME is simultaneous TIME is a construct. It is a concept that appears to be a real experience in the 3-D world. There are other dimensions and/or states of being where All of Time is Simultaneous. When we begin to release our limited mental framework and access other states of being, we can understand the unity of all of time. How will we integrate these new scientific realities into our daily lives? Past Present and Future exist in our 3-D world. But in other dimensions or realities, these rules do not apply. Quantum Physics says that Reality is Flexible. There are alternate realities that we do not see. : Page 196 Quantum Physics says that Reality is Flexible. There are alternate realities that we do not see. “There are parallel regions of creation. But in the denser dimensions such as 3-D, the choice has already been made. This idea will leave many of us uncomfortable, as it seems to remove the element of choice in our lives.” Learn More From Punk Science, Inside the Mind of God by Dr. Manjir Samanta-Laughton According to many string theory physicists, reality is flexible and multiple realities do exist. What we observe in the 3-D world is simply energy that is projected or collapsed into a dense form detectable by our 5 senses. A wormhole is a corridor to alternate realities. “Pleiadean Perspectives on Our Past, Present and Future” A Recommended YouTube Video : “Pleiadean Perspectives on Our Past, Present and Future” A Recommended YouTube Video Watch Video Pleiadeans offer us a fascinating and bold perspective on our purpose on Earth. Two recommended books: "Bringers of the Dawn” and “Earth: Pleiadean Keys to the Living Library” by Barbara Marciniak. Find Books TIME in Multi-Dimensional Reality – YouTube Video Page 197 Is Anti-matter the Source of All Matter? Introducing the BHP - Black Hole Principle. : “The BHP, or Black Hole Principle, shows us that the sea of infinite choice that is glimpsed in quantum physics, is actually a region of reality that exists out of space and time. In fact the BHP is finally in a position to answer questions about free will and destiny. According to the BHP, our lives have already happened in the negative timeline region, and are simply following a pattern shaped by the antimatter region.” From Punk Science, Inside the Mind of God Dr. Manjir Samanta-Laughton A Black Hole Vortex. Page 198 Is Anti-matter the Source of All Matter? Introducing the BHP - Black Hole Principle. “New research shows that black holes are not the ultimate destroyers often portrayed in popular culture. Instead, warm gas escaping from the enormous black holes could be one source of the chemical elements that make life possible.” Learn More Harvard-Smithsonian Center for Astrophysics A Black Hole Vortex. Is TIME Accelerating in a Fast-Paced Global Community? : Are we moving to a point when TIME collapses into one moment? We’ve all had moments when TIME seems to take forever. And other moments whiz by in an instant. Quantum physicists tell us that TIME is indeed flexible, and there are other regions or dimensions where all of TIME, past present and future is simultaneous. How does this affect our lives? Accelerated Time Means What Goes Around Comes Around FASTER. Page 199 Is TIME Accelerating in a Fast-Paced Global Community? Computers are changing our experience of time and reality. Our online community encompasses the globe, and brings acceleration in every area: electronics, health, scientific research, travel, new energy sources…. The Seven Dimensions or “Levels of Vibration”. : . The Seven Dimensions or “Levels of Vibration”. Your vibration level is the plane of existence or dimension you choose to live in. The levels or dimensions are much like musical octaves. Existence begins in the 1st dimension, the level of atoms, molecules and rocks. Higher levels of vibration have more consciousness. The 7 Levels of Vibration, or Dimensions 7-D - Oneness, Pure Light, Pure energy, Non physical, Exists as Webs of light, Plasma, Spirals, Vortices, free of TIME & SPACE. 6-D - Ascended Masters, Body-optional, Immersed in Oneness, Telepathic, Love, Abundance, Higher Geometry. 5-D - Physical beings in Constant Awareness of Oneness, Mind can create miracles, Joy, Discernment, No pain, fear, or judgment. Perfect memory, Free of TIME & space. 4-D - Physical Body as guides, and some humans, Aware of Astral planes, Power, Telepathy Trust, Emotional, Illusion, Friction of Dark vs. Light. No Pain or Fear. 3-D - Most humans, Physical body, Language, Experience of duality, right & wrong, illusion of Separation, Words, concepts, Experience time & space, 3-D is controllable by fear and pain. 2-D - Plants & Animals, Bio-genetic physical life forms with genes and molecules, no illusion of separation from Oneness. 1-D Atoms, Molecules, Rocks, Slowest vibration, Simple structures, less consciousness, no separation from Oneness. We are here! Most humans live in 3-D, where we may feel fear and separation. But we can raise our vibration level to higher dimensions. When we sleep, and when our awareness is in unity with higher Oneness, Whoosh! – we’re living in 4-D!Learn More More Info Page 200 Is our 3-D world just one inch thick? Who Lives in 4-D and 5-D? : Page 201 Who Lives in 4-D and 5-D? Two Arcturians Learn More 4-D humans are those ascended masters who have moved beyond the veil to live among us in full awareness with no fear or duality. They come from every culture, era, sex and level of society. Some are famous, and most are totally unknown. (Above: Pythagoras, Da Vinci, Jesus of Nazareth, Swami Nityananda, Sri Yukteswar, St. Teresa of Avila, Swami Rudrananda, Lao Tzu, St. Francis of Assisi.) Learn More View Video 5-D humans are from off-planet origins. They are said to communicate with telepathy and can move through the dimensions, free of time and space. These humans are harmonious, loving, intuitive and healthy, with the ability to transform thought intentions into physical matter. Asket is Pleiadean Learn More Semjase is Pleiadean Learn More Living in 4th Dimension Living in 5th Dimension Is 2012 to be a Hyper-Dimensional Shift on Earth? : Anthony Kane, a black American relative of Dr. Martin Luther King Jr. and reported contactee of an apparent extraterrestrial, hyper-dimensional governance called the “Council of Twelve,” has predicted developments concerning a dimensional shift which Earth and human consciousness is now undergoing in relation to 2012. Learn More The “Council of Twelve” said humans with a consciousness anchored in fear will remain in the 3-D Earth. Those who are experiencing a “conscious awakening” and putting an effort into being conscious of the shift will migrate into the new fifth dimensional Earth. Is 2012 to be a Hyper-Dimensional Shift on Earth? The “Council of Twelve” stated that between the dates December 12, 2012 and December 21, 2012, the planet Earth will split dimensionally into two separate Earths, each of which has different dimensional frequencies, in a process analogous to the way a single cell can split into two cells. Anthony Kane A hyper-dimensional separation into two Earths? 3-D and 5-D? Page 202 For Those Who Prefer Not to Think,We Offer a Parallel Universe Here: : 203 For Those Who Prefer Not to Think,We Offer a Parallel Universe Here: Page 203 Those Who are Easily Manipulated, Can Enjoy Tempting ‘Holographic Inserts’ (Fake reality that is not your own) : 204 Those Who are Easily Manipulated, Can Enjoy Tempting ‘Holographic Inserts’ (Fake reality that is not your own) It looks, tastes, smells and sounds real. It elicits a strong emotional response. It feels weird in your stomach. 4. Its motive is to instill fear or to control. 5. A dowsing rod can tell if it’s a fake. Baby, I want you… Page 204 How to Recognize a Holographic Insert: Slide 205: Wow! If all this is true, it’s going to be a lot of fun! Page 205 "As above, so below. As below, so above. The same pattern is expressed on all planes of existence from the smallest electron to the largest star and vice versa. All is One.” The Kybalion - Hermetic Texts. Chapter 16: Mystics and Channels Speak about our TIMES. : Page 206 Chapter 16: Mystics and Channels Speak about our TIMES. When searching for the Truth, it is important to listen to ALL sides with an open mind. While psychic sources are often confusing and unreliable, sometimes they contain Truth with a Capital ‘T’. In these cases, it may be due to our limited perspective that they seem a bit strange. When ALL the mystics agree, and when it resounds true in our bones, it is well worth hearing. Mystics and channels are those people who sometimes see through the veils of illusion. Dumbledore Speaks. : He’s still alive! “Soon we must all face the choice between what is right and what is easy…” Dumbledore Speaks. Albus Dumbledore, Headmaster, Hogwarts School of Witchcraft and Wizardry Page 207 “Soon there will be a great change to your world”.. : Page 208 “Soon there will be a great change to your world”.. “The material reality that surrounds you is beginning to crack apart, and with it all of your illusions. The global capitalist system that is currently devouring your planetary resources will soon self-destruct, leaving many of you bereft. But understand the nature of paradox: For those who follow my words and open their hearts and their minds--for those who have "ears to hear"--there is no problem whatsoever. What is false must die so what is true can be born. You are, right now, living at the time of revelation, Apocalypse, and the fulfillment of prophecy. Let there be no doubt. You stand at the edge of the Abyss. The word "Apocalypse" means "uncovering"--and in these last clock ticks of this world age, all must be revealed, uncovered, so that all can be known. You have just a few years yet remaining to prepare the vehicle for your higher self. Use them preciously. Read the full message From: 2012: The Return of Quetzalcoatl, Channeled by Daniel Pinchbeck “The Materiality of Your Universe is a Solid-state Illusion.” : The materiality of your universe is a solid-state illusion. What is this universe? It is a poem that writes itself. It is a song that sings itself into being. This universe has no origin and no end. Those who have expended their lives in the pursuit of egocentric and material gains--without courage or originality, without fighting for human freedom or the preservation of the planetary environment--will also receive the rewards that they deserve. This universe spontaneously self-organizes into higher levels of consciousness and wisdom. From: 2012: The Return of Quetzalcoatl, Channeled by Daniel Pinchbeck Read the full message Page 209 “The Materiality of Your Universe is a Solid-state Illusion.” "The Veil Between the Worlds is Thinning” We can no longer pretend to be normal. : Page 210 "The Veil Between the Worlds is Thinning” We can no longer pretend to be normal. "Between 1987 and 2012, the destructive impact of humanity peaks, so it can resurrect. Will humankind awaken in time to claim its bright inheritance, or repeat the mistakes of the past and vanish in the muck? Life is so much more than we've been told. Even in a time of great deceit, deep force lies buries in the soul of the species, aching to come out. You get the world to change by changing yourself, and holding that position until underground force building in collective consciousness gains critical mass to catalyze world change. Crisis breaks through the drugged state that passes for normalcy. It cracks you into a raw enough state to pry loose and re-pattern. Read More From: “2012, Crossing the Bridge to the Future” By Mark Borax and Ellias Lonsdale We have to awaken ourselves to awaken our world. We Are All One. : “Perhaps the single most basic realization to make is that we live in a loving Universe, and that the Universe is One Being.” David Wilcock, Scientist and channel Learn More See Video Los Angeles Skyline in 2010 Page 211 We Are All One. What does the ‘Law of One’ Say about 2012? : Page 212 What does the ‘Law of One’ Say about 2012? The Law of One series makes it very clear that the following will occur 2011-2013: All earth changes ("inconveniences") will cease after 2012; The photon (which is the builder of all life, matter and energy) will shift to a whole new vibrational frequency (the green-ray) in 2012 - hence life, matter and energy will profoundly change as well; * the earth will be a ‘fourth-density positive planet’ after 2012. Fourth-density life is "electrically incompatible" with third-density life; Fourth-density entities are segregated from third-density entities because they cannot cloak themselves otherwise for their own protection; Negative entities (like the negative elite) are segregated from fourth-density positive planets, enforced by strict quarantine protocols - hence no more Enron scandals, wars, etc. The earth will make an approximately 22-degree realignment on its axis when it shifts to fourth-density; and An event we now call "Ascension" and Ra called "Harvest" will occur at this time. Learn More Learn More “There’s only one of us” David Wilcock www.Divinecosmos.com Summarized by Metaphysical Scientist, David Wilcock. For more information see: Management Notice: Prepare for Transfiguration Click Here “Ultimately you must trust your own instincts.”David Wilcock : Page 213 “Ultimately you must trust your own instincts.”David Wilcock “There is an amazing amount of intelligence from the secret projects that shows they are VERY aware of what is going on with 2012. They don't understand it, they don't know exactly what it will do, but they are keenly aware that something very big is going to happen. There is a very powerful event that happens in 2012 that they all know about, and any time after that date is subject to the perceptions of the observer. Up until then it's all relatively fixed. In this Ascension/Harvest, you assimilate the wisdom of ALL your incarnations on earth and distill yourself down to a pure vibration. This is major, epic stuff and by no means constitutes business as usual. Ultimately you must trust your own instincts.” Learn More For more Information see: Management Notice: Prepare for Transfiguration Learn More www.Divinecosmos.com According to the Law of One, Mankind has experienced three 25,000 year cycles on Earth. We are at the end of the third cycle. How to Transform Darkness into Light. : Page 214 How to Transform Darkness into Light. This law is also a one-directional law; therefore, it is the key. Since higher vibrations only consume and change the lower vibrations, it is not possible to reverse the effects of this law. Lower forces, consumed by negativity, cannot apply this law to lower the frequencies of higher vibrations, for its effects cannot be reversed. It is the law.” Learn More The Law of Perpetual Transmutation of Energy. “…All persons have the power within them to change all conditions in their lives, just by understanding how to use one Universal Law. Since higher vibrations consume and transform lower ones, each person can become an alchemist of the heart, if he or she chooses. Forgive the Darkness in Yourself and Others to Dissolve it Forever! One uses this law by forgiving others, loving others, seeing in others the differences as well as the similarities, and applying higher frequencies to situations in life that are considered to be discordant.” This Law is the KEY to Dissolve Darkness into Light. This Law works with the WILL. It works only when one CHOOSES to transform the darkness into Light and when one has a desire to change surrounding conditions into a higher form of existence. from “The Light Shall Set You Free” p. 216 by Milanovich. “The Heart is the Doorway to Higher Dimensions” : “Our star system is a system of 5th dimensional Ascended Beings that understand the Divinity within. They understand the power of the mind to create; and they understood the harm created when the mind was filled with impurities. When, through discipline, the mind was focused on the purity of creative expression , we moved into the Ascended state. We understood we could ignite the Light of the Divine Being within, to dissolve the molecular structure of solid form into Light. This we did eons of time ago. This is the challenge for beings upon this plane in this point of your linear time. Read Full Message “The consciousness is so elastic and is governed by the Divine Intelligence that resides within. And so it is where you move your consciousness, it is your intention, your focus of what you wish to achieve, of where you wish to go. For it has the power of your thought, your focus, your intention, to send it winging across time and space. Page 215 “The Heart is the Doorway to Higher Dimensions” A message from the Arcturian Star System, by Jasmuheen. Learn More “You are in essence, multi-dimensional beings. The key to the doorways of the higher realms is simply the desire within the heart.” The Secret History of the World and How to Get Out Alive. : The Secret History of the World and How to Get Out Alive. When we realize that reality is stranger than fiction, we find ourselves in a precarious world of half truths, conspiracy theorists and arrogant historians telling us what to think. If you’re ready to move beyond the twisted reasoning, and outright fabrication of human history, you’ll need this book.The Secret History of the World offers an action packed 800+ pages of humorous and insightful research into human history that has been shielded by the rulers of Religions and Governments since time immemorial. Laura Knight-Jadczyk, brilliant channel and researcher, takes us down the rabbit hole. Explore the bumpy twists and turns of the past in this amazing tour-de-force of truth which blasts through the muddy waters of modern historical pseudo-science. Website Buy or Download Book View Video A Book By Laura Knight-Jadczyk Page 216 This Period in TIME Can be Summed Up With a Question: : “Will WE reclaim our power and reverse the current course toward planetary destruction? On an individual level: Will YOU reclaim YOUR power, and take responsibility for creating a peaceful and sustainable world?” Emily Trinkaus Page 217 This Period in TIME Can be Summed Up With a Question: Slide 218: The Cat's Eye Nebula is c. 3300 light-years from Earth in the Draco constellation So if the universe is so beautiful and loving, why is everything so messed up here on Earth? Page 218 Chapter 17: Now is the TIME to Acknowledge What We Prefer Not to See. : Page 219 Chapter 17: Now is the TIME to Acknowledge What We Prefer Not to See. We Are Tinkering With Time Bombs. : Page 220 We Are Tinkering With Time Bombs. HAARP was originally a Tesla invention. In the 1980’s MIT physics professor Dr. Bernard Eastlund proposed the beaming of large amounts of high-frequency radio waves into the ionosphere. Once energized, this can be used to create weather, disable incoming missiles and knock out enemy communications. Learn More HAARP stands for “High Frequency Active Auroral Research Program” The USA HAARP site is in Alaska. HAARP is said to be used now for creating storms and earthquakes, blocking enemy electronics, and controlling human behavior. It is said that Russia, China, England and France have similar installations, called Scalar Weapons. These ionosphere heaters around the world have raised concern, but military scientists say fears are unfounded. Learn More More Information “The Matters at Hand on Earth are Serious.” : Page 221 “The Matters at Hand on Earth are Serious.” Excerpts from: Connecting with the Arcturians by channel David K. Miller pp.71 - 73 The HAARP Project. “The matters at hand on Earth are serious, concerning weather patterns, electromagnetic fields, and the HAARP project. This is one of many factors that create planetary problems. It certainly is not good timing for the HAARP project to be playing with this energy at this time. The HAARP project will create permanent holes in the ionosphere and in the electromagnetic grids surrounding the planet.” “The destructive effects of the HAARP project will accelerate many Earth changes, and especially promote unstable and violent planetary weather patterns. We can provide a ‘curtain’ energy that temporarily supports the Earth energy field systems, and counteracts the disintegration of these fields. But we cannot provide a permanent reintegration of the planetary energy fields.” Learn More View Video “Holes in Heaven” Nuclear Testing has Increased Earth Instability. : Page 222 Nuclear Testing has Increased Earth Instability. From 1945 to 1998, there were 2,050 Nuclear bomb tests, 528 Atmospheric, 1522 Underground. Unreported nuclear accidents in power plants and military incidents have added to widespread radiation on Earth and damage to the ozone layer. Learn More Ozone Hole over Antarctica1979 - 2000 Comparison Nuclear Testing affects the Ozone Layer Learn More Excerpt from Connecting with the Arcturians by David K. Miller p71 – 73 “A great deal of negative energy has been implanted in the Earth, especially because of nuclear testing. We believe that nuclear testing, more than anything else, has seriously affected your ozone layer, and a form of pressure has developed from the radiation due to nuclear testing, and radiation releases from power plants. Certain energy waves produced by the radiation strike the ozone layer, creating an energy force that holds back other rays. The balance has been disrupted, allowing for an incongruity in pressures to occur, which has contributed to the holes in the ozone layer.” “Electromagnetic Rays Weaken The Body Immune Systems.” : Excerpt from: Connecting with the Arcturians by channel David K. Miller pp.72 – 75 Page 223 “Electromagnetic Rays Weaken The Body Immune Systems.” The Earth is feeling massive change due to radiation. These changes cause subtle shifts in our body’s electro-magnetic balance. We see human health issues and mass-extinctions of plants, animals and insects. “We know that being on the Earth is very dense, and we know that there are many molecular problems. The reason some of you are having so many health problems is that there is an ongoing molecular shift on the whole Earth. Part of it is from the toxic pollution that you know about. The other part is due to an actual shift of energy in molecular structure. “The Earth’s crust is extremely active. “Your ability to focus and stay on task is greatly affected by the weather. The overall energy of the Earth is becoming more and more difficult to handle. The gravitational forces on the planet are shifting as the electromagnetic energies of the planet are being realigned. This is causing subtle shifts in your body mechanisms on the planet. You will find that there will be more body problems unless you find a way to sensitize yourselves to the shifts, and successfully work with the energy.” “We Need to Tolerate New Electro-magnetic Energies.” : Excerpt from: Connecting with the Arcturians by channel David K. Miller pp.72 – 75 Page 224 “We Need to Tolerate New Electro-magnetic Energies.” Earth's Magnetic Shield is weakening. (Shown in blue) This increases chances of space weather and polar shifts. Learn More More Information “This new rate of ultraviolet energy will cause random acts of insanity and mental imbalance in those who are unprepared. The radiation coming in through the holes in the ozone layer also will affect your genetic codes, and some of the keys that have been encoded in you. It is important that you become aware of your genetic structure and codes. When you become weakened by radiation, the codes can become altered or permanently damaged. All these changes are making you more vulnerable to lapses in your personal energy field.“ “You must be careful of your exposure to the sun’s rays. Many light workers are preparing to alter your DNA codes so that you can tolerate more of the incoming electromagnetic energy. This will be a good test for your own self-development, as you will need to adapt yourself to this energy. In your meditations, work on allowing your bodies to change to accommodate the new electro-magnetic ultraviolet energy coming in from your sun.” Big Toys for Big Boys: Making Chaos in the Fabric of Time. : The Philadelphia Experiment created a warp in time to make a ship disappear. Page 225 Big Toys for Big Boys: Making Chaos in the Fabric of Time. Since the late 1930's the U.S. Government has been testing time travel and invisibility, using Tesla inventions and Einstein theories. The Philadelphia Experiment planned to use powerful generators to produce electromagnetic fields and “warp” radar waves, making a ship invisible to radar. In 1943 the Navy ship U.S.S. Eldridge in Philadelphia was made ‘invisible’ with the crew on board. When it was activated, the ship allegedly disappeared, only to reappear in Norfolk Virginia 40 years later, in 1983, as witnessed by a civilian ship crew. But when the U.S.S. Eldridge returned to Philadelphia, some sailors were missing, and many were literally melted into the metal hull of the ship. Those few that survived were delusional. Many were placed in asylums and the whole event was hushed. Learn More We now have the technology to create a ‘Time Tunnel’ to reach any point in time and space. Area 51: An R&D Site for Extra-terrestrial Technologies? : Page 226 Area 51: An R&D Site for Extra-terrestrial Technologies? Area 51 is a top-secret base near Las Vegas, NV, said to be used for testing of high-tech nuclear weapons prototypes. Eye-witnesses and former workers say the DARC, or Defense Advanced Research Centre, was built in the early 1980’s. It now has 10 stories underground, employs about 1900 persons, and is the control center for 'Foreign Artifacts', or alien items, experimental nuclear weaponry, research into crashed or recovered alien technology, back-engineering, and the analysis of Extraterrestrial Biological Entities (EBEs). Several thousand workers commute to Area 51 daily in unmarked jet shuttles from a private terminal at McCarran International Airport in Las Vegas. Learn More View Website About Dr. Dan Burisch Area 51 is said to have 10 stories of underground tunnels used for R&D in extra-terrestrial technologies Top Secret Projects Test the Limits of 3-D Time-Space. : The Montauk ‘Time Tunnel’ is said to allow military researchers to time travel anywhere in time and space: past, present, or future. Page 227 Top Secret Projects Test the Limits of 3-D Time-Space. It is said that the Montauk Project was a privately funded defense department project based in Montauk, NY to conduct research in manipulating time and human thought. Advanced quantum technology was applied to enhance psychic abilities and to build a porthole in time. Working in the 1960’s researchers created a stable ‘Time Tunnel’ allowing them to travel anywhere in space or time, past present or future. Learn More Montauk researchers conducted mind control experiments with homeless boys, who underwent physical and mental torture. Many supposedly died and were buried there. The Montauk project invented thought-control implants using music and subliminal messages that we experience today. Strangely, Montauk researchers could not find a tangible future beyond 2012. There is an abrupt wall at that point, with nothing on the other side. Those who are psychic find that at 2012 there is a barrier beyond which they cannot pass. However, a working time vortex was found into the distant future, and some researchers have already exited the current time dimension, bypassing 2012. Montauk’s bases are believed to have closed in 1983 because of insanity, missing and duplicate persons, entanglements in time loops, duplicate realities, risk of collapse in current 3-D time-space, and invasions of dark forces into the labs from hyperspace. Learn More The Secret Looking Glass Project:“Multiple Timelines and No Clear Future Past 2012.” : The Secret Looking Glass Project:“Multiple Timelines and No Clear Future Past 2012.” There seem to be multiple future timelines for Earth, which can be influenced by events in the past, present and future. Military sources familiar with remote viewing say that 2012 appears to be an virtual wall that no one can see beyond. What the viewer sees is influenced by the viewer’s point of view. 2012 appears to be an energy field which is largely dependent upon our choice. Project Looking Glass demonstrated that the person viewing the future actually determines or CREATES the future by what they EXPECT to see. Learn More The Looking Glass Project is a secret military project using Extraterrestrial technology to open a portal for time travel. It has the capacity to bend time/space so that events in the past and future can be viewed and interacted with. This device was tested for communication and transportation from the 1980’s until 2004. It was supposedly dismantled for safety reasons because of delicate energetic conditions in the current time period on Earth, space and the galactic plane. Learn More How we look at the future DETERMINES the outcome. Page 228 “You Cannot Stop the Karma That Now is Unfolding.” : “You cannot stop the karma that now is unfolding. You do not want to stop it, nor do we. We only want to hold and sustain the 3rd dimensional Earth as long as it is possible without providing an interference. It is going to reach a point where there will be a collapse of the energy fields around the Earth. We are not saying this to frighten you. The energy fields around the Earth are going to collapse, resulting in a polar axis shift. This is going to occur sometime between now and the year 2012. We have heard your descriptions of the photon belt creating periods of darkness. It is the combination of events that we have described that will lead to the temporary blackout.” Page 229 “You Cannot Stop the Karma That Now is Unfolding.” How do we face what we don’t want to see? Excerpts are from: Connecting with the Arcturians by channel David K. Miller pp.73– 75 Earth is Experiencing a Molecular Shift into Higher Vibrations. : Page 230 Earth is Experiencing a Molecular Shift into Higher Vibrations. “The planet Earth, Gaia as you call it, knows that it is experiencing a movement into the next dimension. Gaia knows that there is a need for a molecular shift in all the energy fields in and on the whole planet, and it is causing some disturbances in the energy fields of those who are not able to integrate the higher vibrations. We can help you to adjust these shifts when you call upon us. Know that you can be in contact with us at any time.” Excerpt from: Connecting with the Arcturians by channel David K. Miller. President Eisenhower’s Great Grand-daughterBlows Whistle on Secret Mars Recruitment Project. : President Eisenhower’s Great Grand-daughterBlows Whistle on Secret Mars Recruitment Project. Ki’ Lia, a Stanford-educated artist, futurist and colleague of Ms. Eisenhower, has provided a corroborating first hand witness account of her and Ms. Eisenhower’s attempted recruitment into a secret human survival colony on Mars, available at Ki Lia’s website. The alleged purpose of the secret Mars colony was to provide a survival civilization for the human race on Earth in the event of a planned (such as HAARP or bio-weapon induced) or natural cataclysm (such as by solar flares) that might depopulate the Earth. Ms. Eisenhower and Ki’ Lia join other whistle blowers to disclose secret technologies and covert extraterrestrial operations of U.S. military and corporate entities. In a public statement in February 2010, Laura Magdalene Eisenhower, great-granddaughter of former President Dwight David Eisenhower, has exposed her attempted recruitment from April 2006 through January 2007 by a secret Mars colony project. Learn More Ms. Eisenhower reported targeting by time travel surveillance and manipulation by trained intelligence agents of a Mars colony project are documented in a radio interview and an extensive written statement at Ms. Eisenhower’s website here: View Website Laura Magdalene Eisenhower Page 231 Slide 232: Hmm… I’m feeling something creepy in the pit of my stomach. Looking at the dark side of Earth. Page 232 Chapter 18:We Can Conquer Fear. : Page 233 Chapter 18:We Can Conquer Fear. "I learned that courage was not the absence of fear, but the triumph over it. The brave man is not he who does not feel afraid, but he who conquers that fear." Nelson Mandela True Risk is a Catalyst for Quantum Growth. : Page 234 True Risk is a Catalyst for Quantum Growth. “True risk is that sudden leap into cold water, that can carry you into a state of grace. Coincidences, synchronicity, chance, karmic charm…” “A positive force intervenes to cover your back. Things click. It makes sense, because true risk is the only thing that forces spiritual and emotional growth so immediately, so dramatically.” Sting Step off and fly! Come to the Edge. A Window of Opportunity. How Can We See Beyond the Illusion of TIME? : Page 235 How Can We See Beyond the Illusion of TIME? In the movie “A Beautiful Mind” Russell Crowe is trapped in his own self-created illusory world. Wow! What’s happening? To see beyond this limited reality, we must learn to manage our thoughts and emotions. They are the language that programs our universe, and WE are the creators. We create all that we experience, from the inside out. We literally ‘transmit’ our own reality. Learn More When we outgrow this reality, we have just outgrown this particular box. I don’t want to be a Fairy Tale. Can we wake up now? Yes we can! Our Collective Thoughts Are Powerful. A Tug of War. Which vibration is winning? Fear or Love? : . Page 236 Our Collective Thoughts Are Powerful. A Tug of War. Which vibration is winning? Fear or Love? We are ONE. Yes we can! Ready for Love today! Nice day! Calm & balanced Amazing opportunity! Loving no matter what! How can I help? Love & Courage Trust Life Plan & expect miracles Take a chance on Love! Too busy to think Fear Money worries Powerless to do anything. No one loves me Divide & Conquer! Something bad will happen. Angry about Oil spill What will happen to me? Worried about my health Afraid and sad My car Sexy! I’m right! You’re wrong Afraid of what they think Where’s the food? We are strong together Me, me me Help others We have a problem here… No fear today! Our thoughts literally shape physical matter around us. Fear has a very slow vibration, distinct from its opposite emotion, Love. We should be very careful about how we think about our future. If we project fear, our reality will reflect it. Every thought is a spider spinning a web, and grows to become real. Our Thoughts Determine the Earth’s Future in Every Moment. : No Fear today! Yes we can! Plan & expect miracles. Amazing opportunity! Ready for Love today! How can I help? Take a chance on Love! Calm & balanced. We are strong together. Love & Courage. Help others. Let’s Take a Spin Together! Loving no matter what! We are strong together! Hang on Tight! We are ONE. Nice day! I Trust my Life! Page 237 Our Thoughts Determine the Earth’s Future in Every Moment. . . No one knows what the future holds. We DO know we manifest our shared thoughts. When all our thoughts are aligned with the common good, change is easy. We can create the desired outcome with our thoughts and vibration level. Are we ready? Is This a Battle Between Dark and Light in Hyper-Space? : “Somehow everything works out. I don't know how. It's a mystery.” The entire solar system and galaxy have a role. When a dynamic shift takes place in all dimensions at once, some people will be aware of the significance of the change, and others not. It may be that your mission is to help create a bridge to higher dimensions right here on Earth, so that when the change comes, it will be easy for all, with no shock, upheaval, death or despair. If so, find ways to raise your level of vibration and joy right now. Meditation is most useful. Live in harmony with yourself, others and the Earth. Learn about the truth. Follow the threads of light in yourself. Follow your intuition. Trust yourself. Do not succumb to fear. Put your life in order. Purify your mind and emotions so you can face the truth in that moment. The End Result is Our Choice. We are a tiny part of a larger cosmos. Page 238 Is This a Battle Between Dark and Light in Hyper-Space? Truth is Always Stranger Than Fiction. : There is much that does not meet the eye. Perhaps an inspired science-fiction thriller can best illustrate the exciting events now unfolding in our multi-dimensional world. Let this gripping story spark your imagination: Like an iceberg, we can see only a small fraction of the whole picture. Entangled, a new novel By Graham Hancock: When a drug overdose causes Leoni, a troubled teen from Los Angeles, to have a near-death experience, her soul is flung into a parallel time 24,000 years in the past. There her fate becomes entangled with Ria, a young Stone Age woman fighting for her life against the evil Sulpa, a powerful demon determined to destroy humanity. As the invaders annihilate Ria's people, Sulpa moves closer to his ultimate goal: to travel to the 21st century and rule all of mankind in perpetual slavery. The hour is late and all seems lost. But there is still hope, if Leoni and Ria can meet outside Earth-time. They venture into regions of wonder, master their deepest fears, and fight battles they could never have prepared for, if Sulpa is to be defeated... Find Book View Trailer Page 239 Entangled, a new novel By Graham Hancock: Truth is Always Stranger Than Fiction. Good Versus Evil Makes a Compelling Story : “There is no battle between good and evil or between light and dark. There is only power, the right use of power and the abuse of power.” “It is only through the sustained right use of power that we begin to have the quality of experiences needed to open our minds to a way of living that is based on the energetic reality of intimate interconnectedness and the necessity of diversity to sustain life.” Page 240 Good Versus Evil Makes a Compelling Story “The only battle is with the Self to grow up and sustain the right use of power. That is the only battle there has ever been.” Christina Pratt, Shamanic Teacher, www.lastmaskcenter.org Good versus Evil… Higher Reality is beyond Good and Evil. It is about embracing diversity, And the unity of all life. …makes a compelling story. But Higher Reality is Beyond Good and Evil. Slide 241: “There is a place beyond right and wrong, I will meet you there.” Rumi Page 241 How to Cope with Accelerating TIME and Stress. : "We have two choices: Blame the world, or take responsibility for our reactions, and change our emotional climate.“Doc Childre, HeartMath Solution “It is our hidden emotions that turn TIME into an opponent and make life a rat race. Managing time with the heart is the ultimate time management tool. Doc Childre, Founder, Learn More Page 242 How to Cope with Accelerating TIME and Stress. Why is the heart called the ‘second brain’? The heart’s ‘intelligence’ is in its 40,000 neurons and in the intuitive signals it sends, such as feelings of love, happiness and appreciation. Positive emotions change patterns in the nervous system. The HeartMath Solution outlines 10 steps for harnessing the heart's intelligence to manage emotions and reduce stress. Learn More Stressed-out Opt out of stress. The Heart is Infinitely More Powerful than the Mind. : “Your vision will become clear only when you look into your heart ... Who looks outside, dreams. Who looks inside, awakens.” Carl Jung The Heart is Infinitely More Powerful than the Mind. Page 243 The Secret: Activate Intentions with Heart Power. : Empower your idea in your heart. The heart is our most powerful force that speaks loud and clear. Explore the idea in your heart. Is your idea good for ALL of life? How will you FEEL when that idea is realized? When we feel a big YES resonance, then the most powerful force of heart and spirit is behind us. According to the Law of Attraction, the Universe responds to a thought by bringing it into form. But of hundreds of thoughts, what makes certain thoughts manifest? Have an idea. Luckily the Universe doesn’t respond to every thought. A brain-thought may be rational and logical. But this is not the language of the universe, and it will not hear you. When your heart is activated, your intentions are filled with power, and the universe responds immediately. Page 244 The Secret: Activate Intentions with Heart Power. Find ”The Secret” Movie ”The Secret” Book, The Science of Energy Healing 1. Have an Idea 2. Empower it in your heart. Awareness Requires a Clear Mind and Body. : Page 245 Awareness Requires a Clear Mind and Body. Self-Care is essential to balance and raise our vibration in a chaotic world. Now is the TIME to harmonize our bodies to the changing energetic qualities in the Earth, to notice them and be able to make fine adjustments. When the Body-Mind-Consciousness is in tune, everything clicks. But when our body, mind and emotions are challenged, how can we restore balance? How can we find and maintain a flexible equilibrium, when chaos and upheaval are all around us? This is our challenge. Feeling great is worth cultivating. How can we raise our vibration level, sensitize ourselves to feel energy shifts around us, and balance the body without medical intervention? The Energy Body is the Root of Health. : Page 246 The Energy Body is the Root of Health. Recommended Energetic Healing Systems: Body Talk www.bodytalksystem.com Shamanic Healing www.shamanicteachers.com Acupuncture Cranial Sacral Therapy www.craniosacraltherapy.org EFT-Emotional Freedom Technique www.eftuniverse.com SQUID "Superconducting Quantum Interference device" Reiki - www.reiki.org EMF Balancing www.emfbalancingtechnique.com Certified PSYCH-K Healthcare www.psych-k.com While all healing systems are useful, modern science shows that the energy body is the foundation of health. If this is true, then it follows that we can optimize health by addressing the electro-magnetic connections that are at the root of healthy vibration or disease. When we release old beliefs and negative thoughts, balance toxins, and reframe the energetic system, our bodies can once again find a higher ground of stability and balance. The Energy Body is the foundation of health. Tools for Expanding Awareness : Page 247 Tools for Expanding Awareness Basic Tools for Healing & Self-Awareness Are my intentions clear? Am I in right relationship? Monitor my thoughts. Notice my vibration now. Notice what kind of experiences I am attracting right now. Watch vibration of people around me. Drink pure water Eat more high vibration foods: (Fresh fruits and vegetables) Eat less low vibration foods: (Sugars, animal products, refined flours, caffeine) Plenty of Rest & deep sleep. Dis-ease is an invitation to heal. Be aware we may see some strange behaviors as shifts take place in people. Best Daily Self Healing Techniques; Qi gong, Yoga, Tai chi, Meditation, Walking, Deep breathing. BodyTalk Cortices & Access Technique. Learn More EFT to Harmonize Left and Right Brain. Learn More Health and happiness means listening to your body. Meditation is a Key. : Page 248 Meditation is a Key. Meditation can tune the body, mind, and emotions. Daily meditation can raise your vibration level. Meditation puts your own highest self in charge of your life, and removes you from the possibility of mind control. Empowering Your Soul Through Meditation by Rajinder Singh, is a highly recommended book. A Moment of Cosmic Synchronicity.A wake-up call we cannot ignore. : Page 249 A Moment of Cosmic Synchronicity.A wake-up call we cannot ignore. “We are getting a wake-up call we cannot ignore. How we respond will determine whether Creation’s gift of reflective consciousness was well conceived or overly reckless. To pass the test before us, we humans must demonstrate the intelligence and the moral maturity to liberate ourselves from the addictions of Empire, and to use our gifts wisely in the service to the whole.” From “The Great Turning, From Empire to Earth Community” By David C. Korten, www.davidkorten.org A Survival Manual for the Energy Shifts and Earth Changes: : Page 250 A Survival Manual for the Energy Shifts and Earth Changes: “How will you survive the energy shifts and Earth changes? The choice is up to you. Now is the time to simplify your life. Focus your goals and release those things that you no longer need. Be yourself, love yourself, and be grateful for the opportunity to live in an exciting evolutionary doorway. When in doubt, trust and be flexible. Since we do not know the big picture, allow the Great Mystery to guide you. Do everything with intention. Life will be balanced when our hearts are behind our actions. Feel good. If you do not have good feelings, turn them around. From your good feelings, create good thoughts, words and actions. Welcome back to the circle.” Read the full Survival Manual: Learn MoreBy Spider/Kathleen J. Lawrence, Taino Indian Healer. Honor the sacred tree to ground with the Earth. Live with simplicity, flexibility and trust. Now is the Time to Build a Global NetworkAcross Time Zones and Languages. : Page 251 Now is the Time to Build a Global NetworkAcross Time Zones and Languages. People are building communities at home and abroad. Connecting is easy with Networking, email, text, forums, translation and Skype. Have you Heard about PulseWire? Join, make a friend. Tell your unique story on PulseWire. www.worldpulse.com/pulsewire Translate "You must be the change that you want to see in the world." ~Mohandas K. Gandhi : Page 252 "You must be the change that you want to see in the world." ~Mohandas K. Gandhi Slide 253: 253 I’d like to wake up… How important is my cosmic destiny? Chapter 19: What’s Your Choice?Ascension? Rapture? Armageddon? or Business as Usual? : Chapter 19: What’s Your Choice?Ascension? Rapture? Armageddon? or Business as Usual? ? Page 254 What’s Happing Now in the Cosmic Cycles of Time? : What’s Happing Now in the Cosmic Cycles of Time? It’s Just the Shift of the Ages! The ancient calendars are a key to help us understand what is happening now and what we must do. Our ancestors knew how to live in harmony with the Earth and the cosmos. Ancient civilizations saw TIME in cycles rather than linear. They tracked the 25,920 year cycle we call The Great Year. The Earth is connected with energetic lines, and ancient sacred sites were built on its nodes, or highly connective crossing points. Many of our modern beliefs about TIME are open to question. The ancients understood the universe is holographic: ‘As above, so below’. Quantum Science is re-discovering these truths, and thus we are healing the centuries-old schism between Science, religion and our sacred wisdom. Ancient calendars foresaw a shift in 2012, and left us clues to find the meaning of our times. We are now learning that TIME is an illusion, and that 2012 is a moment of total unknown. We know that ‘what comes around goes around’, and the Mayans show us that time can spiral in an ever-accelerating cycle, so that ‘what goes around now comes around’ faster and faster. Now we receive instant feedback of our state of mind, and our thoughts become our reality immediately. We learn that our DNA is flexible, triggered by our beliefs. Our minds are now the key to creating the future. Page 255 Summary: Now is the TIME. : Challenge our age-old beliefs in the duality of good versus evil, we are put to the test. Can we accept our own diversity and transcend fear collectively? Those who are aligned with Light and Service will somehow be protected. We will find the need to put our lives in order, heal our limited thoughts and reclaim our power collective and individually. As the cosmos heats up and Earth prepares to move to a new way of being, we accept some discomfort. We balance our bodies to optimize our health and vibration. Now is the time to meditate, find our hearts, reflect on what is really important, and reach out to others in need. We can dissolve negativity with forgiveness, compassion and accepting diversity. The times are exciting and challenging. I am so excited to be alive at this amazing time in our history, that I even forget to fear death. Maybe that’s why I had to write this book! Caterina Page 256 Summary: Now is the TIME. We create our own reality every moment As our shared thoughts determine the future of humanity, we find ourselves at a moment of truth and ultimate responsibility. Ancients understood that the universe is made up of levels of vibration called dimensions. We can ascend through these levels to higher awareness and capability. But passage to higher levels is a test of our understanding of how to live in the light with purity, strength and integrity. Higher levels of existence bring greater responsibility, and we must prove we are ready to ‘graduate’ to the next level. Will these years be that test? Will we see a cosmic correction? Pleiadean Perspectives on Our Ascension Experience : Pleiadean Perspectives on Our Ascension Experience Pleiadean Perspectives on Our Ascension Experience. Watch Video Pleiadeans offer us a fascinating and bold perspective on our purpose on Earth. Recommended YouTube video: About health, stress and multi-dimensional reality. Page 257 Seeing the Bigger Picture : Page 258 "The universe is one being. Gaze within a mirror. See the Creator.” “The Law of One” Get pdf Searchable online book Buy book at Amazon.com Seeing the Bigger Picture "It always seems impossibleuntil it’s done”. Nelson Mandela : Page 259 "It always seems impossibleuntil it’s done”. Nelson Mandela Greg Braden, ‘Fractal Time’ www.greggbraden.com : “We’ve already answered these questions in our hearts. Now is the time for us to live what we’ve chosen, as we emerge from the mystery of 2012 into a new world age. The stage is set. The choice is ours. The Cosmos is waiting”. Page 260 Greg Braden, ‘Fractal Time’ www.greggbraden.com Find Book It’s the end of the world as we know it, (and I feel fine). : “This has far-reaching implications: from understanding the paranormal, to altering political realities, to understanding the very fabric of the cosmos. Although this may be challenging for some, the intent behind this radical voice is simply to open up possibilities for our world. I hope you enjoyed your journey through this book, and perhaps it has even changed your view of reality. In the immortal words of John Lydon of Public Image Ltd, “I could be wrong, I could be right.” “This book contains seeds of a new vision of reality and Time. This revolution is being led by the changes in human consciousness itself and being reflected in our science. As we have made science into our ultimate voice of authority, when science describes a different world, we have to take note.” Intergalactic Hitchhiking Our Milky Way Galaxy Page 261 It’s the end of the world as we know it, (and I feel fine). Dr. Manjir Samanta-Laughton www.punkscience.com “Punk Science, Inside the Mind of God” Learn About it Yourself. : “Human imagination will never devisean invention more beautiful, more simple or more direct than Nature. Because in Her inventions, nothing is lacking and nothing is superfluous.” Leonardo da Vinci Observe the world with an open mind. Page 262 Learn About it Yourself. It is TIME to discover your own Threads of Truth, and take your place in destiny. “Do you want to improve the world? I don't think it can be done. : The world is sacred. It can't be improved. If you tamper with it, you'll ruin it. If you treat it like an object, you'll lose it. There is a time for being ahead, a time for being behind; a time for being in motion, a time for being at rest; a time for being vigorous, a time for being exhausted; a time for being safe, a time for being in danger. A Master sees things as they are, without trying to control them. A Master lets them go their own way, and lives at the center of the circle.” Lao Tzu, 600 BCE Page 263 “Do you want to improve the world? I don't think it can be done. Yoda speaks : Page 264 Yoda speaks I want to be just like you!But without the ears... Your wish is my command! : Page 265 I’ll just take a stiff drink please. Your wish is my command! You have the power to create the future. Ask! See it in your mind. Make your wish! Online Links to Use With Discernment: : Online Links to Use With Discernment: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Main_Page http://www.2012goddesscosmos.com http://divinecosmos.com/ http://cosmicgaia2012.com/ http://www.kybalion.org/kybalion.asp www.hermeticresearch.org http://www.crystalinks.com/index.html http://www.lawofone.info/ http://www.llresearch.org/publications.aspx www.bibliotecapleyades.net/esp_tema.htm http://www.fromthestars.com/page159.html www.forgottenagesresearch.com/index.htm Online Sources to Use With Discernment: Page 266 Useful Books & DVD’s : Page 267 Useful Books & DVD’s “The light is the only thread to follow.” Helen Keller The Light Shall Set You Free, by Norma J. Milanovich Bringers of the Dawn, by Barbara Marciniak Awakening to Zero Point, by Gregg Braden Fractal Time, by Gregg Braden The Stellar Man, by John Baines The Law of One, by Carla L. Rueckert et all Hermetic Texts: The Kybalion, The Emerald Tablets, by Thoth (Hermes) The Book Of Enoch, (Precursor of the Bible by Noah’s father) The Schocken Bible, Translation from Hebrew by Everett Fox The Book of Knowledge: The Keys of Enoch, by James J. Hurtak We the Arcturians, by Norma J. Milanovich Arcturian Songs of the Masters of Light, by Patricia Pereira Songs of the Arcturians, by Patricia Pereira Connecting with the Arcturians, by David K. Miller Punk Science, Inside the Mind of God, by Dr. Manjir Samanta-Laughton The Pyramid Code, DVD 5-Part Documentary by Carmen Boulter E.T. 101: The Cosmic Instruction Manual, by Diana Luppi Entangled, by Graham HancockThe Holographic Universe, by Michael Talbot Now is the time of "dreaming the world awake.” So let's wake up together and dream. indigenous proverb : Now is the time of "dreaming the world awake.” So let's wake up together and dream. indigenous proverb It IS a very beautiful planet. What shall we do about it? Page 268 Slide 269: 269 “To change your mood or mental state, change your vibration." The Kybalion - Hermetic Texts Learn More You do not have the permission to view this presentation. In order to view it, please contact the author of the presentation.
The Secret Calendar Codes: 2012 in the Cosmic Cycles of Time caterinas Download Post to : URL : Related Presentations : Share Add to Flag Embed Email Send to Blogs and Networks Add to Channel Uploaded from authorPOINT lite Insert YouTube videos in PowerPont slides with aS Desktop Copy embed code: (To copy code, click on the text box) Embed: URL: Thumbnail: WordPress Embed Customize Embed The presentation is successfully added In Your Favorites. Views: 1416 Category: Others/ Misc License: All Rights Reserved Like it (3) Dislike it (0) Added: June 28, 2010 This Presentation is Public Favorites: 0 Presentation Description “An astonishing and beautiful book that challenges our deepest assumptions about TIME, and shows how to blend ancient wisdom into everyday life.” Comments Posting comment... By: felicitMave (16 month(s) ago) the birth, life and death of st. francis of assisi. Saving..... Post Reply Close Saving..... Edit Comment Close Premium member Presentation Transcript The Secret Calendar Codes : 2012 in the Cosmic Cycles of Time Page 1 The Secret Calendar Codes Caterina Schiavone All rights reserved “An astonishing and beautiful book that challenges our deepest assumptions about TIME, and shows how to blend ancient wisdom into modern life.” Slide 2: What do the ancient calendars, prophecies, modern scientists, spiritual leaders and mystics all tell us about this amazing TIME? They say ‘NOW is the TIME.’ They say humanity is at a critical mass turning point. As change continues to accelerate, we are offered a choice and a quantum leap into the unknown. Page 2 How to Read this Book : Page 3 How to Read this Book This book is a fresh view of reality. I invite you to read it slowly one page at a time. Take it slowly and read it in bits as there is much new information. Absorb each concept into your body and heart, and notice how you feel. The book draws together many diverse threads. To see the whole picture clearly it is best to view each slide in order to the end. For a Better View of the pages click on the Full Screen Icon, at the bottom right corner of the window. To exit from Full Screen click your Esc key. To move through the book quickly some browsers have a Thumbnail tab in the lower left corner of the window. Thumbnails can help you move through the book. Click the arrows to move left or right through the thumbnails. To see the next slide press the forward arrow on the screen or keyboard. You may download as a pdf by selecting that option on the main menu. Printing is not recommended as it is more readable on-screen, and printing uses excessive color ink. For more in-depth information, click the Learn More links, or go to the last page for a list of links and books. Click Previous page to return to the book. Contact Caterina: Caterina@ThreadsofLight.com. Read the book slowly,one page at a time. Table of Contents : The Secret Calendar Codes NOW is the TIME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 The Easy Concepts of TIME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 ‘The Great Year’ is Earth’s 25,800 Year Cycle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 The Sumerian Calendars: Roots of our Modern Calendar . . . . . . . . 24 The Greek Calendars and Unified Field Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 6. The Roman Calendars Define our Concept of Time . . . . . . . . . . . 43 7. Ancient Calendars: Hindu, Chinese, Tibetan, Prehistoric . . . . . . . . 57 8. The Egyptian Calendars: Decoding the Secrets . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 9. The Indigenous Calendars: The Inca and Hopi Prophecies . . . . . . 102 10. The Mayan Calendar: The Most Accurate & Complex on Earth . . . . 111 11. Quantum Science is Changing our View of Time . . . . . . . . . . . 128 12. Surprising Discoveries in Space and on Earth . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 13. Lost Knowledge, Gaps and Missing Links in Time. . . . . . . . . . 164 14. What does Religion and Spiritual Leaders Say about our TIMES? . 184 15. Multi-Dimensional Reality and the Illusion of TIME in 3-D . . . . . 194 16. Mystics and Channels Speak about our TIMES . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 17. Now is the TIME to Acknowledge What We Prefer Not to See . . . . 219 18. We Can Conquer Fear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 19. What’s Your Choice? Ascension, Rapture, Armageddon, Business as usual? 254 Page 4 Table of Contents Last update 10/23/10 A Passion for Truth Guides this Book. : Page 5 A Passion for Truth Guides this Book. This book connects threads of information in a new way. It is the result of immense research from books, online and channeled sources. “The light is the only thread to follow.” Helen Keller Caterina We are assembling the pieces of a puzzle to form an integrated world view. If you are used to relying on public media for information, much of this material will be new to you. I suggest you allow your body and heart to absorb each concept slowly one page at a time, noticing how you feel. If you observe that your mind, body or heart are closed, then put the book down. It is better that you pick it up another time when you are more open. I do not ask that you believe all that is suggested on these pages, but that you consider the possibility of its truth. I hope this information helps you connect your own threads in a new way. What Do the Calendars Tell Us?We Have Many Questions. : Is TIME Accelerating? What’s happening NOW in the cosmic cycles of TIME? What do the ancient calendars, prophecies, modern scientists, spiritual leaders and mystics say about our current TIME? What does the Bible say about our TIME? What is the truth about 2012 and the Mayan Calendar? What does NASA say about changes on the Earth and in space? What is the reality beyond power struggles and polarization we see around us? Where does our modern calendar come from? How does our modern calendar separate us from Nature? Is TIME accelerating? What does this mean in our lives? If ancient cultures had advanced math and astronomy 10,000 - 75,000 years ago, how old is civilization? Page 6 What Do the Calendars Tell Us?We Have Many Questions. How can we prepare for Earth energetic changes? What is essential about 2012 and the Mayan Calendar? What is the Most Advanced Civilization of all TIME? : 7 What are the undiscovered secrets of the ancient world? What messages are encoded in the stones and symbols? What do they tell us? Our Modern Age represents great material and electronic advancements. We also create war, disease, planetary destruction and confusing priorities. How advanced is that? Modern? or Ancient? Page 7 What is the Most Advanced Civilization of all TIME? We Presume that We are the Pinnacle of Civilization, : much more advanced than our ancestors. The ancient calendars point to highly sophisticated civilizations, math and astronomy. Our ancestors were wise, and they understood their place in the cosmos. Much has been forgotten or lost. Now is the Time to Rediscover the Truth. Scientists, Spiritual leaders and Mystics have much to offer us now. How will we integrate modern truths into the ancient wisdom, begin to live in harmony with Nature and join the quantum world of life that is all around us? Hindu Wheel of Time? Ancient Greek Calendar-Computer? Sumerian Sky Map - 3,300 BC? Page 8 We Presume that We are the Pinnacle of Civilization, “Everything is in motion.Nothing rests . Everything vibrates.” The Kybalion, Hermetic Texts : OK, This is beautiful. But please don’t tell me anything is going to change... “Everything is in motion.Nothing rests . Everything vibrates.” The Kybalion, Hermetic Texts Page 9 Chapter 2: The Concepts of TIME. : Chapter 2: The Concepts of TIME. Please stay with me here… This may get complicated. Let’s start with the easy concepts of TIME. Galileo Galilei – 1564-1642 Italian physicist, mathematician and astronomer is called the “Father of modern science.” Galileo taught that the Sun is the center of the universe. He was put on trial by Roman Catholic Inquisitors, forced to deny his work and spent the last 10 years of his life under house arrest. Learn More Page 10 Chapter 2: The Concepts of TIME. What is TIME? : The moon orbits the Earth every 29.53059 days. The Earth orbits our Sun every 365.2422 days. Time is movement in space, the orbits of the Earth, Moon and Sun. Days Moon Cycles Years The Earth rotates on its axis. Each day. The Earth’s natural rhythms are orbits. This creates Days, Moon cycles and Years. Our ancestors were skilled astronomers. They measured these orbits and made practical calendars. Earth’s solar cycle is quite different from its lunar cycle. A solar year has 356.2422 days. A moon orbit has 29.53059 days. Our ancestors invented 3 types of calendars: Lunar calendars follow the moon’s phases only. Lunisolar calendars follow the moon cycles, adding an extra month periodically to match the year. Solar calendars have a 365 day year and disregard moon cycles. We add a leap day every four years. Learn More Learn More What is TIME? Page 11 TIME is the Movement of Spheres in Space. : I feel dizzy. Which way is up? As the Earth revolves on its axis, it also orbits the Sun. The Sun and solar system are also moving. Each orbit is a 3D wave or spiral. Why is this important? Because each moment in TIME is a new position in the space-time spiral. WE NEVER return to the same point. TIME, the COSMOS and our REALITY are expanding, ever changing, constantly in motion! Learn More Page 12 TIME is the Movement of Spheres in Space. All Celestial Bodies Move in Spirals, never straight lines. Once Upon a Time Mankind Lived by Nature’s Rhythms. : Nature’s cycles guided every aspect of life. People lived by the rise and set of the sun. Time was defined by Nature’s cycles of day, night, moon phases and seasons. Our ancestors marked the years by celebrating solstice and equinox, dates that mark the four seasons and the New Year. Learn More Page 13 Once Upon a Time Mankind Lived by Nature’s Rhythms. Where do I find this place? Many ancient cultures viewed TIME as a circle without beginning or end. Nature’s rhythms still pulse inside us with our breath and heartbeat. : The sun and phases of the moon guide our energy levels, moods and sleep. When our body rhythms are in sync with Nature, life flows easily. Knowing your personal cycle allows you to cultivate the best hours for your own bio-rhythms. The result is balanced, stable energy, a serene mind and deep sleep. This timeless and intimate contact with the Earth nourishes our health and natural harmony. Learn More Page 14 Nature’s rhythms still pulse inside us with our breath and heartbeat. Our daily circadian rhythms follow the sun and moon. Electricity has Changed our Experience of TIME. : The advent of electricity now allows us to be separate from Nature. We no longer wake up with the sun, and we can stay awake very late. We can live disconnected from our natural rhythms. Many people live busy schedules without ever seeing the sun, moon or stars. Our pace is driven by our minds and thoughts, separated from the natural biorhythms of Earth’s cycles: day, night, seasons and moon phases. Learn More When we disregard Earth’s cycles, we live out of sync with the rhythms that govern all life. Many children never feel the harmony of living in tune with their own natural circadian rhythms. The resulting loss of equilibrium is the root cause of many diseases. Learn More What’s going on? What’s happening? I dunno… Page 15 Electricity has Changed our Experience of TIME. We don’t know… Where is the TRUTH? Who knows? How Can We Tell What’s Fiction and What’s Truth? : Fiction. Partial Truth. Truth. Sleeping Beauty is fictional. She’s a lovable thought form. Advertisements are partial truths. Martin Luther King said: ‘I have a dream!’ This is TRUE. What’s Fiction and What’s Truth in our Concept of TIME? Minutes, Seconds, Weeks and our Months are fictional. They’re just Made-up. TIME itself is an Illusion. It is Part Fiction and part Truth. Days, Moon Cycles, Years and Ages are based on planet movements. They are REAL and TRUE. Page 16 How Can We Tell What’s Fiction and What’s Truth? Fiction Part Truth Truth I’m part Truth. I’m a Fairy Tale. Hey, this is Truth. I have a dream! Slide 17: 17 Two spinning galaxies merge. OK, So TIME is the orbits of stars, planets and galaxies? Page 17 Chapter 3: ‘The Great Year’ is Earth’s 25,800 Year Cycle. : Chapter 3: ‘The Great Year’ is Earth’s 25,800 Year Cycle. NASA defines The Great Year as “The period of one complete orbit around the ecliptic, or about 25,800 years. This is also called the Platonic year or the Precession of the Equinoxes. Is it caused by a wobble or an orbit? What does this mean? Ecliptic Precession Page 18 The Earth’s ‘Great Year’ has 12 Zodiac Ages. : The Earth’s ‘Great Year’ has 12 Zodiac Ages. The “Great Year” is a 25,800 year cycle with 12 zodiac sub-cycles or Ages of 2,150 years each. The Shift to the Age of Aquarius is in transition NOW. We are ending the Age of Pisces and starting the Age of Aquarius. In simple terms the Age of Pisces saw the rise of Christianity, and the Age of Aquarius is defined by unified truth and brotherhood. No one agrees on the exact beginning date of these Ages. Learn More Page 19 The ‘Great Year’ Moves Backwards Through 12 Zodiac Ages. : The ‘Great Year’ Moves Backwards Through 12 Zodiac Ages. Ancient astronomers found the Great Year by observing sunrise at the spring equinox each year in March. On the horizon appears one of 12 zodiac constellations: Aries, Taurus, Gemini, Cancer, Leo, Virgo, Libra, Scorpio, Sagittarius, Capricorn Aquarius and Pisces. They observed a new zodiac sign on the horizon every 2150 years! They also noticed that the cycle moves backwards through the zodiac signs! A complete cycle of 12 periods of 2,150 years is 25,800 years. Each year’s position ‘precedes’ the previous year. Isaac Newton called this cycle The Precession of the Equinoxes, to describe this reverse movement. Learn More A complete “Great Year cycle is 12 zodiac ages of 2,150 years, or 25,800 years. Page 20 This cycle is called Precession of the Equinoxes. What Causes the Great Year? : What Causes the Great Year? Is it a wobble? Or does the Sun orbit with other stars? Isaac Newton believed that The Great Year is caused by a wobble in the Earth’s axis as it rotates. Most modern scientists agree. What is a wobble? Is it a wave? A spiral? An orbit? Ancient calendars observed that our Sun and solar system move through the galaxy in an orbit with other stars including Alcyone in the Pleiades. They noticed that as we move closer to or farther from the magnetic center of the galaxy, energy and light bring changes in culture and consciousness on Earth. Ancient cultures believed that the Great Year brings powerful electro-magnetic rays from the galactic center, and this rules the rise and fall of civilization. We are here Is it a Wobble or Orbit? Which is true?? Learn More The Milky Way galaxy Page 21 Ancient Calendars Used Earth’s ‘Great Year’ Cycle. : 22 Ancient Calendars Used Earth’s ‘Great Year’ Cycle. The Greek, Inca, Chinese, Hindu, Egyptian, Mayan and Hopi cultures all use the ‘Great Year’ cycle. The Egyptian calendar recognized a 25,920 year cycle with 12 zodiac sub-cycles. Learn More The Chinese calendar refers to a “Cosmic Year”, a cycle of human evolution in 12 sub-cycles. The Greeks observed a ‘Platonic Great Year’ of 25,920 years in 5 Ages: the Golden, Silver, Bronze, Heroic and Iron Ages. Learn More The Hindu calendar has Yugas or ages: The Golden, Silver, Bronze and Iron Ages total 25,714 years. Yugas define the rise and fall of civilizations in a never-ending cycle. The Hopi calendar says humans have existed in three ages. In each age we turned away from spiritual teachings, and the world was destroyed. The first world was destroyed by fire, the second by ice and the third by water. We are now at the end of the fourth age. The Mayan ‘Long Count Calendar’ of 5125 years is one-fourth of a precession cycle of 25,625 years. The Mayans measure many cycles from 16.4 billion years ago. Learn More The Hebrews knew about precession in the time of Kings David and Solomon, as evidenced in the Psalms of David 19:4-5, that trace the zodiac through each age. Learn More Page 22 Slide 23: OK, So how did our ancestors read the cosmos to count time? A Black Hole Spins in Deep Space. Page 23 Chapter 4: The Sumerian Calendars, Roots of our Modern Calendar : Gilgamesh c. 2700 BC, King of Uruk, (pronounced ‘Iraq’) was the son of the goddess Ninsun and a man Urlugal. He was said to be half man, half god. About Gilgamesh Learn More The Sumerian tablets are the oldest surviving written books. Sumerians lived in the once lush fertile crescent in present-day Iraq. Page 24 Chapter 4: The Sumerian Calendars, Roots of our Modern Calendar Hi, I am Gilgamesh. To find the origin of your modern calendar, you must go to the Sumerian tablets in present-day Iraq 6,000 years ago. . . The Sumerian Calendar Points to Higher Math and Astronomy. : The Sumerian Calendar Points to Higher Math and Astronomy. Sumerians (5,000 BCE-1,700 BCE) had a 12 month lunar calendar. Learn More Months followed the moon cycles exactly and were numbered 1st, 2nd, 3rd as in the Bible. To keep the lunar year (354 days) in step with the solar year (365 days) the kings decreed the addition of an extra intercalary month every three years, so that some years had 13 months instead of 12. Sumerians named years by the reign of kings instead of numbers. The Sumerians lived in the Fertile Crescent, a lush arc-shaped area between the Tigris and Euphrates rivers, in present-day Iraq, Syria and Palestine. Sumerians used a 12-hour day. Their average hour was equal to two of our modern hours, and the length of a Sumerian hour varied by the seasonal sun. A 6-hour day was from sunrise to sunset, and the 6-hour night from sunset to sunrise. A Sumerian double hour had 60 minutes and each minute had 60 seconds. Learn More . . Sumerians were skilled astronomers. Sumerian math is based on the number 60. 8,000 years ago they used base-60 numbers with decimal places to calculate precise movement of the planets. Sumerian years were counted in 60-year groups, much like our centuries. This is why we now count 60 minutes in an hour and 60 seconds in a minute. Page 25 The Sumerian Calendar Used Base-60 Higher Mathematics The Sumerians Knew the Earth and Planets Orbit the Sun. : Sumerians left thousands of stone tablets in cuneiform characters, an ancient form of picture writing. What secrets are in the tablets? This ancient Sumerian tablet shows a solar system of planets revolving around the sun. Galileo proposed this just 400 years ago, and was arrested. Learn More How did they know this? . . The Sumerian tablets are the only artifacts about the Sumerians to survive the great flood. Scholars have decoded thousands of tablets. Some of their stories echo passages in the Bible and The Book of Enoch by Noah’s great grandfather, Enoch. The tablets speak of the ancient gods, kings and giants Yahweh, Elohim, Enlil and Anu, who created humans and ruled for centuries. They describe kings in seven previous ages 270,000 years before the flood. Learn More View Video A Sumerian Stargate? The Sumerian calendar identified 12 celestial bodies in the solar system: the sun, moon and 10 planets. 5,000 years before Galileo they knew that the Earth and planets are spherical and that they revolve around the sun. Learn More Page 26 The Sumerians Knew the Earth and Planets Orbit the Sun. The Assyrian and Babylonian Calendars Had Advanced Astronomy. : The Babylonian calendar (1700 BCE – 500 BCE) had 12 lunar months. Babylonians used a seven-day week and believed in the sacred cult of the number seven. Every seven days was a holy day dedicated to the Sun. Each holy day was preceded by a day for the powerful god Saturn called Saturn-day. Learn More The Assyrian Calendar originated in the area we now call Iraq. It is still in use by Assyrians world-wide. We are now in Assyrian year 6759. Carving of the god Anu-nnaki, meaning "Those who came from Heaven to Earth.” These beings were said to possess advanced astronomy and wrote the first calendars. The Babylonian calendar indicates sophisticated knowledge of astronomy including the fact that the Earth orbits the Sun. This is recorded in the tablets “Enuma Anu Enlil” written by the gods ‘Anu and Enlil’, who were said to have come from the stars. The tablets describe precise astronomical movements of the sun, moon, planets, stars, and eclipses. Learn More Page 27 The Assyrian and Babylonian Calendars Had Advanced Astronomy. . . The Babylonians Created Sophisticated Sky Maps in 3,300 BC. : Ancient cultures observed the Earth’s natural cycles and based calendars on the phases of the moon. The astrolabe was first developed in the Near East, and was later adopted by England to navigate the seas. It calculates the angle of the sun, moon, planets and stars on the horizon to find one's position on the Earth, a sort of prototype-GPS. How did they know this? Page 28 The Babylonians Created Sophisticated Sky Maps in 3,300 BC. . . The Babylonians used advanced mathematics and astronomy to create detailed sky maps for reading the stars and planets. Learn More Ancient calendars followed the Moon cycles of 29.53059 days. This stone astrolabe disk is an ancient sky map from Iraq c 3,300 BCE. Learn More The Modern Islamic Calendar is a Pure Lunar Calendar,Defined by the Prophet Muhammad. : The Islamic religious calendar is a strict lunar calendar. Since the 12 months follow the moon’s phases, a year has only 354 or 355 days, and the holidays regress 10 days each year over a period of 33 years. Muslims begin each month with the first new lunar crescent. The Islamic Month of Ramadan is the most venerated when Muslims gather to pray each evening. “The number of months with Allah has been 12 months by Allah’s rule since the day He created heavens and Earth....Transposing a prohibited month is against the scriptures. Unbelievers are led to wrong thereby: They make an extra month lawful one year and forbidden the next.” Are fundamentalist Muslims inviting us to live by Nature’s true cycles instead of our modern system of counting TIME? Learn More Page 29 The Modern Islamic Calendar is a Pure Lunar Calendar,Defined by the Prophet Muhammad. The Islamic lunar calendar begins counting years since 622 CE. In his farewell pilgrimage to Mecca in the year 10 AH (632 CE) the prophet Muhammad revealed that an additional intercalary month was prohibited by Allah. Muhammad said: The Prophet Muhammad declared the calendar should be strictly lunar. A strict lunar calendar regresses 10 days each year. The Muslim World Uses Many Concurrent Calendars. : The Moon and Star symbol unites the Muslim world. It symbolizes divine light and the perfected human being. The original Persian calendar was a purely lunar system. Later it became a 360-day year of 12 30-day months. The modern Persian calendar now has 12 months of 30 or 31 days, and a leap year every four years. New Year is at the spring equinox. Most Islamic countries now use the Christian Gregorian calendar for everyday with two exceptions: Iran uses the Persian calendar above. Afghanistan uses the Persian calendar, except for the period 1999 – 2002 when the Taliban rulers adopted the purely lunar Islamic religious calendar. Muslims represent 1.6576 billion people or 24% of the world. Many use traditional calendars. Indonesia uses six concurrent calendars: Gregorian, Javanese Pasaran, Wetonan, Balinese Lunar, Balinese Sacred and the Islamic religious lunar calendar. Learn More Page 30 The Muslim World Uses Many Concurrent Calendars. We are Now in Islamic Year 1431, and Persian Year 1389. In Indonesia there are six names for each day, and six concurrent calendars! The Jewish Calendar Starts from Creation Date According to the Torah. : The actual Jewish calendar is very complex. In order to have festivals fall in certain moon phases or weekdays in a worldwide system, a new calendar was calculated by Rabbi Moshe Ben Maimon in 1178 CE. In ‘Sanctification of the New Moon’, he wrote: “We should count the year by moons.” Hebrew Zodiac mosaic The Hebrew Month Names come from the Babylonian calendar. 1. Aviv: Young green barley or flax2. Iyyar/Ziv: Splendor and brilliance of flowers and healing.3. Sivan: 9th month of gestation, a righteous garment at the correct time.4. Tammuz: Sprouting of Life.5. Ab: Fatherly consoling and love.6. Elul: Contrite soul searching of heart.7. Tishri/Ethanim: New beginnings of perennially flowing streams.8. Bul /Cheshvan: Productive showers.9. Kislev/Chislev: Confident heart.10. Tevet/Tebeth: Soaking goodness.11. Shevat/Shevat: Downpour of budding rod of rule. Tree sabbath.12. Adar: Blessing from the womb. Rabbi Moshe Ben Maimon, Jewish Astronomer Page 31 The Jewish Calendar Starts from Creation Date According to the Torah. The current Hebrew Year is 5770. The year of creation was 3760 BC. The Jewish Calendar follows the moon cycles, with 12 lunar months and an extra month every three years. Hebrews also studied the zodiac star patterns. Learn More Isaac Newton Discovered that Ancient Hebrew ArchitectureEncodes Sacred Mathematical Timelines, like the Egyptian Pyramids. : Page 32 Isaac Newton Discovered that Ancient Hebrew ArchitectureEncodes Sacred Mathematical Timelines, like the Egyptian Pyramids. In 1737 Isaac Newton published his “Dissertation upon the Sacred Cubit of the Jews”. He discovered the ancient Jewish cubit measuring system was used to build the Temple of Solomon and also the Great Pyramids of Giza. The Cubit has an exact relationship to the Earth’s circumference and to sacred geometry. Newton translated the Bible from its original Aramaic, and believed that the Hebrews before the flood understood the atomic structure of matter. Newton found this while researching his Theory of Gravity and the ‘Great Year’ 25,800 year time cycle. Learn More The Hebrew Earth Grid is called “RESHEL”. It is a star tetrahedron or 3-D Star of David inside a sphere. Learn More Its meaning is written in the Torah: 1 Peter 2:4-8, Ephesians 2:19-22, and Psalms 118:19-28. The Temple of Solomon was built in 960 BCE. The Ark of the Covenant was located in its sacred altar area. Isaac Newton believed that the temple was designed by King Solomon with privileged eyes and divine guidance. Newton observed that the geometry of the temple encoded sacred dimensions and a chronology of Hebrew history. Learn More Our Weekdays are Named for the Seven Sumerian Gods. : Learn More More Information Monday is Moon-day. Sunday is for the Sun. In Latin it is called God’s day or ‘Dies Dominica’. Tuesday is for Tyr, Norse god of War and of Mars. Wednesday is for Wodan, Norse god and ruler of the planet Mercury. Thursday is Thor’s day, god of thunder and the planet Jupiter. Friday is Frigg’s day, for the beautiful goddess of love and the planet Venus. Saturday is for Saturn, god of Time with a sharp sickle, sometimes called ‘Sabbath’ or Sabato. Page 33 Our Weekdays are Named for the Seven Sumerian Gods. The Sumerians worshiped seven gods, rulers of the planets. These Sumerian gods and week day names have been used for millenniums in all cultures except for Egyptian and American Indigenous calendars. In English we use the Norse names for the same ancient gods! Slide 34: “Geometry existed before the creation.” Plato Will I have to study mathematics to get this? Page 34 Chapter 5: The Greek Calendars and Unified Field Theory. : Over 2,000 years ago a few astonishing Greek astronomers studied the cycles of Time. They laid the foundation for a Unified Field Theory based on mathematical harmony in Nature. Modern quantum scientists now describe a similar underlying intelligent energetic force as the basis for physical matter. See Chapter 10. What secrets do these amazing Greeks tell us? αβγδεζηθικλμνξοπρςστυφχψω Page 35 Chapter 5: The Greek Calendars and Unified Field Theory. Pythagoras Saw a Harmonious Universe Connecting All Things. : In 600 BC Pythagoras described a harmonious universe, “A Great Chain of Being” connecting all matter and spirit.” He believed a universal field of knowledge exists containing the memory of every word and action in TIME and SPACE. Pythagoras suggested that the Earth and planets revolve around a central fire, and that celestial bodies move in mathematical equations corresponding to musical tones, producing a symphony or ‘harmony of the spheres.’ Learn More Pythagoras traveled widely and studied the Hermetic teachings in Egypt. Initiates in his school had to give up all possessions and maintain silence for five years. Secrecy and discipline in his teachings brought him many enemies. Pythagoras and many of his students were murdered. Learn More Page 36 Pythagoras Saw a Harmonious Universe Connecting All Things. Pythagoras, 570 BC, mathematician and astronomer, called the heavens kosmos meaning ordered world because it is in perfect harmony. He believed the universe arose from a beginning, a universal field of knowledge, which gave birth to all knowledge, in an early Big Bang theory. Learn More “There is no word or action but has its echo in Eternity.” αβγδεζηθικλμνξοπρςστυφχψω Plato Expressed the Beauty of the World in Mathematics. : Plato b. 428 BC, philosopher, mathematician. With his mentor, Socrates and his student Aristotle, Plato laid the foundations of Western science and philosophy. He also said that our perceptions in 3-D are illusions. Read More Page 37 Plato Expressed the Beauty of the World in Mathematics. Plato described the Earth grid as a 12-sided dodecahedron Plato’s 5 ‘Platonic Solids’ are the ‘cosmic geometric shapes’ that occur in Nature. Learn More More Information “The highest form of pure thought is mathematics.” αβγδεζηθικλμνξοπρςστυφχψω Plato’s book Timaeus says the formation of the universe of such order and beauty is the product of a rational, kind and purposeful agent of goodness that can only be expressed in mathematics. The harmony within Nature is a model for humans to understand and emulate. Thus we can restore the soul to its original state lost in embodiment. Learn More Plato Saw Five Ages of Mankind in a 25,920 Year Cycle. : The Five Ages of Mankind Plato’s ‘Great World Year’ of 25,920 Years The Golden Age was the happiest time. Men lived without illness, war or toil in the abundance of wild foods. When they died they became guardians of mankind. In the Silver Age the new gods arrived. They began to experiment on the creation of mankind. The Bronze Age was filled with brazen men who loved war, and finally destroyed themselves in continuous war. In The Heroic Age a race of demigods was rewarded for their courage on the island of Elysium upon their death. The Iron Age is the worst age where goodwill and decency cease to exist. Men suffer oppression by wicked rulers whose greed finally ends when Zeus destroys them. Learn More Zeus, King of The Gods, brought the Deluge to purge the world of men who loved war. Page 38 Plato Saw Five Ages of Mankind in a 25,920 Year Cycle. αβγδεζηθικλμνξοπρςστυφχψω Plato - 428 BCE Euclid Said the Planets Move in Harmonious Geometry. : Euclid is often called “The Father of Geometry”. He probably attended Plato’s academy in Athens, and later taught mathematics in Alexandria. His work Phaenomena is a study of time-space geometry on the movements of Earth, the planets and spheres. Euclid wrote the book Elements, one of the world’s most influential works on the history of mathematics. He also wrote Data on geometry, Divisions of Figures on ratios, Catoptrics, a theory of mirrors and Pseudaria on fallacies and reasoning errors. Learn More More Information Page 39 Euclid Said the Planets Move in Harmonious Geometry. A fragment of Euclid's Elements, c AD 100. Euclid b. 325 BC, teacher, mathematician, philosopher. The laws of Nature are nothing but the mathematical thoughts of God.” Hipparchus Re-Discovered The ‘Great Year’ in the 2nd Century BC. : Hipparchus is often called the greatest astronomer of antiquity. He was the first Greek to discover the Earth’s 25,920 year cycle called Precession of the Equinoxes. Hipparchus cataloged the stars, charted precise movements of the Sun and Moon and predicted eclipses. Hipparchus taught that the Earth was the center of the Solar System. Learn More αβγδεζηθικλμνξοπρςστυφχψω Page 40 Hipparchus Re-Discovered The ‘Great Year’ in the 2nd Century BC. Hipparchus 190 BC Astronomer and mathematician In Ancient times days and nights were exactly 12 hours long, so the hours often had different lengths. Hipparchus proposed dividing the day equally into 24 hours, known as equinoctial hours, based on 12 hours of light and 12 hours of dark at the Equinox in the spring and fall. Stolen Astronomical Device Found in Roman Shipwreck : Page 41 Stolen Astronomical Device Found in Roman Shipwreck The Antikythera Device (An-ti-ki-THEER-ə) was recently analyzed using 3-D X-ray imaging. It revealed 752 astronomical inscriptions to calculate precise movements of celestial bodies as defined by Greek astronomer Hipparchus. Dated from 80 BC the handmade brass device has three main dials and 32 interlocking gears turned by a handle. The dials incorporate systems from both the Egyptian calendar and the Greek zodiac. The device could predict eclipses and adjust for leap years. Its wheels defined calendar times for planting, harvesting, religious dates and even the dates for the Olympic games. Learn More The Antikythera Device in Athens Museum Modern model of the device Indicates Advanced Calendar Systems in Ancient Greece. In 1900 a team of Greek sponge divers discovered a shipwreck off the island of Antikythera. They noticed the remains of a Roman ship carrying stolen plunder from Athens. A researcher noticed a gear wheel embedded in the rock and brought up an object with corroded interlocking dials, a sort of mechanical calendar-clock-computer. Who were these Roman conquerors? Slide 42: Wow! The Greeks were beautiful. What happened? Page 42 “Everything flows out and in.Everything has its tides. All things rise and fall. The pendulum swing manifests in everything. The measure of the swing to the right is the measure of the swing to the left.” The Kybalion, Hermetic Texts Chapter 6: The Roman Calendars Define our Concept of Time. : . Uh oh!... Julius Caesar, 100 BC - 44 BC Roman Emperor, Father of our modern calendar. Page 43 Chapter 6: The Roman Calendars Define our Concept of Time. I am Julius Caesar, Emperor of Rome I created your calendar with one powerful intention: To Conquer the World. What is Our Modern Calendar? : Our modern calendar came from ancient Rome. It is a lunisolar calendar with 12 months in a year. Our year has 365 days with a leap day every 4 years. We think of TIME as digital and linear. We divide a day into 24 equal hours of 60 minutes each. Every minute has 60 seconds. We number our years from Christ’s birth and group them in 100-year units called centuries. Page 44 What is Our Modern Calendar? The word ‘month’ means ‘moon’ but we do not follow the moon cycles. How did our modern calendar develop? Julius Caesar made his mark on our calendar. We think of time as digital and linear. The First Roman Calendar had Only 10 Months. : Roman calendars were modified often by the rulers of the day, sometimes creating confusion. Romans counted years for the Kings in power and later from the founding date of Rome in 753 BC. A week had eight days from the Etruscans, but Romans later adopted the Greco-Persian seven day week. Page 45 The First Roman Calendar had Only 10 Months. The original Roman calendar started the New Year on March 21st at the spring equinox. There were just 10 months in a year totaling 304 days and 61 days in winter that did not belong to any month. The 10 months were Martius, Aprilis, Maius, Junius, Quntilis, Sextilis, September, October, November, and December. These last six months mean 5th, 6th, 7th, 8th, 9th and 10th. In 713 BC King Numa Pompilius added January and February to create a 12-month year. He did not change the names of the last six months, and their numbers are misleading still to this day. This Roman calendar stone with 12 months was made after the calendar change in 713 BC. King Numa Pompilius added January and February, to make 12 months in a year. Our Months are Named for Roman Gods, Emperors and Wrong Numbers. : What are our months named for? January – The Roman god Janus, ruler of entry ways. February – Februum is a Roman purification ritual. March - The god of War and planet Mars. April – Aprilis is a spring nymph. May - The Greek Maia, goddess of fertility June – Juno was the wife of Jupiter, king of the Gods. July – This month is named for Julius Caesar. August - Caesar’s son Augustus named this for himself. September – It was once the 7th, but is now the 9th month. October - It means 8th, but is now the 10th month. November – It means 9th, but is now the 11th month. December – It means 10th, but is now the 12th month. Learn More January is named for the god Janus, the guardian of entry-ways, and the double-faced ruler of the 12 other gods. Page 46 Our Months are Named for Roman Gods, Emperors and Wrong Numbers. March is named for Mars, the god of war. July is named for Emperor Julius Caesar. Early Roman Calendars Were Defined by Gods. : Apollo the Sun God, most important god in Rome, with a crown of sunlight, from a 2nd century Roman mosaic in Tunisia. In early Rome gods were called ‘Numina’ or divine beings. Everything in Nature was imbued with Numina, the sacred force, whose role was to manifest Divine Will through natural phenomena. Page 47 Early Roman Calendars Were Defined by Gods. There were 12 main gods and goddesses most honored in Rome, each with a role, a personality and a history. They were: Apollo, Jupiter, Juno, Minerva, Vesta, Ceres, Diana, Venus, Mars, Mercury, Neptune and Volcanus. Learn More Nature was imbued with Numina, a sacred force of divine beings. The 12 Roman Gods each had a role, personality and a history. Early Christians Were Outcasts in Rome. : Early Christians were very unpopular in Rome. They were often beaten, crucified or beheaded. For example the apostle St. Paul was beheaded in Rome in 67 CE, and St. Peter was later crucified upside-down on the site of the present-day Vatican. Page 48 Early Christians Were Outcasts in Rome. Early Christians were persecuted and often called atheists because they believed in an invisible God. St. Peter was hoisted up on a cross and crucified upside down. Romans Celebrated the Birth of the Sun on December 25th. : Romans celebrated the festival ‘Sol Invictus’, the birth of the ‘Unconquered Sun’ December 25th to honor the solstice and the Sun Gods. In the 1st and 2nd centuries CE the Persian Sun God Mithra rose in popularity. Mithra’s birth was also celebrated on December 25th. He was said to have been born fully grown from a rock. Page 49 Romans Celebrated the Birth of the Sun on December 25th. The Sun God Mithra was born on December 25th when he emerged fully grown from a rock. Learn More Mithraism, a practice based on ascension and astrology, came from India via ancient Greece. This mysterious and secretive religion for men only was the official state religion of the Roman Empire until 313 CE. By learning to read, discipline the senses and study, any man could advance through seven levels or dimensions to become a divine being. Many of the women worshiped Cybele, the Magna Mater or Great Mother goddess. Mithraism was popular among Roman soldiers and unified the Roman Empire under a single god, effectively paving the way for a more organized Christianity for everyone. Learn More Sol Invictus, the Sun God’s festival was December 25th. Julius Caesar Invented the Julian Calendar in 45 BC. : After many centuries of calendar confusion Julius Caesar introduced the Julian Calendar in 45 BC. He was assisted by Cleopatra’s astronomers who understood a year has 365.2422 days. They created a 12-month calendar with 365 days and a leap day every four years. This represented a major calendar breakthrough, and the changes were eventually adopted throughout the Roman Empire. Julius Caesar declared himself Emperor for life. Learn More Page 50 Julius Caesar Invented the Julian Calendar in 45 BC. Cleopatra assisted Caesar in planning the Julian calendar. She ruled Egypt as Pharaoh from 51 BC – 30 BC. Julius Caesar’s new Julian calendar was adopted throughout the Roman Empire. Julius Caesar Constantine Created a Compelling New Worldwide Religion. : The current Vatican City is built over ancient temples to 3 other gods: Cybele, the original Roman Magna Mater or Great Mother Goddess, Apollo, and Mithra, a Sun God. In 313 CE Emperor Constantine embraced Christianity ending centuries of Christian persecution. He incorporated ritual elements of many other ancient sacred traditions into a persuasive new faith. As the Roman Empire grew weaker, the new Christian church rose in power. They called the new religion Catholic from the Greek katholikos, or universal and true to the central Roman church as opposed to other Christian sects. Emperor Constantine Page 51 Constantine Created a Compelling New Worldwide Religion. Emperor Constantine built the first Christian basilica in 326 CE on the present day Vatican site. Constantine’s mother Helena became a Christian in 312 CE at the age of 63. Constantine asked her to supervise a journey to Jerusalem to find Christian relics to sanctify the new basilica. Helena went to the holy land and returned with pieces of the crucifixion cross, nails, a holy tunic and rope fragments. On her death she was sanctified as Saint Helena. Christianity was Declared the Official Religion of the Roman Empire. : Page 52 Christianity was Declared the Official Religion of the Roman Empire. In 380 CE Emperor Theodosius declared Christianity the sole religion of the Roman Empire. Other faiths were called ‘Pagan’, or ‘rustic country dweller’ and their temples closed. Mithraism, Sun worship and all other religions were prohibited on penalty of confiscation of property, torture, slavery, or death. The ancient library of Alexandria, Egypt was destroyed. Temples to the early gods became Catholic churches. In the 4th and 5th centuries Rome was brutally defeated and sacked by warriors from the north. The Empire declined slowly, and the new church rose into power. Roman bishops borrowed the Mithraic high priests’ title Pater Patrum, which became Papa, or Pope. From 491 CE, emperors were required to sign a declaration of Catholic faith and allegiance before their coronation. Learn More Roman Emperor Theodosius outlawed all non- Christian religions and closed their temples. As Rome declined in political power, the Roman Catholic rulers rose in power. A Hermitic Scholar, Jesus becomes the Christós. : A Hermitic Scholar, Jesus becomes the Christós. Jesus of Nazareth did not call himself Christ. In 50 CE, Saint Paul and other followers began to refer to Jesus as the Christós. Χριστός in Greek is a translation from Hebrew word ‘Messiah’ meaning ‘anointed with sacred oil’. They believed that Jesus was the Messiah prophesied in the Old Testament. Learn More Rebel leaders who protected the Jewish homeland were often called Messiahs or Christós. Five other influential Messiahs appeared from 4 BC to 70 CE: Judas of Galilee; Simon - a rebel slave in Perea; Athronges - a Judean shepherd; Menahem - grandson of Judas and Simon bar Giora. Learn More Jesus was said to have studied Hermetic teachings in Egypt. Jesus of Nazareth Studied the Teachings of Hermes. Jesus traveled and studied with many great teachers, say modern philosophers John Baines and Samael Aun Weor. Jesus, his Mother Mary and John the Baptist were all said to have been Essenes ascetics and graduates of the ancient Hermetic School in Egypt. The Hermetic teachings illuminate the mystical secrets of ascension and the power of wisdom through purification and discipline of the desires and senses. Learn More And More Jesus did not call himself the Christós, or Messiah. Page 53 An Essenes Hermitic Scholar, Jesus becomes the Christós. Rome Declares Jesus was Born December 25th in the Year 1 BC. : In 525 AD The Monk Dionysius Exiguus proposed a new system of numbering years from Christ’s birth. It was called AD, Anno Domini, Year of our Lord. We call it CE or ‘Christian Era’. Bishops defended the new rules, and many changes were adopted. Ancient beliefs in reincarnation were declared heresy, and their New Testament passages were removed. Astrology study in schools was discontinued. New Years Day was changed to March 25th, and that day was recognized as the angel’s annunciation date to Mary of her immaculate conception. Our modern calendar was created by Pope Gregory in 1582. He made New Year’s January 1, and changed Easter dates. Page 54 Rome Declares Jesus was Born December 25th in the Year 1 BC. A cross shows the four directions and Christianity’s ancient Shamanic roots. In 525 AD Roman bishops declared Christ’s birth to be December 25th, the solstice, exactly nine months after March 25th, the equinox, the New Year, and the festival of the Immaculate Conception. Since Roman numerals have no zero, Christ’s birth year was decided to be 1 BC. Learn More and More The annunciation was set on March 25th, and Christ’s birth on December 25th. Modern historians say that Jesus of Nazareth was probably born sometime before 4 BC, when King Herod died. Is Our Concept of TIME Still Ruled by Ancient Rome? : Does our calendar help unify everybody and balance our lives? Page 55 Does it help us harmonize our health to Nature’s rhythms? . Our very idea of TIME.. …was designed by Roman rulers. Is Our Concept of TIME Still Ruled by Ancient Rome? Slide 56: OK, there must be a more elegant way to count time. Page 56 “Everything is dual in Nature. Everything has poles. Like and unlike are the same. Extremes meet in the center. All paradoxes may be reconciled.” The Kybalion, Hermetic Texts Chapter 7: The Ancient Calendars Still Exist. : Sri Yukteswar 1855 – 1936, wrote ‘The Holy Science’, which unifies ancient Hindu scriptures with the Bible. He says: “Civilization is much older than commonly believed. Myths of a Golden Age of gods and advanced civilizations in the past are true stories of a real time period. Earth will eventually see another Golden Age. Now we’re in a Bronze Age moving into a period of greater enlightenment.” Learn More Page 57 Chapter 7: The Ancient Calendars Still Exist. “Civilization is much older than commonly believed.” Sri Yukteswar, teacher of Swami Yogananda, author of ‘Autobiography of a Yogi’. The Hindu Calendar is One of the Oldest and Most Accurate on Earth. : The Hindu Trinity: Brahma, Vishnu and Shiva: Creator, Preserver and Destroyer of the universe in an endless cycle. Ancient Hindu astronomy is the sole source of our modern Western Math and Science. Read More The Hindu calendar is a lunisolar calendar with 12 lunar months, and an extra month every 3 years to align the solar year. It uses a 7-days week with one day for each planet. The Hindu calendar measures cycles in time called Yugas or Ages. Hindu astronomers observed the Sun’s orbit and our changing relationship to the galactic center, Vishṇunābhi Vishnu, in a 24,000 year cycle. Ancient Hindu astronomers understood The Great Year and believed that the rise and fall of civilization is synchronized with Earth’s distance from the center of the galaxy. Learn More Page 58 The Hindu Calendar is One of the Oldest and Most Accurate on Earth. The Hindu calendar measures even larger cycles. For example, one Day of Brahma or Manvantara is one orbit around the entire galaxy in 4.32 billion years! Learn More Slide 59: 59 The Ancient Purana Verses in Sanskrit record calendars and lineages of gods and kings as far back to 1900 years before Christ. Learn More The Hindu Calendar is Encoded in Ancient Oral Verses of the Puranas. How Old Are They? Hindu Masters encoded cosmology, astronomy and calendar history in sacred oral verses passed down with each generation, in order to survive even the lowest ages of mankind. Modern scholars do not agree on the exact age of the Veda and the Purana texts. Their estimates of its age range from 5,000 up to 155 trillion years old! Learn More Page 59 A Full Cycle of Hindu Yugas is a ‘Great Year’. : A Hindu Wheel of Time charts the Yugas in a 24,000 year cycle of human civilization.Learn More Page 60 A Full Cycle of Hindu Yugas is a ‘Great Year’. There are four Hindu Yugas or Ages: Satya – Golden, Treta – Silver, Dwapara – Bronze, and Kali – Iron Age. A full cycle of ages consists of four expanding ages followed by 4 declining ages. Together these eight ages represent a full cycle of ‘The Great Year’ or Precession of the Equinoxes, being approximately 24,000 years. When our sun orbits through the galaxy, it is said to bring the Earth closer to or further away from the grand galactic center, called 'Vishṇunābhi ‘. This is the center of subtle energy and the creative power or 'Brahma' which regulates the mental and spiritual level of the internal world. It is the proximity of the Earth and Sun to this grand center that determines the level of human civilization, health, intelligence and spiritual wisdom. Learn More Light emanating from the galactic center affects the human mind as well. Sri Yukteswar explains that just as the cycle of day, night and seasons are caused by celestial movement, so too is the Yuga cycle, or the ‘Great Year’. There is Great Confusion about the Hindu Yugas. : 61 Some people say we are in the Kali Yuga Now. Sri Yukteswar wrote that the Yuga count is often misunderstood. He explains: At the end of the last Bronze Age or Dwapara Yuga c. 700 BC, the reigning king, Maharaja Yudhisthira, was faced with the arrival of the dreaded and dark Kali Yuga. He left his throne to his grandson and retired to the Himalayas with all his wise men. Since no one in the court knew how to count the Yugas, and nobody wanted to announce the bad news, they began adding years to the Bronze Age Dwapara date. This has degenerated into a series of mistakes and miscalculations that leads many people to believe we are now in the Kali Yuga, or that the Kali Yuga lasts 432,000 years. Find Yukteswar’s Book Sri Yukteswar calculated the Yuga dates. While they are often quoted, not all Hindu astronomers agree. There is Great Confusion about the Hindu Yugas. Page 61 The Great Year is Highly Important in Hindu Astronomy : 62 The Hindu ‘Great Year’ cycle is believed to be part of a binary star orbit. While modern thinking regards it a phenomenon caused by the Earth's wobbling axis, it was highly important in the ancient calendars. Swami Giri Sri Yukteswar presents a very different model of the Great Year cycle from the modern one of the wobbly axis that we inherited from Isaac Newton. According to oriental astronomy, our Sun is part of a binary or complex star system orbiting with Alcyone in the Pleiades. Learn More Read More The Great Year is Highly Important in Hindu Astronomy We are here! Page 62 We Are Now in the Dwapara Yuga,Not the Kali Yuga. : 63 We Are Now in the Dwapara Yuga,Not the Kali Yuga. The Hindu Cycle of Civilization We are here! 2010 CE The last Golden Age, Satya Yuga was 16300 - 6700 BC, a time of the highest civilization. The Silver Age, Treta Yuga was 6700 - 3100 BC, as the level of culture began to decline. The Bronze Age, Dwapara Yuga was 3100 - 700 BC, in a continuing decline of civilization. The lowest Iron Age, Kali Yuga, from 700 BC - 1700 CE, declined into in greed, war, disease. We are now in an expanding Bronze Age, Dwapara Yuga from 1700 - 4100 CE. This is said to be a period of expanding electrical, atomic and finer forces. The next Silver Age will be from 4100 – 7700 CE, an age of great expansion. The next Golden Age will be from 7700 - 12500 CE, an age of the highest spiritual culture. Learn More These dates are from Sri Yuteswar’s Book: ‘The Holy Science’. Page 63 Slide 64: 64 “Believe nothing, no matter where you read it, or who said it, no matter if I have said it, unless it agrees with your own reason and your own common sense.” Buddha, 6th Century BC The Hindu Calendar Observes ‘Moon Days’. : A Full Moon occurs when the Sun and Moon are in opposition, and the moon receives the full force of the sunlight. A New Moon is when they are in conjunction, and the moon is a tiny sliver in the sky. At the full moon the energetic force is greatest, and we tend to be more headstrong. At the new moon the energy is contracting, making us feel calm and grounded, but dense and not inclined to physical exertion. Practicing traditional Yoga over time helps us to attune to nature’s cycles, so we can live in greater harmony with them. Learn More The Hindu Calendar Observes ‘Moon Days’. Our bodies are mostly water, so we are affected by the moon phases. As the sun and moon exert gravitational pull on the Earth, their relative positions create an expansion and contraction like the breath cycle. Modern Western Calendars, Science, Math, Astronomy and Religion Came to the West from India. : 66 Modern Western Calendars, Science, Math, Astronomy and Religion Came to the West from India. Many people would be surprised to hear that modern science and Western calendars came to Europe from India. In the 6th century BC, shortly after the death of Buddha, Pythagoras helped to bring Indian teachings to Europe, and taught Hindu philosophy in his school. Learn More Western astronomy, calendar systems, modern numerals, decimals, geometry, monotheism, Mithraism, reverence for scientific research, mathematics, mapmaking, and the concept of a spherical Earth, all came to Europe from an earlier origin in India. Indian knowledge came to the West from 600 BC, the reign of Alexander the Great, and the Persian-Indian rule that followed. Pythagoras brought Indian Science to Greece. Buddhism holds that knowledge of the Truth is the ultimate goal of life. Empire of Alexander the Great Page 66 Slide 67: 67 Wow! The Hindus really studied astronomy carefully. What about the Chinese? The Chinese Encoded Their Calendar in the I-Ching Hexagrams. : The I-Ching or ‘Book of Changes’ is the world's oldest book. No one knows how old it is. Called ‘The Book of Time’, it has been used for over 6,000 years as a tool for harmonious decision making. The I-Ching was consulted by Chinese emperors and sages for thousands of years for its profound wisdom. What other secrets does the I-Ching hold? Learn More The I Ching, King Wen 64 Hexagrams. We are now in Chinese Year 4708. The Chinese lunar calendar views time as circular, not linear. It uses the 12-year Moon-Jupiter cycle with 12 animal signs to represent how others see you. Animal signs for each of the 12 months are called ‘inner animals’ and for 12 hours of the day are called ‘secret animals’. Learn More The Ying Yang represents a dance of opposites in the eternal cycle of time and life. The Chinese Calendar has 12 zodiac animals. Page 68 The Chinese Encoded Their Calendar in the I-Ching Hexagrams. Chinese coins or yarrow stalks are still used to consult the I-Ching. The way the pieces fall indicates one of 64 patterns. “The I-Ching is a Book of Time Cycles”, : Curiously, his timeline showed accelerating cycles of time ending in 2012 which he called a ‘Time of ultimate possibility and infinite novelty’. This date matches the final date of the Mayan calendar. At that point in time he says ‘The level of novelty reaches its maximum, and everything that happens is new!’ Learn More Page 69 “The I-Ching is a Book of Time Cycles”, Terrence McKenna (1946 –2000) says American fractal time expert, Terrence McKenna. McKenna noticed that Chinese cosmologists saw time as discreet units of energy called Qi. As in Feng Shui, certain specific times were found to be more or less favorable for certain activities. Learn More In his book “The Invisible Landscape”, McKenna explored the 64 Hexagrams of the I Ching with a Timewave Zero computer program. He graphed a timeline of human history and saw patterns emerge. He concluded that Time is a duality between habit & novelty. In periods of entrenched habit and fear, not much new happens. However in periods of novelty, new ideas lead to great transformative events, change, openness and progress. Timewave Zero Graph I-Ching 64 hexagrams The Chinese I-Ching Was Used in Feng Shui,To Find the Best Calendar Dates and Sites for Activities. : The dragon is a symbol of imperial power and good fortune. “Dragon Lines” are Earth meridians. Page 70 The Chinese I-Ching Was Used in Feng Shui,To Find the Best Calendar Dates and Sites for Activities. Each of the 64 hexagrams of the I-Ching describes a situation or attitude. Like a puzzle, when used together they can indicate the best choice in a place, activity or TIME. Feng Shui, the ancient art of harmony in time and space, utilized the I-Ching hexagrams. Feng Shui masters consulted the I-Ching to find Earth meridians, to locate water, harmonious sites, and determine the best times for events, according to modern engineer and acupuncturist, Jing Nuan Wu. The dragon is closely associated with the Chinese view of time and space. One of the 12 zodiac animals, the dragon also represents Earth meridians called ‘Lung Mei’ or ‘Dragon lines’. These electro-magnetic currents in the land were used to find the most harmonious sites in Feng Shui. Chinese Earth meridians are called “Dragon Lines”. Chinese Astronomers Measured ‘The Great Year’. : Page 71 Chinese Astronomers Measured ‘The Great Year’. The first Chinese astronomer to write about the ‘Great Year’ or Precession was Yu Xi in 300 CE. The Chinese call past ages Kis, and they count ten Kis from the beginning of the world. The ancient book, Sing-li-tas-tsiuen-chou, describes the cycles of convulsions of Nature. The span of time between two catastrophes is called a ‘Great Year'. The Great Year is the Earth’s seasonal cycle in the galaxy. Chinese Astronomers understood the Great Year. The Chinese Calendar Follows the Moon and Seasons in the Cycles of Qi. : 72 The Chinese Calendar Follows the Moon and Seasons in the Cycles of Qi. The Chinese five-element system recognizes five seasons: Spring, Summer, Indian Summer, Autumn, and Winter, with special celebrations at the Equinox and Solstice. Moon cycles are observed with reverence in the traditional Chinese calendar. The Full Moon is the 15th day of the month, and the New Moon is the last day of each month in the traditional Chinese Lunar Calendar. Specific practices are associated with both Full Moon and New Moon days. The Energy force or Qi rises and falls with the seasons in a cycle of Yin and Yang. From March to October the Yang Qi is rising strongly. From mid October through January the Qi is contracting in a time of Yin. Slide 73: 73 “If you realize that all things change, there is nothing you will try to hold on to. If you are not afraid of dying, there is nothing you cannot achieve.” Lao Tzu c. 500 BCE The Tibetan Calendar is an Ancient Wheel of Time. : The Tibetan calendar is based on the Sri Kalachakra Tantra, Wheel of Time in three levels of study: 1. External Kalachakra is the study of cosmology, the creation of the Universe, movements of planets and stars, the five elements and the study of time. 2. Internal Kalachakra focuses on the chakra energy channels and how planets and stars affect the body. 3. Cosmic Kalachakra is an advanced meditation practice teaching empowerment and initiation into levels of divine realization. Learn More We are now in Tibetan year 2137. The current age began in 127 BCE. There have been many previous ages. Tibetans use a lunar calendar with 12 zodiac months and an extra month every three years. Tibetan weekdays are named for the planets, such as Sun-day, Moon-day, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn-day. Learn More Page 74 The Tibetan Calendar is an Ancient Wheel of Time. This Kalachakra Calendar is an ancient Tibetan Wheel of Time. The Tibetan Calendar is Over 18,000 Years Old. : How old is Tibetan culture? Hundreds of stone circles and rows set into the ground are called Doring in Tibet. They are ancient sacred places of an unknown people long ago. Learn More This Tibetan calendar has 12 zodiac animals symbolizing a 12 year cycle, around a wheel of eight I-Ching hexagrams. Its central Lo-Shu magic square of nine is sacred mathematics similar to the Chinese I-Ching. The Yungdrung Bön practice was founded by Tönpa Shenrab 18,000 years ago with a cosmic map that scientists are just now beginning to study. More Page 75 The Tibetan Calendar is Over 18,000 Years Old. This Tibetan Yungdrung is a calendar wheel symbolizing the structure of all energies of the universe. Four directions and the center as fifth, imply ancient Shamanic roots . Early Tibetan Calendar in copper Ancient stone circles Are from an unknown age. “The Tibetan calendar is an ancient Wheel of TIME. : The Dalai Lama Speaks Out. Learn More Watch Video “The Tibetan calendar is an ancient Wheel of TIME. ‘What goes around comes around’ is a universal law of Nature.” Page 76 Stone Circles are Calendars up to 75,000 years old. : Thousands of ancient stone circles all over the world are from 1,000 to 75,000 years old. These amazing monuments mark the solstice, equinox and stars to determine time of year. Some circles are aligned to a particular star. For example, Stonehenge is said to align to the star Alpha Boötes (Arcturus) at its zenith. Who built these monuments? Are they connected? How did they move stones 3-40 ton stones? Learn More More Info Stonehenge England, c 3200 BC Carahunge Stone Circle Armenia, c 5500 BC Göbekli Tepe Reconstruction Turkey, c 9000 BC Stone Circles are Calendars up to 75,000 years old. Adam’s Calendar, South Africa c. 75,000 years old Nabta Playa, Egyptian stone circles 8000-10000 BC USA - 40-feet under Lake Michigan 4,000 – 8,000 BC Page 77 Stone Circles Were Calendars Linked by Earth Lines. : Stone Circles Were Calendars Linked by Earth Lines. In 1921 Englishman Alfred Watkins had a sudden insight while looking at a map of the countryside. He saw that many prehistoric sites such as stone circles, burial mounds, and ancient hills fell in straight lines. He believed this network could not be mere chance. Alfred Watkins Arbow Low is a stone circle and center where many Ley Lines meet in Great Britain. Called Eordburh-hlaw by the Saxons, meaning Built by Giants, it is estimated to be 4,500 years old. It was built on the 3:4:5 Pythagorean Triangle and on the same angle as Khafre's Pyramid at Giza. Learn More This google map of Arbor Low shows it is a central node point for many other Ley Lines and stone circles in Great Britain. More Earth’s grid is called Ley Lines or light lines. Hebrews called them Reshel. Egyptians called them the Pathways of Min. Greeks and Romans called them the Sacred Roads of Hermes. They are Heilige Linien to Germans, Fairy Paths to the Irish, Dragon Lines in China, Spirit Lines to the Inca and Dream Paths to Aborigines. Learn More Watkins fathered the study of the Earth Planetary Grid, also called Telluric Lines, or Geomancy. The grids can be detected with scientific tools or a dowsing pendulum or rod. More Arbow Low Earth lines were known by all ancient cultures. Google map of Arbor Low Page 78 Stone Calendars are Linked by Earth Energy Lines. An Electro-magnetic Network Connects Earth’s Ancient Sites. : Infrared photo shows light rays spiraling up from the Earth. Energy vortices can be found with scientific tools such as Geiger counters. Ley Lines are linked to underground water flows. Water lines and Ley lines together form a grid of positive and negative paths over the planet, which affect human ways of being. Ley lines move in straight tracks with 90-degree turns. Water lines wind in circuitous paths. More The power of the grid is said to be an interaction of Water lines from the Earth with Ley lines from a cosmic source. Together they create a fusion of universal Yin and Yang that is the source of all matter and consciousness. More What is the significance of the Earth grids? Do they still function? What is their origin and purpose? The ancients knew how to prepare stone to store knowledge. The builders of the sites apparently used the natural geomancy of a location to encode and store their knowledge. Shamans say that stones are the bones of the Earth. How can we tap into this timeless wisdom? How can the grid help us know how to live in harmony with the Earth? Perhaps we should listen to the Shamans. Learn More Page 79 Earth’s magnetic grid links prehistoric sites. An Electro-magnetic Network Connects Earth’s Ancient Sites. Ancient Sites are Nodes on the Earth Grid. : Over 4,000 of Earth’s major sacred sites are located at node points on the planetary grid. The Great Pyramid at Giza Teotihuacan, Mexico Angkor Wat, Cambodia Machu Picchu, Peru Stonehenge, UK Mt. Shasta, California Sedona, Arizona Tikal, Guatemala Ruins of Great Zimbabwe Haleakala Crater, Hawaii Mt. Kailas, Tibet Lake Titicaca, South America Kunoonda stone circles , Australia Learn More Energy vortices have been found were grid lines cross. These are often sites of ancient temples and stone circles. How did ancient cultures know about the grid? How did they use the energy of the grid? To answer that question we must go to Egypt. In 1983 the Becker Hagens team found that the Earth grid is defined by Plato’s geometry. They discovered that the energetic node points on the grid represent a dodecahedron and an icosahedron imposed together on the Earth’s surface. A Dodecahedron has 12-sides An Icosahedron Has 20 sides A Dodecahedron on an Icosahedron mark the energetic node points. Page 80 Ancient Sites are Nodes on the Earth Grid. Slide 81: 81 Wow! What other civilizations were way beyond us? Page 81 The Spiral Galaxy M74 is 32 million light-years away from Earth. It has c. 100 billion stars, or slightly less than our Milky Way. Image: The NASA Hubble Chapter 8: The Egyptian Calendars: Decoding The Secrets. : Isis was the most powerful of all the gods in Egypt. She is the life-giving symbol of empowered femininity, wearing a headdress of horns with the Sun disk. Learn More Page 82 Chapter 8: The Egyptian Calendars: Decoding The Secrets. “I am Isis. The Egyptian Pyramids are calendars and timelines to assist you in your current times.” Egyptian Pyramids were Calendars based on the Stars. : Egyptian Pyramids were Calendars based on the Stars. The Pyramids marked the solar year by indicating the solstice. They were also constructed to form an exact pattern of the constellation Orion. The Egyptian year began at the rising of the star Sirius on the horizon. Sirius was visible at dawn all year except for 72 days in the winter. When Sirius ‘returned’ in the spring it was a celebration as it coincided with the annual flooding of the Nile, irrigating fields and heralding the planting season. The Pyramids are oriented to point to the solstice sunrise. Egyptians used 3 written calendars: Their civil calendar year was 360 days long with 12 months of 30 days each, plus 5 extra days (epagomenes) at the end of the year. They had a 2nd lunar calendar, and a 3rd calendar for planting times. Each month had 3 weeks of 10-days each. Thoth, the Time Keeper. Egyptians knew of the ‘Great Year’ cycle of 25,920 years, and tracked the 12 Zodiac Ages of 2,160 years each. Page 83 Egyptian Pyramids Were Calendars Based on the Stars. Egyptian Pyramids Were Solar Energy Conductors : Modern scientific methods such as carbon-analysis and astronomical dating are illuminating new and surprising facts about the pyramids. Recent findings indicate that the pyramids were built in a Golden Age when humans had higher levels of spirituality, intelligence and technology. The pyramids were not tombs. They were antennas that used advanced geometry to connect the power of the Earth’s magnetic field or energy grid. These structures worked together as solar device to focus energy from the Sun much like a Tesla Tower. Evidence of burns in highly conductive stones such as granite and dolomite indicate high internal temperatures. They radiated an energy field to invigorate the body, uplift humanity and consciousness. A Tesla Tower transmits high-voltage wireless electricity, using Earth energy. Invented by Nicola Tesla in 1891, it lost its financial backing by JP Morgan, who gave priority to our current metered system using poles and wires. Learn More New research indicates the pyramids were solar generators to broadcast an electromagnetic field to uplift citizens and the environment. Tesla Tower Page 84 Egyptian Pyramids Were Solar Energy Conductors Recent Discoveries Suggest New Chronology in Egypt. : Recent Discoveries Suggest New Chronology in Egypt. Modern scientific dating methods combined with historical linguistics indicate the Sphinx and Pyramids may be 12,000 to 35,000 years old. Analysis of water and weather marks show that they have endured catastrophic floods and climate changes for thousands of years. Inside the great pyramid are huge stones cut to precision. Egyptologist Carmen Boulter has gathered evidence which suggests that advanced knowledge of quantum physics and levitation were used to construct the pyramids. The Great Pyramid is made of 2.3 million huge stones precisely cut and seamlessly fit together, and simply could not have been built by hand. Learn More The Pyramid at Giza and the Sphinx. Modern astronomical dating suggests they may be 12,000 – 35,000 years old. A new way to read hieroglyphics was recently found by Laird Scranton, author of Hidden Meanings. It is based on the language of the Dogon tribe in Mali and reveals multiple layers of meaning in the stones. Most earlier translations, based on the Rosetta Stone of 196 BC in Greece, have stymied researchers for centuries. Find Book Ancient hieroglyphics are similar to modern Dogon tribe writings. Page 85 Recent Discoveries Suggest New Chronology in Egypt. A Egyptian Golden Age Lasted 10,000 years. : An advanced Egyptian civilization endured for over 10,000 years. It was a civilization that valued consciousness over material wealth. They had deep respect for the feminine and the balance of masculine and feminine. Schools of initiates were trained to serve the highest good of mankind, healing with sound and light, connected to the larger cosmos. They were fully empowered humans using the full capacity of their brains and senses. Egyptians had no word for ‘Death’. It was simply called ‘Westing’. The Sun sets in the west to rise again in the East. Ka Statue of Pharaoh Hor Awibra is an example of rich symbolism regarding death: Two arms overhead represent the Ka life force that is separated from a human at birth, and unifies again upon death. Bodies were mummified to contain and support the Ka, to assist in the release and ascension of the soul. Ancient Egyptians were keenly aware of higher dimensional knowledge, and viewed death as a mere passageway to the true life. Hieroglyphic writings and stone images encode complex symbolism regarding birth and death. These are clues to Egyptian knowledge about expanded states of being and higher levels of awareness. Page 86 A Egyptian Golden Age Lasted 10,000 years. The Pyramid Code – A Documentary Sees Egypt with New Eyes. : Page 87 The Pyramid Code – A Documentary Sees Egypt with New Eyes. Learn More Watch Video on Youtube Buy DVD The Pyramid Code is an astonishing film that explores the pyramids, Egyptian temples and ancient megalithic sites around the world. It searches for clues to knowledge and advanced technology in an ancient Golden Age. The series is based on the extensive research done in 23 trips to Egypt and 50 other countries around the world by Dr. Carmen Boulter in the Graduate Division of Educational Research at the University of Calgary. It features prominent scholars and authors in multi-disciplinary fields. The series explores penetrating questions: Who were the ancients and what did they know? Could the pyramids be much older than traditionally believed? Are there still secrets hidden in plain sight?Are we really the most advanced civilization to ever live on Earth? The Pyramid Code a documentary film Who Were the Kings and Queens of Egypt’s Golden Age? : "Man is in the process of changing to forms of light that are not of this world.“ Emerald Tablets of Thoth, or Hermes Trismegistus Sculptures of Akhenaten’s family show beautiful elongated heads. What is the origin of this? Learn More Pharaoh Akhenaten and Queen Nefertiti c. 1350 BC Meritaten, daughter of Akhenaten by Nefertiti Page 88 Who Were the Kings and Queens of Egypt’s Golden Age? King Tut, son of Akhenaten’s by a different wife. The one god, Aten of King Akhenaton . represented by a sun disk. The purest form of Egyptian culture is said to have been during the reign of Pharaoh Akhenaton c. 1350 BC. Akhenaton ruled a spiritual dynasty according to divine laws, worshipping one god, Aten, symbolized by a sun disc. After the death of Akhenaton’s son King Tut in 1323 BC the hierarchical Amun priests regained power, and a global dark age began. The ancient wisdom schools were ridiculed, went underground, and finally disappeared. When the Greeks and Romans arrived, the ancient knowledge had long been forgotten. The Pyramid Contains the Earth’s Dimensions and a Timeline. : Page 89 The Pyramid Contains the Earth’s Dimensions and a Timeline. According to ‘The Great Pyramid Decoded’ by Peter Lemesurier, the Pyramid at Giza contains exact measurements of the Earth’s dimensions and a timeline of human history. The Great Pyramid Decoded Book by Peter Lemesurier. Inside the Pyramid are a series of precisely shaped inner passages. The basic unit of measurement is the Egyptian cubit. The length of the pyramid base is exactly 365.242 units, precisely the number of days in a year. There are many other meticulous measurements within the design, indicating that the pyramid designers knew details about the Earth’s size and orbit, to an accuracy only recently achieved with satellite data. Learn More An Egyptian Sacred Cubit yardstick is the timeline code. One cubit inch equals one year. The Pyramid inner passages encode a timeline. The Coptic word for Pyramid is Pyrmet, meaning 10th part. Builders subdivided the cubit into 25 parts, or a ‘thumb size’, called an “Inch”. This is close to the current British inch. 1 Pyramid inch equals 1.001064 British inches. Learn More Is the Key to 2012 Coded in the Egyptian Pyramids? : Page 90 Is the Key to 2012 Coded in the Egyptian Pyramids? Tunnels in the King’s chamber in the Pyramid of Giza reveal details of our current period. At the collapse of civilization it shows 3 paths to choose: 1. Those who experience no change. 2. Those that experience total destruction. 3. Those who achieve a higher level of consciousness through a kind of wormhole. The King’s Chamber timeline shows three paths for mankind to choose around 2012. A wormhole to a higher level of consciousness? A timeline is revealed through ancient numerology, using one Egyptian inch for one year. The timeline indicates all major world events in history year by year. It marks the birth and death of Christ, American and French revolutions, the rise of industrialism and World Wars I and II, etc. Around the 2000 AD millennium, it shows the beginnings of a new enlightened spiritual society. Between 2004 and 2025 it shows a total collapse of civilization, followed by a slow recovery and a golden age from 2500 into the future. In the video “2012, Event Horizon” David Wilcock gives a compelling description of the three passages that relate to our times and 2012. See Video Isaac Newton Found the Pyramids Encode Earth’s Geometry. : Sir Isaac Newton noticed that the ancient Egyptian Sacred Cubit measuring stick was exactly 1/10,000,000 of the Earth’s circumference. How did the Egyptians know this? Studies of the Pyramid dimensions reveal hundreds of synchronicities that encode all the Earth’s geometry. Newton concluded that the pyramids were built by masters who understood geometry of the Earth. Learn More Page 91 Isaac Newton Found the Pyramids Encode Earth’s Geometry. Newton wrote about the Hebrew unit of measurement called the Sacred Cubit used in the Temple of Solomon and the Great Pyramid of Giza. In order to calculate his law of gravity, Newton needed the exact circumference of the Earth. His inquiries revealed the Pyramid contains ALL the proportions of the Earth, and of TIME. What we know is a drop. What we don't know is an ocean." Isaac Newton, 1642 – 1727 Mathematician, Physicist, Alchemist Newton Integrated Modern Beliefs with Egyptian Wisdom. : Newton studied the writings of the Egyptian master Hermes Trismegistus. Under the influence of the Hermetic tradition, his concept of Nature underwent a decisive change. He concluded that the Hermetic teachings originated in very ancient times, and were given to humanity by great beings. Newton Integrated Modern Beliefs with Egyptian Wisdom. Newton believed that an invisible energy or ether acts over vast distances. He was criticized for introducing this ‘occult idea’ into science. In 1687 he published Principia showing how the invisible force of gravity explains the motions of all heavenly bodies. He also wrote that the Great Year 25,920 year Cycle of Time is caused by a wobble in the Earth's axis. Isaac Newton 1642 – 1727 Hermes Trismegistus, Ancient Egyptian Master Newton spent his later years in isolation studying ancient alchemy, metaphysics and the Bible. But he remained utterly and completely silent about his findings. Page 92 What’s the Origin of the Word ‘Pyramid’? : The Coptic people are the modern descendants of the ancient Egyptians. Some say the word Pyramid means ‘a division of ten', coming from the Coptic word pyr or division, and met, a hieroglyph denoting the number ten. Others say it comes from the Coptic Per or Pi meaning house, and Meh meaning measure. So PI-RA-MEH would mean 'Measure of the House of RA‘. What’s the Origin of the Word ‘Pyramid’? The Greek word Pyramidos is said to be composed of the words "pyra" meaning fire, light or visible, and the word "midos" meaning measure. Learn More A Coptic priest rests on an ancient desert stone. Page 93 Who was the Egyptian Master Hermes Trismegistus? : Who was the Egyptian Master Hermes Trismegistus? “As above, so below.” The Greeks called Hermes the Messenger of the Gods. Romans called Hermes the God Mercury. To the Arabs he was Idris. In ancient Egypt Hermes was known as Thoth or Imhotep, Master of all Arts, Sciences, Embodiment of the Universal Mind and son of Seth. Hermes is said to have taught that the Sun was the center of the Solar system. He described the Earth’s ‘Great Year’ many centuries before it was re-discovered by the Greek astronomer Hipparchus. How did he know this? Hermes is said by the Egyptians to be the builder of the pyramids, the inventor of writing, and a harmonic language called “Hiburu”. According to Edgar Cayce, Hermes arrived In Egypt with survivors of Atlantis in a time called Zep Tepi, or Genesis, thousands of years ago. Hermes is said to have created a mother language that encoded natural waveform geometries. Called Hiburu, or early Hebrew, it was a harmonic language based on patterns and vortexes of light. Learn More Hermes was called a god in many ancient traditions. Page 94 Who was the Egyptian Master Hermes Trismegistus? The First 365-Day Calendar is Credited to Hermes. : The First 365-Day Calendar is Credited to Hermes. Hermes Trismegistus was said to have invented the first 365 day calendar. He did this by adding five days after the winter solstice. These days are associated with the birth of the Gods. Ancient mythology says that many years ago the Earth year had just 360 days, and changed in a calamity. All Earth calendars had to be realigned. With the help of other Ascended Masters, Hermes is said to have built a planetary grid of electromagnetic lines that link highly energized sites around the world. Earth’s planetary grid. Hermes was called Thoth, or Ibis, and was depicted with the symbolic head of the sacred Ibis. This represents the Akhu, soul of an Ascended Master incarnated on this plane by choice. Thoth was called the 'One who Made Calculations of the Heavens, Stars and Earth', the 'Reckoner of Time and Seasons‘ and the Keeper of all Knowledge. Learn More Hermes is Thoth, the Ascended Master. Hermes Trismegistus calculated the movements of Heaven and Earth. Page 95 The First 365-Day Calendar is Credited to Hermes. Where are Hermes’ Writings Now? : Where are Hermes’ Writings Now? Hermes, called Thoth, wrote the twelve ‘Emerald Tablets’. They are ancient characters coded on an indestructible substance of green color created through atomic micro-manipulation. They are believed to be hidden in the pyramids or buried in the desert. The vibration found in the letters or words is said to awaken a response in the soul. Hermes’ secret teachings were stolen and distorted by hierarchical rulers for power. His schools were ridiculed and closed. The original manuscripts of his 42 books were all lost in the 4th century CE fires when the Romans burned the famous Library of Alexandria. But Hermes’ writings do survive in English translation. Learn More Hermes described the 7 chakra energy system. Hermes’ caduceus is a symbol of creation kundalini and medical wisdom. “As above, so below.” His Emerald Tablets encode ancient characters that are said to awaken the soul. Hermes’ writings may be hidden under the Sphinx or in the desert. Page 96 Where are Hermes’ (Thoth’s) Writings Now? Egyptian and Mayan Calendar Similarities. : Egyptian and Mayan Calendar Similarities. The Dendera Calendar is older than any known civilization on Earth. Estimates of its age range from 2,500 to 54,000 years old. It has been borrowed and adapted by the Greeks, Arabs, Chinese, Tibetans, Hebrews and Mayans to name a few. Dogon master Naba Lamoussa Morodeninbig says the Dendera calendar precedes all modern history and is over 54,000 years old. Our modern zodiac is said to be a watered-down and degenerate version of this original. Could it be from a pre-Egyptian culture? Learn More The Dendera Calendar - the Oldest Calendar on Earth. Page 97 The Egyptian Dendera Calendar is the first known zodiac, sky map, or wheel of time. It calculates the Earth's journey through each zodiac sign and shows the 25,920 year precessional cycle. The stone carving was found in the Dendera Temple to Hathor, the original mother goddess. It was stolen by Napoleon and is now in the Louvre museum in Paris. The Dendera Calendar shows the Egyptians understood ‘The Great Year’. It is the original model for astrology and the source of all our zodiac houses and signs. It is the basis of the ancient Greek zodiac myths, and home of the Hermetic Tradition, demonstrating the axiom, "As above, so below.” The Dendera Calendar may be the original source of our modern calendars and time-keeping system. Egyptian and Mayan Calendars Show Similarities. : The Pleiades constellation is a common theme in sacred Egyptian and Mayan sites. Learn More Egyptian and Mayan calendars alike focus on the star patterns of Pleiades and Orion. This is a theme shared by virtually all ancient civilizations. A Star Map of Orion is formed by the Egyptian pyramids. Both Mayan and Egyptian calendars use a 365 day calendar with 360-days, plus five extra days at the end of the year. Is this a coincidence, or is there a connection between the two calendars? Page 98 In Egypt the most important seasonal festival was in July, marking the annual rising of the star Sirius at sunrise. This took place during the 5 days outside of normal time and space at the end of the 360 day year. Egyptians inserted five days at the end of the year to harmonize the 355 day 13 moon lunar calendar and 365 day solar year. These five days were considered outside the year and beyond normal time and space, when the curse of the sun-god was removed, and the god Osiris was born. Thoth, the inventor of the Egyptian calendar. Egyptian and Mayan Calendars Show Similarities. The African Calendar is Rooted in the Egyptian Calendar. : The African Calendar is over 6,000 years old. It is based on the star Sirius, and is still used in Africa today. Like the Egyptian calendar, ancients knew that a year was 365.2422 days. This solar calendar has 12 months of 30 days each, plus 5 days after the Solstice to celebrate the return of the Sun and the birth of the Gods: Osiris, Isis, Horus, Set and Nephthys, who are believed to be the progenitors of the human race. Page 99 The African Calendar is Rooted in the Egyptian Calendar. Some say our word Hour comes from the Sun God Horus, or Heru and the Greek Hour, Hora. The Sun god Horus moves across the sky each day. The Sun God Horus The African calendar has a 10-day week, like the Egyptian calendar. In 2436 BCE African astronomers introduced a ‘new’ and more precise African calendar. Instead of a leap year every four years, it adds an entire ‘new year’ every 1,460 years. Learn More The African Dogon Calendar is Based on the Stars Sirius A and B. : The African Dogon tribe elders keep ancient astronomical teachings that link the star Sirius with the Egyptian goddess Isis. The Dogon calendar is totally unique, based on a fifty year cycle following the orbit of the stars Sirius A and its companion star Sirius B. Sirius B revolves around Sirius A every 50 years. How did they know this? What is the origin of this tradition? Learn More Page 100 The African Dogon Calendar is Based on the Stars Sirius A and B. Dogon tribe elders can read old Egyptian hieroglyphics. They carry traditional stories of amphibious beings, the ancient ‘Nommo’, or spiritual masters and guardians that came to Earth in space ships to help humans. Learn More Dogon tribe elders preserve astronomical teachings from ancient Egypt. For more information see The Sirius Mystery by Robert Temple. Find book Dogon elders keep lost teachings of a surprising past. Stars Sirius A and Sirius B, the basis of the Dogon calendar, Are 8.6 light years from Earth. (X-ray image credit: NASA) Learn More Slide 101: 101 Wow! Egypt is amazing! So how do the American indigenous calendars fit in? Chapter 9: The Indigenous Calendars, Inca and Hopi Prophecies. : Council of Thirteen Indigenous Grandmothers Learn More See Video Page 102 Chapter 9: The Indigenous Calendars, Inca and Hopi Prophecies. “We believe the teachings of our ancestors will light our way through an uncertain future.” Ancient Pre-Incan Calendar Points to Advanced Astronomy. : The Gate of the Sun is a pre-Incan calendar. Scientists guess it to be 3,000 - 27,000 years old. Incan god Viracocha created a 12-month lunar calendar. His heir Pachacuti built a Sun Tower in Machu Picchu to synchronize the annual calendar. Legend says that Viracocha created humans from dirt and breathed life into them. He moved massive stones, and taught people how to live. When the people fell into bad ways, he created a massive flood to destroy them. Learn More The Gate of the Sun at Tiahuanaco is a stone calendar from a pre-Incan civilization in Bolivia. Scientists do not agree on its age, speculating from 3,000 - 27,000 years old. This huge monolithic structure faces east toward the sunrise marking the solstice with astronomical symbols. How were these 200-ton stones moved and fit together seamlessly? Ancient Pre-Incan Calendar Points to Advanced Astronomy. Tiahuanacan astronomers knew that the earth is a sphere and rotates around the Sun. They calculated exact times of eclipses, even those in other hemispheres. They are said to have believed our Sun spirals with 6 other Stars in an orbit with Alcyone, the Central Sun of the Pleiades. Viracocha, the Inca feathered serpent god, is Quetzalcoatl to the Aztecs, Kukulcan to the Mayans. Incan god Viracocha Page 103 Incan Prophecies Say it is Time to Wake Up from Spiritual Slumber. : The Inca call themselves the ‘Children of the Sun’. They recall living in an ancient Golden Era. A Silver Era was followed by the Bronze Era. The present Iron Era has been the last 1,000 years, an era of darkness and materialism. People have fallen into egotism and negativity, taking the Earth for granted. As the Iron Age is now ending, humanity is out of balance, chaotic, and feeling disintegration. The Incas say no Western group or political party, neither the right nor left can offer a solution as they are both spiritually destitute. Learn More The Inca Prophecy of 2012 The Q’ero Indians are descendents of ancient Incas, living in the high mountains of Peru. Q’ero shamans speak of the Prophecy of Pachacuti in 2012. The prophecy holds that after the arrival of the Europeans there would be 500 years of spiritual darkness. They view modern society as destructive, engaging in war, pollution, drugs, greed and domination. They say we have lost our hearts. After 500 years of darkness will come an awakening of many people. NOW is the time for fulfillment of this prophecy. More Machu Picchu is aligned with the Pyramids at Giza, on a high energy node of the Earth’s grid. Willaru Huayta, Inca Elder and ‘Chasqui‘, spiritual messenger. Elongated skulls in Peru show 30% more brain capacity than modern humans. What is their origin? Page 104 Incan Prophecies Say it is Time to Wake Up from Spiritual Slumber. The Hopi Prophecy says: There will be a Great Purification before the beginning of the Fifth Golden Age. : JANUARY - PAAMUYA - Life at its Height FEBRUARY - POWAMUYA - Purification & Renewal MARCH - OSOMUYAW - Whispering Wind APRIL - KWIYAMUYAW - Windbreak MAY - HAKITONMUYAW - Month of Waiting JUNE - UYISMUYA – Planting JULY - KELMUYA - Fledgling Hawk - Home dance AUGUST - PAAMUYA - Joyful SEPTEMBER - NASANMUYAW - Full Harvest OCTOBER - ANGAQMUYAW - Long Hair, Harvest NOVEMBER - KELMUYA - Fledgling Hawk DECEMBER - KYAAMUYA - Month of Respect Petro glyph carvings tell picture stories of the Hopi people from 6,000 BC. Hopis invite Katsinam, ancestor spirit guides, from December to July. Page 105 The Hopi Prophecy says: There will be a Great Purification before the beginning of the Fifth Golden Age. The Hopi prophecy says humans have existed on Earth three times before. In each world humans turned away from spiritual teachings of the "Great Spirit" who then was forced to purify each world. The first world was destroyed by fire, the second by ice and the third by water. We now live in the fourth epoch. There will be a cosmic event, a "purification day" when all agents of darkness will be destroyed and a Fifth World of spiritual harmony will begin. Kokopelli, kachina spirit of fertility, hunter & trickster. The Hopi Lunar Calendar celebrates at the full moon: Full moon The Hopi Indian Prophecy says: ‘Now Is The Time.’ : "There is a river flowing now very fast. It is so great and swift that there are those who will be afraid. They will try to hold on to the shore. They will feel they are torn apart and will suffer greatly.” "Know the river has its destination. The elders say we must let go of the shore, push off into the middle of the river, keep our eyes open, and our heads above water. And I say, see who is in there with you and celebrate. At this time in history, we are to take nothing personally, least of all ourselves. For the moment that we do, our spiritual growth and journey comes to a halt.” "The time for the lone wolf is over. Gather yourselves! Banish the word ‘struggle’ from your attitude and your vocabulary. All that we do now must be done in a sacred manner and in celebration.” “We are the ones we've been waiting for." Learn More Learn More "You have been telling the people that this is the Eleventh Hour. Now you must go back and tell the people that THIS is the Hour. Hopi Elder Chief Dan Evehema Page 106 The Hopi Indian Prophecy says: ‘Now Is The Time.’ “Where are you living? What are you doing? What are your relationships? Are you in right relation? Where is your water? Know your garden. It is time to speak your Truth. Create your community. Be good to each other. And do not look outside yourself for the leader.” The Two Hopi Paths: Dark vs. Light. : Page 107 The Two Hopi Paths: Dark vs. Light. Dark Light The Hopi Indians have an ancient petro glyph rock carving called the Prophecy Rock. It pictures a life plan to guide humans through this time, when there is predicted to be turmoil and destruction. Learn More The prophecy says: Those who choose the Path of Darkness experience a great purification, chaos and destruction. Those who choose a Path of Light have a clear, strong life, living to advanced ages. Prophecy Rock in Arizona Our Thoughts Create Our Reality. The prophecy says there are two parallel paths for humans to walk. The Path of Darkness and the Path of Light. For many centuries we are able to move back and forth freely between the two paths, as the Great Spirit wants us to understand different ways of life. But a moment in history arrives when we must make a final choice. That moment has arrived. The Two Hopi Paths: Which door do we choose? Dark or Light? : It’s all about me Knows the Answers Angry Victim Skeptical Rigid beliefs Judgmental Dark Light Page 108 The Two Hopi Paths: Which door do we choose? Dark or Light? Fear Business As Usual Do Nothing Play it Safe Fear of the unknown Narrow minded I’m alone Love Open to Change Help Others Courage Trust the process Open minded Working together Listens to others Flexible, Accepting Visualize Our Ideal future Positive, Disciplined Appreciates diversity Respect for others Respect the Earth The Choice is Ours. Dark Light Message from An Indigenous Wise Woman. : Message from An Indigenous Wise Woman. Page 109 "We come to tell you of the wonders of the Earth you live on, wonders forgotten by the race of man long, long ago. We come to remind you of who you truly are. You are not yet prepared to receive that knowledge in full, and we will begin gently, slowly, carefully: Know that this Earth of yours is a marvel, and that you are one with Her. As the configurations of the surface hint at larger realities, so your very physiology is an amazing living communications instrument, an instrument long unused.” Learn More Maria Aurora, Oaxacan healer “We are all ONE”. Slide 110: I choose to look at the light side today. Page 110 The Earth, moon and planets all have a bright side and a dark side. Chapter 10: The Mayan Calendar The Most Accurate and Complex Calendar on Earth. : Page 111 Chapter 10: The Mayan Calendar The Most Accurate and Complex Calendar on Earth. The pyramid at Chichén Itza encodes precise calendar information. There are 365 steps for the days in a year. It is oriented to mark the solstices and equinoxes. At the top a doorway leads to an interior stairway to a small and very mysterious shrine. Learn More The Temple of Kukulkan in Chichén Itza, Mexico. Chichén Itza means “The mouth of the well of the Itza peoples.” Kukulkan is the Feathered Serpent God, Quetzalcoatl to the Aztecs. Where is the Original Written Mayan Calendar? : 112 Where is the Original Written Mayan Calendar? A Mayan Calendar Original An 11th or 12th century manuscript from Chichén Itzá was found in Dresden, Germany centuries after the Spanish conquest. It is now called The Dresden Codex. It is inscribed on 39 double sheets that were copied from an older text on from fig tree bark paper. It describes the 20 Mayan calendars in Yucateca language, using the Mayan dating system in base-20 mathematics. Learn More The Dresden codex illustrates calendar details in pictures words and numbers. It contains astronomical data, stellar mechanics, tables of integers for calculating time, planetary movements, Mayan gods and ritual scenes. Learn More The Dresden Codex is a sacred work of art on Mayan astronomy and the calendar. The original Dresden Codex was inscribed on 39 pages of fig tree bark. It has been since re-printed. Where is the Original Mayan Calendar? Page 112 The Mayan Calendar is a System of 20 Interrelated Calendars. : 113 The Mayan Calendar is actually 20 unique concurrent calendars that track time back billions of years. The living Maya are allowed to speak of 15 of the calendars. Five of their Calendars they cannot speak of at this time. These are the cycles of our ancestry before we came to Earth. Learn More Mayans tracked natural cycles of the planets, stars, galaxy, animals, plants, and humans. These time cycles are all living calendars that are used simultaneously and are interrelated. Mayans were expert timekeepers & visionaries. Mayan priests were versed in astronomy and time cycles. To prepare the calendars, Elder Shamans journeyed into the cosmic regions. There is much we do not know. Learn More Mayan shamans journeyed to cosmic regions to study the nature of TIME. Mayans studied Nature’s rhythms. Each calendar represents a different cycle: Insects, corn, human biorhythms, moon cycles, gestation, etc. Mayans even tracked the Monarch butterfly cycle. Page 113 The Mayan Calendar is a System of 20 Interrelated Calendars. The Mayan Calendar is a Galactic View of Time, Going Back 16.4 Billion Years. : Page 114 The Mayan Calendar is a Galactic View of Time, Going Back 16.4 Billion Years. The Mayan calendar measures nine Ages, called Underworlds. Each age is represented as a layer in a pyramid. The Ages are tracked back 16.4 billion years. Each age has a corresponding evolutionary consciousness, such as cellular, mammalian, familial, tribal, regional, national, planetary, galactic and universal. Mayans track TIME in cycles. Each age or underworld is built on the foundation of, and is a review of the previous age, like a pyramid spiraling upward. As we pass through a new age, we re-experience the qualities of the previous age in accelerated time with an added layer of consciousness. Thus the cycles of life and TIME continue to open and accelerate exponentially. The universe is continually expanding, more refined, quickened and complex. The nine Mayan Ages are called ‘Underworlds’. Mayan Calendars are represented as many concurrent spirals of time. Three Main Mayan Calendars: the Tzolk’in, Haab’ and Long Count. : Page 115 Three Main Mayan Calendars: the Tzolk’in, Haab’ and Long Count. 2. The Haab’ yearly calendar has 365 days. Like the Egyptian calendar, there are 360 days in a year plus 5-days at the end of the year. But this calendar uses 18 Months of 20 days each, totaling 360 days. It is used as a civil calendar. The Tzolk’in calendar has 20 weeks of 13 days each, like interlocking gears. 1. The Tzolk'in means 'count of days‘. It has 20 weeks of 13 days each, totaling 260 days. It tracks human biorhythms and gestation. It has a harmonious relationship to the planets and God. This cycle is the most important and is considered a sacred or divine cycle. The Haab’ yearly calendar of 365 days The Tzolk’in and the Haab’ calendars move together Like a wheel within a wheel, the Tzolk’in cycles around the Haab calendar. Thus each day has multiple coordinates and is totally unique in TIME. 3. The Long Count Calendar has 5126 years. The Long Count calendar is a continuous record of days that restarts every 5126 years. The current Long Count began in 3114 BC and it will end in 2012. How to Read Mayan Calendar Dates. : The 20 Mayan calendars are independent and rarely end together. Synchronistic ending dates are therefore considered a very significant time. To express a date, the Mayan calendar combines the three different calendars together. 1. The Long Count, 2. the Tzolkin (divine calendar), and 3. the Haab (civil calendar). Of these, only the Haab has a direct relationship to the length of the year. A typical Mayan date looks like this: 12.18.16.2.6, 3 Cimi 4 Zotz. 12.18.16.2.6 is the Long Count date. 3 Cimi is the Tzolkin date. 4 Zotz is the Haab date. Learn More Page 116 How to Read Mayan Calendar Dates. Five Mayan Long Count Cycles Make a Great Year : Five Mayan Long Count Cycles Make a Great Year The Mayan Long Count Calendar restarts every 5,126 years. x 5 = The Earth completes a Great Year cycle every 25,630 years. The Earth is said to pass through the galactic equator every 25,630 years. Learn More Page 117 This Mayan mural is interpreted as the end of the Long Count calendar cycle. It is the only ancient description we have of Dec. 21, 2012, depicting in symbolic terms the Sun’s conjunction with the galactic equator. More Information Learn More The Mayan Calendar is Similar to, Incan, Aztec and Egyptian Calendars. : Page 118 The Mayan Calendar is Similar to, Incan, Aztec and Egyptian Calendars. Legend says that the Mayan calendars were brought to Mexico by a fleet of Egyptian reed boats c. 2200 years ago. They were headed by Kukulcan (Maya) Quetzalcoatl (Aztec), Viracocha (Inca) who is said to be the feathered serpent god of inspiration, creativity, spirit and trance. Learn More More Quetzalcoatl, Aztec The Pleiades constellation is a focus of alignment in sacred Mayan sites and Egyptian pyramids. Learn More Mayan and Egyptian calendars see layers of TIME, moving up a pyramid, or vortex of accelerating spirals. Viracocha, Inca Kukulcan, Maya Both Mayan and Egyptian calendars recognize a 365 day solar calendar with 360-days followed by five extra days at the solstice. Is this a coincidence, or is there a relationship between the two calendars? Mayan Cosmology Shares Common Threads with Tibetan, Hopi, Incan, Greeks, Romans, Chinese and Modern Quantum Physics : Mayan Cosmology Shares Common Threads with Tibetan, Hopi, Incan, Greeks, Romans, Chinese and Modern Quantum Physics The ‘Hunab Ku’, or galactic center, is regarded as the ultimate creator, a principle of higher intelligence. Mayans see everything in our galaxy as directed from this center of intelligence, by the electro-magnetic radiation of Light. This echoes writings of Greek mathematicians Pythagoras and Euclid, and modern unified field theory of quantum physics. Learn More The ‘Hunab Ku’ galactic center represents the four directions and the great Spirit or Oneness. Radiant energy emanates from the galactic center, or ‘Hunab Ku’. Mayan cosmology shows the universe as the heavens, the Earth and an Underworld. Celestial bodies such as stars and planets were believed to be living beings like gods that influence man and could be affected by them, much like early Roman gods and Numina. The Mayan cosmos shows the four directions of the Earth and a fifth in the center, like Tibetan, Incan, Hopi, and Shamanic traditions worldwide. Mayan Cosmology Shares Common Threads with Tibetan, Hopi, Incan, Greeks, Romans, Chinese and Modern Quantum Physics Page 119 Mayans Say We are Now in a Period of Accelerating Time, called the “Triumph of Materialism”. : Page 120 Mayans Say We are Now in a Period of Accelerating Time, called the “Triumph of Materialism”. The Maya said this would be a time of forgetting, when we drift far from Nature & live in a collective amnesia. Like a lapse of memory, we believe appearances are real, and do not notice the spiritual essence which sustains the world. Thus we are trapped by our senses in a world of ego & domination. Learn More Dr. José Argüelles, author of ‘Cosmic History Chronicles’ and ‘Earth Ascending’, wrote that Mayans predicted these cycles centuries ago. He says: "In 830 A.D. the calendar engineering team went back to other dimension, from which the Maya keep their watch on things. Slowly the terrestrial Maya melted back into the jungles. The time of darkness was setting in.” Learn More The Maya say we look but do not see, that we have forgotten who we are. Mayan shamans predicted the Spanish invasion and disappeared. There is Great Confusion About the Mayan Calendar. : Page 121 There is Great Confusion About the Mayan Calendar. Neither Mayan Elders nor scholars agree on the exact dates or prophecy, due to great confusion and misinformation about the Mayan Calendar. This is understandable. For example, to observe the cycles, you’d need an astronomer, astrologer, geologist, mathematician, statistician, botanist, biologist and psychologist. To assimilate it you need a skilled shaman to journey to higher dimensions. Then you need to work in base-20 higher math in the Yucateca language. Learn More Mayan experts agree: “2012 is not the end of the world. It marks the beginning of a new Age.” A sidewalk painting shows how difficult it is to comprehend ancient Mayan stone symbols in our modern Western frame of thinking. The Mayan Long Count Calendar cycle began on August 11th, 3114 BC and ends on December 21, 2012. (Although some experts say the cycle ends October 28, 2011. ) We are moving into a new 5,126 year cycle. The next cycle is said to be dominated by space or ether. Learn More Mayan numbers are in base-20. A dot equals 1 and a bar equals 5. Mayan Elders Say: 2012 is a Transition to a New Age.A time of cosmic education for humans. : Page 122 Mayan Elders Say: 2012 is a Transition to a New Age.A time of cosmic education for humans. Mayan elders do not prophesy that everything will come to an end. This is a time of transition from one World Age into another. The message they give concerns our making a choice of how we enter the future ahead. Our moving through the changes with either resistance or acceptance will determine whether the transition will happen with cataclysmic changes, or gradual peace and tranquility. Learn More Mayan prophecy does say there will be a cataclysm or Earth changes, and the severity of these will depend on us. What it will be depends on us. Guatemalan Mayan Elder, Apolinario Chile Pixtun Don Alejandro Cirilo Perez, Mayan Council of Elders Mayan Elder Hunbatz Men Guatemalan Mayan Elder, Carlos Barrios, A Mayan Elder Speaks on the Calendar Confusion. : Page 123 A Mayan Elder Speaks on the Calendar Confusion. Mayan Elder Hunbatz Men, author “The 8 Calendars of the Maya: The Pleiadian Cycle and the Key to Destiny” “It is written that the wisdom of the cosmic light will return. When the human race begins to slip into the darkness of ignorance, oblivion, and despair… Again the time of the Mayan cosmic education has come. Thousands of years ago the sacred teachings from the cosmos were deposited in many magnetic centers throughout the world: …The key dates will be March 21, June 21, September 21, and December 21. The 13 annual moon cycles must also be taken into account. In this manner, this natural wisdom, together with the essence of sacred mathematics, will be conveyed to the sacred human race. In Lakesh, Hunbatz Men Read Full Message Find Book Chan Chan (Peru), Huete (Spain), Tulle (France), Hu-nan (China), Bethlehem (Israel), Tih (Egypt), Mississippi (United States), Humac (Brazil), Nagasaki (Japan), Mul (England), Maya (Russia, Naga (India), and Chukotz (Bering Strait). The names of all these places are of Maya origin, some as long as 10,000 years ago. Which confirms that in different periods of times the Maya were present in these sacred magnetic centers. Mayan Elder Carlos Barrios Says: “2012 is a choice: We must find our hearts or face the consequences.” : Page 124 Mayan Elder Carlos Barrios Says: “2012 is a choice: We must find our hearts or face the consequences.” "This is a crucially important moment for humanity and the Earth. Each person is important. It is not complex or elaborate. The real knowledge is free. It's encoded in your DNA. All you need is within you. Great teachers have said that from the beginning. Find your heart, and you will find your way. "The world will not end. It will be transformed...” Read his full message “Our planet can be either renewed or ravaged. Now is the time to awaken and take action... The prophesized Earth changes are going to happen, but our attitude and actions determine how harsh or mild they are.” “The Book of Destiny: Unlocking the Secrets of the Ancient Mayans and the Prophecy of 2012” by Carlos Barrios “Change is accelerating now, and it will continue to accelerate.” Carlos Barrios is a Mayan Ajq'ij, a Mayan priest, shaman and Guatemalan Mayan Elder. Born in Guatemala into an ancient and sacred Mayan lineage, he has studied with Mayan elders for 25 years from the age of 19. “Pleiadean Perspectives on TIMEand the Mayan Time Keepers” – Recommended Video : “Pleiadean Perspectives on TIMEand the Mayan Time Keepers” – Recommended Video Pleiadean Perspectives on Time and the Mayan Time Keepers. Watch Video Pleiadeans offer us a fascinating and bold perspective on our purpose on Earth. See the two books "Bringers of the Dawn” and “Earth: Pleiadean Keys to the Living Library” by Barbara Marciniak. Find Books YouTube Video on TIME and Multi-Dimensional Reality : Page 125 The 13 Moon Calendar for Modern Times. : 126 The 13 Moon Calendar for Modern Times. Learn More Calendar Tutorial Buy a Calendar The Modern 13 Moon Calendar Comes from the Mayan Calendar. Page 126 The 13 Moon Calendar uses two cycles: the 7-day week, and 28 day moon. It is a perpetual calendar. 13 Moons x 28 days = 52 seven-day weeks = 364 days. Unlike the Gregorian calendar, the days of the moon (month) and the days of the week line up perfectly, week-to-week and moon-to-moon. The 365th day of the year is called a Day Out of Time. It is a day to celebrate peace and practice forgiveness so that everyone can start the next year fresh! This 13-moon/28-day calendar is a harmonious nature-based system developed by Dr. José Argüelles as an alternative to the 12-month Gregorian calendar. The 13 Moon Calendar tracks 13 Moon Cycles in 365 days. The 13 Moon Calendar is a perpetual calendar that follows Nature’s cycles. It is a sacred template of time. Slide 127: Page 127 Wow! Mayans have a cosmic and multi-dimensional view of TIME. What does modern Science say? Chapter 11: Quantum Science is Changing our View of Time. : Albert Einstein Page 128 Chapter 11: Quantum Science is Changing our View of Time. “The only reason for TIME is so that everything doesn’t happen at once.” Quantum Physics Says an Intelligent Force is the Basis for Matter. : “We have no right to assume that any physical laws exist, or if they have existed up to now, that they will continue to exist in a similar manner in the future.” “As a man who has devoted his whole life to the most clear headed science, to the study of matter, I can tell you as a result of my research about atoms this much: There is no matter as such. All matter originates and exists only by virtue of a force which brings the particle of an atom to vibration and holds this most minute solar system of the atom together. We must assume behind this force the existence of a conscious and intelligent mind. This mind is the matrix of all matter.” Max Planck - 1858-1947 German Theoretical Physicist, Father of Quantum Physics. For more information: Article Video Page 129 Quantum Physics Says an Intelligent Force is the Basis for Matter. And does not assume ANY Physical Laws of Time or Space. Quantum Physics Shows the Whole is Greater than the Sum of its Parts. : There is a gap between traditional Cartesian Physics and the new Unified Field Theory of Quantum Physics. Newtonian physics says that objects can be found by location and speed, ruled by gravity, moving in predictable patterns. But quantum physics says the opposite. We can know where an electron is only by probability, and that other factors are involved, such as conscious thought. It is our observation that collapses this nebulous existence into something more tangible? Does this mean our thoughts influence or create material reality? Page 130 Quantum Physics Shows the Whole is Greater than the Sum of its Parts. Traditional physics sees the universe as many discreet parts functioning in predictable patterns that can be understood piece by piece. But quantum physics’ Unified Field Theory has changed all that by looking at the whole as an interconnected energy field. We used to believe movement is continuous, ruled by linear laws of TIME. Things couldn’t just disappear and reappear somewhere else at the exact same instant. But quantum physics shows us an electron can appear in many locations simultaneously, and the entire universe is inter-connected in an energy field that is conscious and alive. An orchestra is greater than the simple sum of its parts. Unified Field Theory Says We’re Part of a Conscious, Interconnected Energy Field. : Page 131 Unified Field Theory Says We’re Part of a Conscious, Interconnected Energy Field. By understanding the dynamic of interconnectivity, we are able to refocus the lens through which we see ourselves and the universe. This leads to theoretical and technological advancements that move us towards a sustainable future, and has the potential to solve the most pressing issues of our TIMES. For more information, see Nassim’s 4-part DVD: “Crossing the Event Horizon” View Trailer Buy DVD on website A new solution to Einstein’s field equations has been found, which incorporates torque and Coriolis effects. Nassim Haramein, Director of Research at the Resonance Project, says that instead of seeing ourselves as separate from everything around us, we can view ourselves embedded in a living feedback system that connects all things in infinite potential. Nassim Haramein The 64 Tetrahedron Flower of Life is the basis for 3-D physical structure. Quantum Physics Says The Universe is Infinitely Large and Infinitely Small… : Quantum Physics Says The Universe is Infinitely Large and Infinitely Small… The Holographic Universe: “As above, so below.” Page 132 “The Secrets of the Universe are Energy, Frequency and Vibration.” : Dr. Nikola Tesla, brilliant Serbian-American inventor, physicist, mechanical engineer and electrical engineer, was a major contributor to our commercial electrical systems. Tesla believed electricity and magnetic forces can change space and time, and that man can learn how to use this power. Learn More "If you want to find the secrets of the Universe,think in terms of energy, frequency and vibration." “The Secrets of the Universe are Energy, Frequency and Vibration.” Dr. Nikola Tesla 1856 - 1943 Learn More Page 133 “The Biology of Belief” SaysWe Control Our Own DNA with Our Thoughts : Page 134 “The Biology of Belief” SaysWe Control Our Own DNA with Our Thoughts In a groundbreaking work in the field of New Biology, Dr. Bruce Lipton invites us to re-examine our beliefs about our DNA. Lipton and other scientists have examined in great detail the processes by which cells receive information. The implications of this research radically changes our understanding of life. DNA is controlled by signals from outside the cell, such as energetic messages from our positive and negative thoughts. Our bodies can heal and change as we retrain our thinking. Find Book DNA is flexible, controlled by the subconscious mind. By releasing belief patterns, we can heal ourselves. Learn More View Video Dr. Bruce Lipton confirms that matter and energy are one and the same, and we are all interconnected. Quantum Science Says The Universe is an Interconnected Energy System. : Spiral vibration of atom with nucleus. Spiral pattern of human energy. Earth’s spiral magnetosphere. “As above, so below,” Hermes says. This means the universe is holographic. We are energy vibrations and we are all connected as one being. Atom Human Planet Earth Galaxy Spiral patternin a galaxy. Page 135 Quantum Science Says The Universe is an Interconnected Energy System. Solar System Electromagnetic Patterns are the Same in Atoms, Humans, Planets and Galaxies. Spiral pattern of solar system. Slide 136: Page 136 “Qi is energy on the verge of becoming matter, and matter on the verge of becoming energy.” Ted Kaptchuk, “The Web that Has No Weaver” It all boils down to ONE. : Astrophysics made simple = 1 You can call it God, or the Oneness, or just LOVE… Page 137 It all boils down to ONE. It Seems We Are Never Separate from Anything. : Amit Goswami, Quantum PhysicistLearn More Author: ‘The Self-Aware Universe’ See his DVD: ‘The Quantum Activist’ Learn More Page 138 It Seems We Are Never Separate from Anything. “When we understand US, our own consciousness, we also understand the universe; and the separation disappears.” Modern Science is Approaching a Quantum Breakthrough. : Page 139 Modern Science is Approaching a Quantum Breakthrough. Modern scientists are discovering the secrets of multi-dimensional TIME and Space. Our progress is limited only by our pre-conceptions and limited 3-D thinking. To find the Truth, we need to cultivate an open, creative mind. “The release of atom power has changed everything, except our way of thinking”. Albert Einstein We are limited only by our own thoughts. Slide 140: 140 Three galaxies revolve in the Arp 274 system, 400 million light-years from Earth. NASA Hubble Image Page 140 Wow! Maybe we don’t have all the answers yet. Science is still learning. Chapter 12: Surprising Discoveries in Space and on Earth. : Chapter 12: Surprising Discoveries in Space and on Earth. “There could be one hundred billion Earth-like planets in our galaxy.” Dr. Alan Boss, Carnegie Institution of Science Learn More Page 141 Is the Whole Solar System Feeling Global Warming? NASA Reports: : . . . Page 142 Is the Whole Solar System Feeling Global Warming? NASA Reports: ALL planets show evidence of global warming: Mercury – NASA 2008: “Magnetic field during Messenger flyby is different from previous observations.” Venus - Surface temperature rises to nearly 9000 F. Mars - NASA reports clouds, and rapid reduction of ice. Saturn - Plasma torus (rings) appear 1000 times denser 1981 – 1993 (Dr. Ed Sittler)Jupiter - White ovals almost disappeared 1997 – 2000. Dr. Phillip Marcus expects 18° global warming in a 10 year period. Uranus - Huge storms and big changes per Dr. Eric Karkoschka. Neptune - Global warming, and 40% brighter 1996 – 2002.Pluto - Global warming and 300% increase in atmospheric pressure 1989 - 2002 Are there SUV’s on Pluto? Global Warming on Mars: NASA reports appearance of clouds and rapid reduction of polar ice. Image credit: NASA. Dr. Edgar Mitchell Former NASA astronaut and moonwalker Global Warming is a Result of the Earth’s Distance from the Sunand many other Factors. : . . . Page 143 Global Warming is a Result of the Earth’s Distance from the Sunand many other Factors. “Earth’s climate phases are influenced by the Sun’s radiation and the Milankovitch cycles. The Milankovitch theory says that the Earth’s distance from the Sun varies, as its orbit around the Sun is not circular, but is elliptical in shape. Ice ages and global warming are a direct result of Earth’s changing distance from the Sun. The Milankovitch theory has been supported by extractions of sediment layers that vary in carbonate material, indicating cycles of warming or cooling trends.” Susan Joy Rennison Learn More Global Warming, Good News for Some… : . . Page 144 Global Warming, Good News for Some… “GLOBAL WARMING STEADY RISE IN TEMPERATURES PREDICTED.” NASA says The Sun’s Next Maximum for Solar Storms is 2012. : . . . In 1859 a Coronal Mass Ejection hit Earth's magnetic field. From the Rocky Mountains to New York to Cuba, people witnessed a spectacular light show, and telegraph services were knocked out. A Coronal Mass Ejection (CME) is an explosion on the Sun’s surface. It has roughly the power of ONE BILLION hydrogen bombs, and can trigger disturbances in Earth's magnetosphere, called space weather. CME’s occur most often near the peak of an 11-year solar cycle. The next solar maximum cycle is in 2012. “The sun is waking up from a deep slumber, and in the next few years we expect to see much higher levels of solar activity. At the same time, our technological society has developed an unprecedented sensitivity to solar storms.” June 2010, Richard Fisher, NASA Heliophysics Division. CME Light display. Page 145 NASA says The Sun’s Next Maximum for Solar Storms is 2012. We may have stronger geomagnetic storms in the coming years, as NASA Reports A Giant Breach in Earth's Magnetic Field. Solar wind shielding the Earth is decreasing, and NASA scientists speculate that it could vanish. More The flare arrived to Earth in just 17 hours. National Academy of Sciences says: ‘A similar space weather event in the US now could induce ground currents that would knock out 300 key transformers within 90 seconds, cutting off the power for 130 million people, and could take 4-10 years to recover. Coronal Mass Ejection How to Prepare for A Coronal Mass Ejection: : . . . 3. Preparations: We need to shield all satellites and data centers, forecast the event, alert the world energy grid, and have extra parts on hand. If NASA can miraculously shield the satellite energy grid in 8 minutes we will be fine. Obviously, personal preparation is suggested. A well or water catchment system, non-perishable food such as dry, canned foods and sprouting grains. Cash or medium of exchange, seeds for planting food, garden tools, warm clothes, blankets, a solid group with sustainable skills, a wind-up radio, a power supply and way to cook. A bicycle, a books and a loving partner. Page 146 How to Prepare for A Coronal Mass Ejection: 1. Risks: CME’s are unexpected explosions in the Sun's corona that spew hot plasma into solar wind. Intense radiation from the Sun arrives within 8 minutes which could fry satellite electronics and all communications. A CME usually arrives to the Earth 1-4 days later, risking Aurora displays and electrical blackouts. ACE scientists can give only a one-hour warning of a CME arrival. 2. Implications: A direct hit of a CME could knock out the power grid over a large area of the Earth, and could take years to repair. Without electricity there is no water, sewage, heat, cooking, refrigeration, telephones, cell phones, transportation, clocks, email, delivery, computers or communications of any kind. Within a few days, people could suffer from exposure, dehydration, lack of food and medication. A worst-case scenario would represent a major lifestyle change. Learn More How to Prepare Coronal Mass Ejection Dr. Alexey Dmitriev Sees Earth Changes Due to Cosmic Energies. : . Page 147 Dr. Alexey Dmitriev Sees Earth Changes Due to Cosmic Energies. The Galactic Center Radiates Magnetic Energy. Dr. Dmitriev says: “Effects here on Earth are found in the acceleration of the magnetic pole shift, in the vertical and horizontal ozone distribution, and in increased frequency and magnitude of catastrophic climatic events. There is growing probability that we are moving into a rapid temperature instability period similar to the one that took place 10,000 years ago.” “Current Earth changes are caused by highly charged energy from deep interstellar space, and are irreversible”. Dr. Alexey Dmitriev, Russian Academy of Sciences. “The climatic and biosphere processes here on Earth… are directly impacted by, and linked to the general overall transformational processes taking place in our Solar System. We must begin to organize our attention … to understand that climatic changes on Earth are only one link in a chain of events taking place in our Heliosphere”. Learn More NASA Reports Increasing Energies from Deep Space. : . Page 148 NASA Reports Increasing Energies from Deep Space. NASA Reports: Cosmic Rays Hit Space Age High. Galactic radiation comes from deep space, outside the solar system, causing "air showers" of gasses as they hit Earth's atmosphere. Learn More NASA Reports: Earth is receiving increased radiation from cosmic sources, in a long term trend that started in the 1990s. Galactic cosmic rays (GCRs), high-energy particles or plasma waves, flow into our solar system from deep in the Milky Way Galaxy. NASA regularly reports the Earth’s magnetic field is weakening, and Earth is receiving more radiation. A giant Supernova shoots a huge bubble of plasma into deep space. Earth Moves Through a Photon Belt Every 11,000 Years? : . Page 149 Earth Moves Through a Photon Belt Every 11,000 Years? The Photon Belt is said to be a band of powerful electro-magnetic light from the galaxy center. Our Sun moves through this light band every 11,000 years for 2,000 years. The Earth is moving into the belt, and will be there 2012 - 4320 AD. The ‘Photon Belt’ is also called the ‘Rings of Alcyone’, first reported in 1961 by Paul Otto Hesse. Intense energy fields on Earth are said to alter and raise the vibration rate of every atom in every living being. The Earth was last in the Photon Belt from 10,800 - 8640 BC. The Photon belt is said to bring challenging energies to Earth for positive change. It brings negativity and fear to the surface and invites opportunity for advancements in consciousness. Learn More Photon Belt NASA does not recognize the existence of a Photon Belt. NASA: “Earth’s magnetic field in a constant state of change”. : . Page 150 NASA: “Earth’s magnetic field in a constant state of change”. NASA is Tracking Magnetic Pole Shifts.Earth’s magnetic pole used to move 10 km per year, now accelerating to 40 km per year, per Larry Newitt of the Geological Survey of Canada. Sometimes the field completely flips. The north and the south poles swap places. Such reversals are unpredictable, occurring at irregular intervals averaging about 300,000 years. The last one was 780,000 years ago. Are we overdue for another? No one knows. We live on top of an ocean of molten iron? Earth's core, hot ocean of liquid iron in the center. They see Earth’s magnetic field wax and wane, poles drift and, occasionally, flip. Change is normal, they say, as the source of the field, the outer core, is itself seething, swirling, turbulent. "It's chaotic down there," says Glatzmaier. The changes We see on our planet's surface are a sign of that inner chaos. Learn Morel Sitting atop the hot inner core, a liquid outer core seethes and roils like water in a pan on a hot stove. The outer core has whirlpools powered by Earth's rotation. These complex motions generate our planet's magnetism. NASA Scientists Glatzmaier and Roberts have created a supercomputer model of Earth's interior to simulate Earth changes. Polar Shift or Reversal? : . Page 151 Polar Shift or Reversal? We’re definitely not in Kansas any more…. A Possible Scenario? A coronal mass ejection from the Sun could reach Earth, affecting the magnetic field, shifting ocean and air currents in the Ring of Fire, creating extreme global weather patterns. The result could bring permanent changes in Earth’s magnetism and behavioral patterns of all life forms. Learn More Dr. Alexey Dmitriev of the Russian Academy of Sciences says that planetary changes are complex, with many factors. The sum of all influences determines what happens. Dmitriev believes the movement in the magnetic poles and increasing anomalies indicate something very dramatic is going on in the core of our planet. The scale of these changes indicates something beyond the magnitude of the Gothenburg flip of c. 14,200 years ago. Dmitriev believes the signs suggest a complete magnetic pole reversal is already underway. He estimates the speed of this process will increase in the near future, and that we should prepare for the consequences in a globally coordinated way. The appropriate response should be to draw up a "global, ecology-oriented, climate map which might reveal (the location of) these global catastrophes." Learn More NASA Image of a Polar Reversal The 2012 Galactic Alignment. Is it Real or Not? : . No Galactic Alignment NASA: “The Great 2012 Doomsday Scare“ “…Astronomy cannot pinpoint a "galactic alignment" to within a year, much less a day. The alignment depends on the rather arbitrary definition of the galactic equator, or the visual appearance of the Milky Way.” “There is no precise definition of the Milky Way's edges -- they are very vague and depend on the clarity of your view. …Real astronomy does not support any match between the Mayan Calendar Baktun-13 end date and a so-called galactic alignment”. Learn More And More Galactic Alignment This rare event occurs only four times in the 25,800 year “Great Year’ cycle. John Major Jenkins, Mayan Scholar, says the Earth lines up with the Milky Way galactic equator at the December solstice. He says the precise alignment actually occurred in 1998. The Earth is in the general alignment zone for 36 years 1980 and 2016. NASA does not agree. Learn More Digital image of a galactic alignment shows Earth’s position before and after 12/21/2012. Page 152 The 2012 Galactic Alignment. Is it Real or Not? What Does Astrology Says? In 2010 – 2014 Darkness Meets Unpredictable Change. : The Cardinal Cross of 2010 to 2014 is a pivotal point in our transition to the Age of Aquarius. How we respond, the choices we make, the actions we take in these years will set the stage for the future. . …. . Page 153 What Does Astrology Says? In 2010 – 2014 Darkness Meets Unpredictable Change. Uranus Planet of change, ingenuity, revolution, imagination, rebellion, unpredictable, trickster, sign of a New Age Pluto Planet of darkness, death and rebirth, raw power, mystery, letting go, and a hidden secret underworld. The Cardinal Square represents a showdown involving Pluto, the force of death, raw power, and inevitability of breakdown, and Uranus, an inescapable force of change or new ideas whose time has come. Learn More What Does the Cardinal Cross Represent? : We have been born into an extraordinary point in history, foretold by ancient traditions from the Egyptian to Hopi to the Mayan. The Cardinal Cross highlights a square of Uranus & Pluto from 2010 to 2014. It is the key to understanding these turbulent years of change. Page 154 What Does the Cardinal Cross Represent? This period is a shift in the cycles of TIME, From the Age of Pisces to the Age of Aquarius. Some say it means the end of a global hierarchical society, and humans inventing a new, balanced holographic society in harmony with the Earth and our galactic family. A Face-off with Pluto and Uranus? Entering the Black Hole : Page 155 Entering the Black Hole Are We Alone?Scientists Search the Heavens for Sentient Life. : Page 156 Are We Alone?Scientists Search the Heavens for Sentient Life. It took humans thousands of years to explore our own planet and centuries to comprehend planets in our own solar system. Now “Exoplanets”, or worlds orbiting stars other than our own sun, are discovered every day. Once hidden from knowledge, exoplanets are now being discovered in droves, stunning astronomers with their unique features and sheer numbers. The discoveries are so common that more and more don't even get reported outside scientific circles. Learn More A Trickle of Planet Discoveries Becomes a Flood Learn More Searching the Cosmos for Intelligent Life : 157 Searching the Cosmos for Intelligent Life Page 157 Scientific Research Suggests Extra-terrestrials Presentin Ancient Civilizations and Assisting Military. : Page 158 Scientific Research Suggests Extra-terrestrials Presentin Ancient Civilizations and Assisting Military. Scientific researchers suggest that civilization is older than commonly thought. They have assembled research and evidence that says planet Earth has supported many types of extra-terrestrial star-beings and colonies for over 500,000 years. Erich von Däniken, Zecharia Sitchin, Robert K.G. Temple, Steven Greer, Graham Hancock and David Icke have written numerous books and articles. Learn More Learn More What if it’s true? Learn about it yourself. Our government has been communicating with many types of extraterrestrials since the 1940’s, and the military has gained much advanced technology from them. Learn More Graham Hancock’s book “Fingerprints of the Gods” describes historical evidence of Man’s contact with star-beings in the past. Everyone Loves Star Wars, Star Trek and Avatar.What if the Science Fiction is True? : Page 159 Everyone Loves Star Wars, Star Trek and Avatar.What if the Science Fiction is True? Some say there is evidence of extra-terrestrial colonies on Earth for thousands of years, such as Arcturians, Pleiadeans, Lyrians, Reptoids, Greys, Sirians, Andromedans. History shows us huge gaps in technological development that we cannot explain. We see the sudden appearance of advanced astronomy and math that baffles scientists. (Egypt, Mayans, Africa, Sumeria, Inca) Could extraterrestrials have colonized Earth? What is the origin of ancient pantheons of star beings in many distant cultures? How do we explain early myths of giants? See book: ‘ET 101, The Cosmic Instruction Manual, Emergency Remedial Edition by Luppi Find Book See Video Avatar Neytiri An encounter with E.T. We love Spock. If E.T.’s Exist, Where are They? : 160 If E.T.’s Exist, Where are They? John A. Ball of Harvard Center for Astrophysics, and MIT Haystack Observatory proposes his “Zoo Hypothesis”. He suggests Earth may be a purposefully isolated area in the galaxy. Intelligent life forms do exist, he says, but they have chosen not to interfere with our development. “Maybe they’re watching us from a distance, or perhaps they’re bored by us all.” he says Learn More Read pdf Is the Earth isolated or off-limits to ET’s, like a Zoo? “Most evolutionists believe that (life), was generated long ago, but perhaps it never was. Perhaps the Earth was infected from elsewhere…” John A. Ball, Harvard Center for Astrophysics, MIT Haystack Observatory Page 160 Introducing the “Zoo Hypothesis” Who are the Pleiadeans?Is it TIME to Re-frame Our Assumptions about our Star Family? : Page 161 Who are the Pleiadeans?Is it TIME to Re-frame Our Assumptions about our Star Family? According to Wikipedia, Billy Meier, a Swiss contactee, has recorded hundreds of conversations with Pleiadean emissaries. He says Pleiadeans are humans like Earth people. Their home planet is Erra, with about 400,000 population, which they consider the ideal level for their planet. People of Erra are telepathic and use no telephones. Their average life span is 700 years. They have no disease, and maintain their health with their own awareness. They have no currency, and share resources with all people. They travel around the planet in a tube system. Their Beam ships travel billions of miles in hyperspace. The trip from Erra in Pleiades to Earth takes 7 hours. Pleiadeans are here to assist if requested, but will not interfere. Learn More What if it’s true? Learn about it yourself. Pleiadean Semjase Best-selling author, Barbara Marciniak, says she did not write her books, but was given the words to write by Pleiadeans. Learn More Arcturus, a Fifth Dimensional Civilization,is said to be a Prototype for Earth’s Future. : Page 162 Arcturus, a Fifth Dimensional Civilization,is said to be a Prototype for Earth’s Future. Miriam Delicado Edgar Cayce wrote that Arcturus is one of the most advanced civilizations in this galaxy. Arcturus is a star in the Bootes constellation, 36 light years from Earth. A fifth dimensional civilization, it is said to be a prototype of Earth's future. Arcturians are emotional and spiritual healers for humans. Arcturus is said to be an energy gateway through which humans pass between death and rebirth. It supposedly functions as a way station for non-physical awareness to become accustomed to physicality. ‘The Keys of Enoch’ describes it as the mid-way center used by the galaxy’s brotherhoods to govern colonies in this part of the galaxy. See ‘We the Arcturians’ by Norma Milanovich, or ‘Arcturian Songs of the Masters of the Light’ by Pereira. Find Book See Video Miriam Delicado, a Canadian contactee, tells of meetings with 'Tall Blond‘ extra-terrestrials. At their request she wrote a book 'Blue Star - Fulfilling Prophecy‘’ in which she recounts her experiences. The ‘Tall Blondes’ share their history of Man's creation and their role on Earth in the 'The End Times'. Find Book See Video What if it’s true? Learn about it yourself “It has come to my attention that TIME is suspect...” : Page 163 Albert Einstein “It has come to my attention that TIME is suspect...” Chapter 13: Lost Knowledge, Gaps, and Missing Links in Time. : . . This is amazing! I’d like to know more about our true history. Page 164 Chapter 13: Lost Knowledge, Gaps, and Missing Links in Time. . . . What are the Missing Links in Our Knowledge? : 165 “The falsification of history has done more to mislead humanity and impede development than any one thing known to mankind” Jean Jacques Rousseau 1712-1778 What are the Missing Links in Our Knowledge? Jean Jacques Rousseau 1712-1778 French Philosopher, Writer Learn More Page 165 How Did it Happen that Ancient Wisdom was Lost? : We often presume modern Western society to be the pinnacle of human evolution, unaware that some ancient cultures were more advanced in many ways. What happened? Page 166 The Great Year Cycle of 25,800 years is said to be the basis of the rise and fall of civilization on Earth. Golden Ages are defined as times when people are open minded and not controlled by fear. Dark Ages are times when people live in fear, and find security and comfort in the dark. Could this cycle be as natural as the seasons? The Wheel of Time is an infinite cycle of expansion and contraction, affecting our bodies, minds and the level of civilization. How Did it Happen that Ancient Wisdom was Lost? Wars have Destroyed Much Ancient Wisdom. : War destroys culture. As empires conquered to expand, they shared their ways with the vanquished, destroyed the old ways, and knowledge of previous generations was lost. For example, indigenous wisdom was wiped out by Western culture and remains virtually unknown. Page 167 Wars have Destroyed Much Ancient Wisdom. Ruling Groups Burned Books to Conceal the Truthand Re-wrote History. : 168 Much ancient wisdom of Egypt, Greece and India was destroyed by Roman and Muslim invaders. The murder of so-called Pagan scholars and several burnings of the Alexandria library by Romans in the 1st - 3rd centuries CE destroyed 40,000 of the oldest and rarest books of ancient history and knowledge. It was as if our entire civilization experienced self-inflicted amnesia at that point. History was re-formed to suit the new rulers. Ruling Groups Burned Books to Conceal the Truthand Re-wrote History. In 11th century India, Muslim invaders dismantled the public education system and burned all books on history and religion. Much knowledge was hidden in Sri Lanka, Burma, Tibet and China. In both East and West, some higher knowledge was retained for elite use. Learn More Page 168 How Did Science Become Separated from Wisdom? : 169 How Did Science Become Separated from Wisdom? Because the church controlled ALL knowledge. The Roman Catholic church denounced and destroyed all threatening ideas, separating scientific inquiry from wisdom. By condemning traditional beliefs as Pagan, Catholic leaders destroyed every idea, book or person not sanctioned by papal doctrine. The Church created two separate worlds: the sacred and the profane. Much wisdom and true science was lost. Example: Roman Catholic leaders edited the Bible in the 6th century to delete passages about reincarnation. Astrology study was declared occult and separated from Astronomy. In 1659 the Catholic Inquisition banned dowsing with a pendulum as a ‘Satanic activity’. Burning heretics and destroying any ideas not in line with doctrine, allowed the Church to destroy ancient wisdom and isolate true Science. Page 169 How Did Science Become Separated from Wisdom? The brutal suppression of Shamanism and higher states of awareness by the Roman Catholic church has gutted traditional wisdom worldwide. This delayed the re-discovery of natural, self healing methods, and human evolution. Slide 170: 170 Civilizations have been lost to Earth changes, floods, ice ages, volcanoes, galactic events and disease along with all their knowledge. We often don’t have complete information as records are destroyed, underwater or hidden. Throughout History Calamities HaveDestroyed Cultures and their Higher Knowledge. Actual underwater ruins of a templein the Caribbean Ocean. Over the history of the Earth, fossil records show us that there have been five major mass extinctions that affected all life forms, often referred to by paleontologists as “The Big Five”. Learn More Artist’s impression of a meteor hitting Earth. Page 170 We Accept Un-truths or Partial-Truths as Facts without Questioning. : 171 We’re very gullible. When lots of people believe something, we often assume it is true without questioning it. For centuries Europeans believed that the Earth was flat, even though all ancient Eastern cultures from Egypt and China to the Americas knew it to be a sphere that revolves around the Sun. Some people say that men are left-brained and women are poor drivers. Carrots are good for your eyes. The sky is blue. We could go on and on. What other assumptions do we make that we never thought to question? A Flat Earth. This 12th century German map shows the known world as Europe and the Mediterranean area. We Accept Un-truths or Partial-Truths as Facts without Questioning. Page 171 We are Easily Manipulated When We Fear the Unknown. : 172 People cling to rigid and limited beliefs out of fear. We sometimes share beliefs for centuries, afraid to even ask if they are true. For example, electricity was long feared and considered a satanic magical force because it could not be seen with the naked eye. We still don’t understand electricity, yet our modern lives now depend on it. If we ask ourselves what we fear, and look beyond this irrational barrier, we are sure to uncover some wonderful truths! We are Easily Manipulated When We Fear the Unknown. Fear of the unknown keeps us in the dark. For centuries people believed electricity was a Satanic force. Page 172 When Information is Disinformation, Then History is a Mystery. : 173 History From Greek Historia, “knowledge acquired by inquiry or in a narrative”. A story or tale. Mystery From Greek Mysteria, a secret initiation rite or "one who has been initiated”. A puzzling, unknown or strange event that is difficult to fully understand or explain. A secret. Information From Latin informare, “to shape into form, to train, instruct or educate”. From In "into" + forma "form." A communication or reception of knowledge or intelligence, generally accepted as true. Disinformation From Latin Dis – negative, mis-formed or mis-educated. False or misleading information is deliberately inserted into common knowledge by announcement or covertly leaked to the public, competitors or rival groups, inviting them to jump to conclusions instead of examining the details and motivation. Dis-information is difficult to recognize as it usually incorporates partial truths and common assumptions. When Information is Disinformation, Then History is a Mystery. Fools and tricksters in every age spread lies for profit to hide the truth. Page 173 Against all Odds, True Wisdom Just Keeps on Flowering. : Centuries of profound wisdom in the library of Alexandria was lost when Romans burned it to the ground in the 1st - 3rd centuries CE. The Dark Ages followed. A Renaissance of new ideas flourished from 1300 to 1600 AD, until it was cut short by the Catholic Inquisition. Heretics reformed, hid or died. Learn More The Age of Reason was born. Humans of great mental capacity reasoned in separate disciplines. Centuries pass as we are limited by our own rational left-brain thoughts. Goethe once said: “None are more hopelessly enslaved than those who falsely believe they are free.” Now is the TIME. As we discover our hearts, we integrate left-brain rational with right-brain insight. Knowledge has no borders, and Mankind’s destiny becomes multi-dimensional. 1. 2. 3. 4. Page 174 Against all Odds, True Wisdom Just Keeps on Flowering. Researchers say all Humans are One DNA Family, Originating in Africa about 200,000 Years Ago. : Page 175 Researchers say all Humans are One DNA Family, Originating in Africa about 200,000 Years Ago. In 1987 U. of C. researchers compared mitochondrial DNA of many diverse races. They concluded that they all descended from the same female ancestor 200,000 years ago in Africa. Learn More Between 195,000 and 123,000 years ago, humanity faced near-extinction due to cold, dry climate conditions that left most of Africa uninhabitable. Recent discoveries in anthropological geology reveal that everyone alive today is descended from a lucky group of people in a single costal region who survived this catastrophe. View Media Article in Scientific American Who is this sexy humanoid? All modern human DNA came from one woman in Africa c. 200,000 years ago. An African Stone Calendar Points to an Advanced Civilization 75,000 Years Ago. : South African explorer Johan Heine noticed large stone circles from an airplane. Scientists soon uncovered an ancient stone calendar c. 75,000 years old, the oldest known man-made structure. Learn More View pdf Adam’s Calendar in South Africa is located on the exact same 31° longitude as the Great Pyramid of Giza in Egypt. Adam’s Calendar belonged to a civilization that lived and mined gold in South Africa c.75,000 years ago. The stone circles of Adam’s calendar are aligned to the solstices and equinoxes. They reveal a culture that had knowledge of higher math, geometry and the golden ratio of 1.618. Pyramid of Giza Adam’s Calendar Page 176 An African Stone Calendar Points to an Advanced Civilization 75,000 Years Ago. How Did Life Begin on Earth? : Page 177 Mayan and Egyptian calendars show great reverence for the Pleiades constellation. Some say Pleiadeans had colonies on Earth, and have written the true history of civilization on this planet. Learn More How Did Life Begin on Earth? In debating this question, more blood has been shed than any other in human history. Why? Because the answer, could reveal the deepest meanings about ourselves and our reality. More importantly, it would raise humans to the level of enlightened beings and demolish forever the thorny tangle of misinformation and guilt that surrounds it. Is NOW the TIME to notice we’re all the same species and move beyond all this dispute about "my God versus your God" nonsense? Learn More Ancient texts from Sumerian, Babylonian, Hebrew and the Bible speak of Annunaki, Elohim and Yahweh as mighty gods from the sky. Who are these beings? How many translations, revisions and papal interpretations have altered the original texts and meaning? Learn More Sumerian stone carvings show winged beings using pine cone-shaped instruments to create DNA. Scholars Translate Sumerian Tablets that Point to Off-Planet Origins of Human DNA. : 178 Scholars Translate Sumerian Tablets that Point to Off-Planet Origins of Human DNA. All the great ancient texts from Mesopotamia to Egypt, India and the Americas are dominated by “Gods from the sky”. There is mounting evidence of ancient custodial rulers from the stars who controlled every aspect of human society from DNA combination called ‘Homo Sapiens’ to the disappearance of the Neanderthal. Learn More In 1976 Zecharia Sitchin, Sumerian scholar, published The Twelfth Planet, which offered compelling evidence to support the possibility that the Earth had been visited by ancient alien astronauts in its past. Sitchin based his conclusions on translations of stone tablets of Sumer, the sudden civilization that sprang up virtually overnight in the Tigris-Euphrates Valley of modern Iraq. Historians can’t begin to explain how Sumerians were transformed from Stone Age humanoids to extremely sophisticated city dwellers almost instantly around 5,000 years ago. The mystery is so deep and so profound, few historians attempt to deal with it. Watch video Find Book These Ancient Tablets describe the great flood. Page 178 The Creation of Adam and Eve, Fable or Truth? : 179 The story of Adam and Eve is considered a fable. Could it be partly true? In spite of multiple translations, it is still a story of genetic manipulation by off-planet beings who violate the rules of creation. Ancient Sumerian tablets echo many Bible passages that describe the Gods Yahweh and Elohim. Is there a common ground among Evolutionists, Intelligent Design Believers, religious, and non-religious people alike? Learn More Adam and Eve were the first man and woman created by God according to the Bible, the Torah and the Islamic Quran. The story describes creation, their temptation, the expulsion from Eden, and the peopling of the world outside the Garden of Eden. Learn More The Creation of Adam and Eve, Fable or Truth? Page 179 The Missing Link Enigma:How Do We Explain the Sudden Evolution of Man? : The Missing Link Enigma:How Do We Explain the Sudden Evolution of Man? Human fossil records show abrupt changes in DNA evolution, rather than gradual change over time. It is not easy to agree on which fossils belong to which species and experts disagree wildly, says Ellen Thomas, Wesleyan University research professor. Gaps in the Evolution of Man. The Missing Link Enigma comes from the fact that NO trace of Homo Sapiens DNA can be found before 80-100 thousand years ago. It is as if modern man just appeared from nowhere. Who are We, and Where did We come from? Learn More Page 180 Unexplained Skeletons of GiantsIndicate Huge Gaps in the Old Theories. : Unexplained Skeletons of GiantsIndicate Huge Gaps in the Old Theories. Discoveries of these skeletal remains of human giants, ranging from 8.5 feet to 36 feet tall, do not fit into our existing conceptual framework of the gradual evolution of Homo Sapiens. Learn More Page 181 Could human DNA be from Partly Off-Planet Origin? : 182 Many scientists agree that incomplete fossil records cannot account for the many unexplained gaps in the human evolution. Alien Origins, a fascinating DVD by Lloyd Pye suggests that that human DNA was in part developed by extra-terrestrial intervention. Could human DNA be from Partly Off-Planet Origin? Humanoid fossil DNA shows sudden and abrupt changes that cannot be explained by Darwin evolution theories. Read Review Find DVD Page 182 Slide 183: Page 183 Wow! This is way bigger than I can grasp. How can we find some answers? "To destroy an undesirable rate of mental vibration, concentrate upon the opposite pole to that which you desire to suppress.” The Kybalion, Hermetic Texts Chapter 14: What does Religion and Modern Spiritual Leaders Say? : 184 Chapter 14: What does Religion and Modern Spiritual Leaders Say? Page 184 Deepak Chopra says: : "If you and I are having a single thought of violence or hatred against anyone in the world at this moment, we are contributing to the wounding of the world." Meditate on this… Page 185 Deepak Chopra says: “Many traditions refer to a great transformation in the world. What is most interesting to me is not what may or may not happen in the external world, but rather the changes within our consciousness that are available to us right now. It is the radical choices for transformation we can make in our life now, individually and collectively that will determine what kind of future we will experience. You can create your own splendid transformation right here and now”. Learn More “Focus on Transforming OurselvesAnd We Won’t Need to Worry about What Will Happen in the Future.” What Does the Bible Say About Our Current TIME? : Page 186 What Does the Bible Say About Our Current TIME? ‘The Bible Code II’ by Michael Drosnin foretells every major event in human history. It reveals an unsettling message about 2012. Intersecting the word “Comet” are the words “Earth annihilated”. More important, a second message also appears: “It will be crumbled; driven out”, “I will tear it to pieces.” But in the second scenario it is not Earth which is crumbled and torn to pieces, but the threat itself. Read More Interestingly, a haunting third phrase appears: “Will you change it?” The Bible Code appears to offer various potential futures which exist concurrently, a theory proposed by quantum physics: We can choose. The Bible Code gives further validation that humankind has arrived at a point in our evolution where we must consciously choose our future. The Bible Code’s message is that we can save ourselves. In the end, what we do determines the outcome. Drosnin concludes: “the Bible Code is more than a warning. It may be the information we need to prevent the predicted disaster”. The message of the Bible Code is that we can save ourselves. What we do determines the outcome. The Bible Speaks of a ‘Reaping’ of the Earth. : Bible excerpt from Revelation 14:15-16: 15: “And another angel came out of the temple, crying with a loud voice to Him who sat on the cloud, “Thrust in Your sickle and reap, for the time has come for You to reap, for the harvest of the earth is ripe.” 16: So He who sat on the cloud thrust in His sickle on the earth, and the earth was reaped.“ Read Passage The Bible Speaks of a ‘Reaping’ of the Earth. This passage echoes “The Law of One”, book that speaks of a ‘Harvest’ every 25,000 years. Learn More Page 187 The Book of Enoch Speaks of a Past Civilization : “The Book of Enoch”, a precursor to the Bible, was said to be written by Noah’s great grandfather, Enoch. Found intact in the Dead Sea Scrolls, it describes a wondrous civilization in the distant past that misused the keys of higher knowledge and as a result could not save itself from cataclysm. Enoch promises a return of this knowledge at the ‘End of time’. The Book of Enoch Speaks of a Past Civilization that misused higher knowledge and ended in cataclysm. This suggests that “Regular cataclysmic changes act as an evolutionary agent provocateur to quicken the resident life forms into the next evolutionary phase’.” No More Secrets, No More Lies, by Patricia Cori Find Book Find Book of Enoch “The Book of Enoch” is a precursor to the Bible Page 188 Will Catastrophe Bring Mankind to it’s Full Senses? : “The only thing that can possibly save humanity is for God to rise up within the human Soul in the midst of great catastrophe.” Lewis Mumford, “The Myth of the Machine,Vol 4: The Pentagon of Power” With elegant clarity, Mumford makes plain the death urge that has always underlain civilization, which he calls "the mega-machine.” It is a complex social organization designed not around any organic human needs, but around the "needs" of the machines and the structures that have come to characterize and control our lives. Find Book Will Catastrophe Bring Mankind to it’s Full Senses? Lewis Mumford, The Pentagon of Power Page 189 Humanity Miraculously Averts Disaster : By integrating our Higher Self with the Divine to align with the universal energy field, we will bring forth the knowledge of the true science of Life, enabling us to make a quantum leap in our consciousness. Humanity Miraculously Averts Disaster “Somehow we move beyond rational intellect to discover the power of our own free will.” The Keys of Enoch, By Dr. J.J. Hurtak, scholar, comparative religionist Find Book The Keys of Enoch suggests that we must unite the scientific and spiritual realms in order to solve the problems of Earth. Its ultimate purpose is to advance humanity so that we are prepared to make a quantum shift that will move both us and Earth into the next phase of our evolution.” Page 190 World Religious Trends: A Rise in Personal Spiritualism. : Religion is on the rise. There is a global increase in general spiritual practices. There is a global tendency for believers to choose intensity, preferring the ‘hot‘ rather than ‘cool’ versions of their faith. Ritual and inspirational practices are up. Personal spiritualism is growing in decentralized experiential practices. 72% of young adults and a majority of Christians in the USA say they are ‘more spiritual than religious’ and do not go to church. Shamanism is on the rise, as a ‘personal path of direct revelation’. That requires no outside intermediaries, or beliefs. It provides powerful tools to help one use the unseen world for insight and healing. Attendance is down in traditional religions, which have suffered in the economic recession. The Pope laments that millions are losing their faith, as church attendance down, and people say organized religion is not relevant to their lives. Learn More Read Article Page 191 World Religious Trends: A Rise in Personal Spiritualism. Religion is on the Rise in the World More people are finding personal decentralized spiritual practices. Is NOW the TIME us to find our direct personal connection with the Universal Oneness, or God? Vatican Astronomer Says Alien Life Forms Could Exist. : Vatican Astronomer Says Alien Life Forms Could Exist. Rev. José Gabriel Funes, Vatican chief astronomer and Vatican Observatory director says there is no conflict between believing in God and in the possibility of our "extra-terrestrial brothers.” He believes the possibility of life on other planets exists, and that extra-terrestrials may even be free of Original Sin. Funes says the existence of intelligent extra-terrestrials does not contradict church teachings, and that ruling out the existence of aliens would be “putting limits" on God's creative freedom. Learn More Wikipedia Extraterrestrial José Gabriel Funes Page 192 Slide 193: 193 The religion of the future will be a cosmic religion. It should transcend personal God and avoid dogma and theology, based on the experience of all things natural and spiritual as a meaningful unity.” Albert Einstein Chapter 15: Multi-Dimensional Reality and the Illusion of TIME in 3-D : 194 Chapter 15: Multi-Dimensional Reality and the Illusion of TIME in 3-D Page 194 Quantum Physics says: TIME Exists Only in 3-D. : 195 Quantum Physics says: TIME Exists Only in 3-D. There are other regions or dimensions where all of TIME is simultaneous TIME is a construct. It is a concept that appears to be a real experience in the 3-D world. There are other dimensions and/or states of being where All of Time is Simultaneous. When we begin to release our limited mental framework and access other states of being, we can understand the unity of all of time. How will we integrate these new scientific realities into our daily lives? Past Present and Future exist in our 3-D world. But in other dimensions or realities, these rules do not apply. Quantum Physics says that Reality is Flexible. There are alternate realities that we do not see. : Page 196 Quantum Physics says that Reality is Flexible. There are alternate realities that we do not see. “There are parallel regions of creation. But in the denser dimensions such as 3-D, the choice has already been made. This idea will leave many of us uncomfortable, as it seems to remove the element of choice in our lives.” Learn More From Punk Science, Inside the Mind of God by Dr. Manjir Samanta-Laughton According to many string theory physicists, reality is flexible and multiple realities do exist. What we observe in the 3-D world is simply energy that is projected or collapsed into a dense form detectable by our 5 senses. A wormhole is a corridor to alternate realities. “Pleiadean Perspectives on Our Past, Present and Future” A Recommended YouTube Video : “Pleiadean Perspectives on Our Past, Present and Future” A Recommended YouTube Video Watch Video Pleiadeans offer us a fascinating and bold perspective on our purpose on Earth. Two recommended books: "Bringers of the Dawn” and “Earth: Pleiadean Keys to the Living Library” by Barbara Marciniak. Find Books TIME in Multi-Dimensional Reality – YouTube Video Page 197 Is Anti-matter the Source of All Matter? Introducing the BHP - Black Hole Principle. : “The BHP, or Black Hole Principle, shows us that the sea of infinite choice that is glimpsed in quantum physics, is actually a region of reality that exists out of space and time. In fact the BHP is finally in a position to answer questions about free will and destiny. According to the BHP, our lives have already happened in the negative timeline region, and are simply following a pattern shaped by the antimatter region.” From Punk Science, Inside the Mind of God Dr. Manjir Samanta-Laughton A Black Hole Vortex. Page 198 Is Anti-matter the Source of All Matter? Introducing the BHP - Black Hole Principle. “New research shows that black holes are not the ultimate destroyers often portrayed in popular culture. Instead, warm gas escaping from the enormous black holes could be one source of the chemical elements that make life possible.” Learn More Harvard-Smithsonian Center for Astrophysics A Black Hole Vortex. Is TIME Accelerating in a Fast-Paced Global Community? : Are we moving to a point when TIME collapses into one moment? We’ve all had moments when TIME seems to take forever. And other moments whiz by in an instant. Quantum physicists tell us that TIME is indeed flexible, and there are other regions or dimensions where all of TIME, past present and future is simultaneous. How does this affect our lives? Accelerated Time Means What Goes Around Comes Around FASTER. Page 199 Is TIME Accelerating in a Fast-Paced Global Community? Computers are changing our experience of time and reality. Our online community encompasses the globe, and brings acceleration in every area: electronics, health, scientific research, travel, new energy sources…. The Seven Dimensions or “Levels of Vibration”. : . The Seven Dimensions or “Levels of Vibration”. Your vibration level is the plane of existence or dimension you choose to live in. The levels or dimensions are much like musical octaves. Existence begins in the 1st dimension, the level of atoms, molecules and rocks. Higher levels of vibration have more consciousness. The 7 Levels of Vibration, or Dimensions 7-D - Oneness, Pure Light, Pure energy, Non physical, Exists as Webs of light, Plasma, Spirals, Vortices, free of TIME & SPACE. 6-D - Ascended Masters, Body-optional, Immersed in Oneness, Telepathic, Love, Abundance, Higher Geometry. 5-D - Physical beings in Constant Awareness of Oneness, Mind can create miracles, Joy, Discernment, No pain, fear, or judgment. Perfect memory, Free of TIME & space. 4-D - Physical Body as guides, and some humans, Aware of Astral planes, Power, Telepathy Trust, Emotional, Illusion, Friction of Dark vs. Light. No Pain or Fear. 3-D - Most humans, Physical body, Language, Experience of duality, right & wrong, illusion of Separation, Words, concepts, Experience time & space, 3-D is controllable by fear and pain. 2-D - Plants & Animals, Bio-genetic physical life forms with genes and molecules, no illusion of separation from Oneness. 1-D Atoms, Molecules, Rocks, Slowest vibration, Simple structures, less consciousness, no separation from Oneness. We are here! Most humans live in 3-D, where we may feel fear and separation. But we can raise our vibration level to higher dimensions. When we sleep, and when our awareness is in unity with higher Oneness, Whoosh! – we’re living in 4-D!Learn More More Info Page 200 Is our 3-D world just one inch thick? Who Lives in 4-D and 5-D? : Page 201 Who Lives in 4-D and 5-D? Two Arcturians Learn More 4-D humans are those ascended masters who have moved beyond the veil to live among us in full awareness with no fear or duality. They come from every culture, era, sex and level of society. Some are famous, and most are totally unknown. (Above: Pythagoras, Da Vinci, Jesus of Nazareth, Swami Nityananda, Sri Yukteswar, St. Teresa of Avila, Swami Rudrananda, Lao Tzu, St. Francis of Assisi.) Learn More View Video 5-D humans are from off-planet origins. They are said to communicate with telepathy and can move through the dimensions, free of time and space. These humans are harmonious, loving, intuitive and healthy, with the ability to transform thought intentions into physical matter. Asket is Pleiadean Learn More Semjase is Pleiadean Learn More Living in 4th Dimension Living in 5th Dimension Is 2012 to be a Hyper-Dimensional Shift on Earth? : Anthony Kane, a black American relative of Dr. Martin Luther King Jr. and reported contactee of an apparent extraterrestrial, hyper-dimensional governance called the “Council of Twelve,” has predicted developments concerning a dimensional shift which Earth and human consciousness is now undergoing in relation to 2012. Learn More The “Council of Twelve” said humans with a consciousness anchored in fear will remain in the 3-D Earth. Those who are experiencing a “conscious awakening” and putting an effort into being conscious of the shift will migrate into the new fifth dimensional Earth. Is 2012 to be a Hyper-Dimensional Shift on Earth? The “Council of Twelve” stated that between the dates December 12, 2012 and December 21, 2012, the planet Earth will split dimensionally into two separate Earths, each of which has different dimensional frequencies, in a process analogous to the way a single cell can split into two cells. Anthony Kane A hyper-dimensional separation into two Earths? 3-D and 5-D? Page 202 For Those Who Prefer Not to Think,We Offer a Parallel Universe Here: : 203 For Those Who Prefer Not to Think,We Offer a Parallel Universe Here: Page 203 Those Who are Easily Manipulated, Can Enjoy Tempting ‘Holographic Inserts’ (Fake reality that is not your own) : 204 Those Who are Easily Manipulated, Can Enjoy Tempting ‘Holographic Inserts’ (Fake reality that is not your own) It looks, tastes, smells and sounds real. It elicits a strong emotional response. It feels weird in your stomach. 4. Its motive is to instill fear or to control. 5. A dowsing rod can tell if it’s a fake. Baby, I want you… Page 204 How to Recognize a Holographic Insert: Slide 205: Wow! If all this is true, it’s going to be a lot of fun! Page 205 "As above, so below. As below, so above. The same pattern is expressed on all planes of existence from the smallest electron to the largest star and vice versa. All is One.” The Kybalion - Hermetic Texts. Chapter 16: Mystics and Channels Speak about our TIMES. : Page 206 Chapter 16: Mystics and Channels Speak about our TIMES. When searching for the Truth, it is important to listen to ALL sides with an open mind. While psychic sources are often confusing and unreliable, sometimes they contain Truth with a Capital ‘T’. In these cases, it may be due to our limited perspective that they seem a bit strange. When ALL the mystics agree, and when it resounds true in our bones, it is well worth hearing. Mystics and channels are those people who sometimes see through the veils of illusion. Dumbledore Speaks. : He’s still alive! “Soon we must all face the choice between what is right and what is easy…” Dumbledore Speaks. Albus Dumbledore, Headmaster, Hogwarts School of Witchcraft and Wizardry Page 207 “Soon there will be a great change to your world”.. : Page 208 “Soon there will be a great change to your world”.. “The material reality that surrounds you is beginning to crack apart, and with it all of your illusions. The global capitalist system that is currently devouring your planetary resources will soon self-destruct, leaving many of you bereft. But understand the nature of paradox: For those who follow my words and open their hearts and their minds--for those who have "ears to hear"--there is no problem whatsoever. What is false must die so what is true can be born. You are, right now, living at the time of revelation, Apocalypse, and the fulfillment of prophecy. Let there be no doubt. You stand at the edge of the Abyss. The word "Apocalypse" means "uncovering"--and in these last clock ticks of this world age, all must be revealed, uncovered, so that all can be known. You have just a few years yet remaining to prepare the vehicle for your higher self. Use them preciously. Read the full message From: 2012: The Return of Quetzalcoatl, Channeled by Daniel Pinchbeck “The Materiality of Your Universe is a Solid-state Illusion.” : The materiality of your universe is a solid-state illusion. What is this universe? It is a poem that writes itself. It is a song that sings itself into being. This universe has no origin and no end. Those who have expended their lives in the pursuit of egocentric and material gains--without courage or originality, without fighting for human freedom or the preservation of the planetary environment--will also receive the rewards that they deserve. This universe spontaneously self-organizes into higher levels of consciousness and wisdom. From: 2012: The Return of Quetzalcoatl, Channeled by Daniel Pinchbeck Read the full message Page 209 “The Materiality of Your Universe is a Solid-state Illusion.” "The Veil Between the Worlds is Thinning” We can no longer pretend to be normal. : Page 210 "The Veil Between the Worlds is Thinning” We can no longer pretend to be normal. "Between 1987 and 2012, the destructive impact of humanity peaks, so it can resurrect. Will humankind awaken in time to claim its bright inheritance, or repeat the mistakes of the past and vanish in the muck? Life is so much more than we've been told. Even in a time of great deceit, deep force lies buries in the soul of the species, aching to come out. You get the world to change by changing yourself, and holding that position until underground force building in collective consciousness gains critical mass to catalyze world change. Crisis breaks through the drugged state that passes for normalcy. It cracks you into a raw enough state to pry loose and re-pattern. Read More From: “2012, Crossing the Bridge to the Future” By Mark Borax and Ellias Lonsdale We have to awaken ourselves to awaken our world. We Are All One. : “Perhaps the single most basic realization to make is that we live in a loving Universe, and that the Universe is One Being.” David Wilcock, Scientist and channel Learn More See Video Los Angeles Skyline in 2010 Page 211 We Are All One. What does the ‘Law of One’ Say about 2012? : Page 212 What does the ‘Law of One’ Say about 2012? The Law of One series makes it very clear that the following will occur 2011-2013: All earth changes ("inconveniences") will cease after 2012; The photon (which is the builder of all life, matter and energy) will shift to a whole new vibrational frequency (the green-ray) in 2012 - hence life, matter and energy will profoundly change as well; * the earth will be a ‘fourth-density positive planet’ after 2012. Fourth-density life is "electrically incompatible" with third-density life; Fourth-density entities are segregated from third-density entities because they cannot cloak themselves otherwise for their own protection; Negative entities (like the negative elite) are segregated from fourth-density positive planets, enforced by strict quarantine protocols - hence no more Enron scandals, wars, etc. The earth will make an approximately 22-degree realignment on its axis when it shifts to fourth-density; and An event we now call "Ascension" and Ra called "Harvest" will occur at this time. Learn More Learn More “There’s only one of us” David Wilcock www.Divinecosmos.com Summarized by Metaphysical Scientist, David Wilcock. For more information see: Management Notice: Prepare for Transfiguration Click Here “Ultimately you must trust your own instincts.”David Wilcock : Page 213 “Ultimately you must trust your own instincts.”David Wilcock “There is an amazing amount of intelligence from the secret projects that shows they are VERY aware of what is going on with 2012. They don't understand it, they don't know exactly what it will do, but they are keenly aware that something very big is going to happen. There is a very powerful event that happens in 2012 that they all know about, and any time after that date is subject to the perceptions of the observer. Up until then it's all relatively fixed. In this Ascension/Harvest, you assimilate the wisdom of ALL your incarnations on earth and distill yourself down to a pure vibration. This is major, epic stuff and by no means constitutes business as usual. Ultimately you must trust your own instincts.” Learn More For more Information see: Management Notice: Prepare for Transfiguration Learn More www.Divinecosmos.com According to the Law of One, Mankind has experienced three 25,000 year cycles on Earth. We are at the end of the third cycle. How to Transform Darkness into Light. : Page 214 How to Transform Darkness into Light. This law is also a one-directional law; therefore, it is the key. Since higher vibrations only consume and change the lower vibrations, it is not possible to reverse the effects of this law. Lower forces, consumed by negativity, cannot apply this law to lower the frequencies of higher vibrations, for its effects cannot be reversed. It is the law.” Learn More The Law of Perpetual Transmutation of Energy. “…All persons have the power within them to change all conditions in their lives, just by understanding how to use one Universal Law. Since higher vibrations consume and transform lower ones, each person can become an alchemist of the heart, if he or she chooses. Forgive the Darkness in Yourself and Others to Dissolve it Forever! One uses this law by forgiving others, loving others, seeing in others the differences as well as the similarities, and applying higher frequencies to situations in life that are considered to be discordant.” This Law is the KEY to Dissolve Darkness into Light. This Law works with the WILL. It works only when one CHOOSES to transform the darkness into Light and when one has a desire to change surrounding conditions into a higher form of existence. from “The Light Shall Set You Free” p. 216 by Milanovich. “The Heart is the Doorway to Higher Dimensions” : “Our star system is a system of 5th dimensional Ascended Beings that understand the Divinity within. They understand the power of the mind to create; and they understood the harm created when the mind was filled with impurities. When, through discipline, the mind was focused on the purity of creative expression , we moved into the Ascended state. We understood we could ignite the Light of the Divine Being within, to dissolve the molecular structure of solid form into Light. This we did eons of time ago. This is the challenge for beings upon this plane in this point of your linear time. Read Full Message “The consciousness is so elastic and is governed by the Divine Intelligence that resides within. And so it is where you move your consciousness, it is your intention, your focus of what you wish to achieve, of where you wish to go. For it has the power of your thought, your focus, your intention, to send it winging across time and space. Page 215 “The Heart is the Doorway to Higher Dimensions” A message from the Arcturian Star System, by Jasmuheen. Learn More “You are in essence, multi-dimensional beings. The key to the doorways of the higher realms is simply the desire within the heart.” The Secret History of the World and How to Get Out Alive. : The Secret History of the World and How to Get Out Alive. When we realize that reality is stranger than fiction, we find ourselves in a precarious world of half truths, conspiracy theorists and arrogant historians telling us what to think. If you’re ready to move beyond the twisted reasoning, and outright fabrication of human history, you’ll need this book.The Secret History of the World offers an action packed 800+ pages of humorous and insightful research into human history that has been shielded by the rulers of Religions and Governments since time immemorial. Laura Knight-Jadczyk, brilliant channel and researcher, takes us down the rabbit hole. Explore the bumpy twists and turns of the past in this amazing tour-de-force of truth which blasts through the muddy waters of modern historical pseudo-science. Website Buy or Download Book View Video A Book By Laura Knight-Jadczyk Page 216 This Period in TIME Can be Summed Up With a Question: : “Will WE reclaim our power and reverse the current course toward planetary destruction? On an individual level: Will YOU reclaim YOUR power, and take responsibility for creating a peaceful and sustainable world?” Emily Trinkaus Page 217 This Period in TIME Can be Summed Up With a Question: Slide 218: The Cat's Eye Nebula is c. 3300 light-years from Earth in the Draco constellation So if the universe is so beautiful and loving, why is everything so messed up here on Earth? Page 218 Chapter 17: Now is the TIME to Acknowledge What We Prefer Not to See. : Page 219 Chapter 17: Now is the TIME to Acknowledge What We Prefer Not to See. We Are Tinkering With Time Bombs. : Page 220 We Are Tinkering With Time Bombs. HAARP was originally a Tesla invention. In the 1980’s MIT physics professor Dr. Bernard Eastlund proposed the beaming of large amounts of high-frequency radio waves into the ionosphere. Once energized, this can be used to create weather, disable incoming missiles and knock out enemy communications. Learn More HAARP stands for “High Frequency Active Auroral Research Program” The USA HAARP site is in Alaska. HAARP is said to be used now for creating storms and earthquakes, blocking enemy electronics, and controlling human behavior. It is said that Russia, China, England and France have similar installations, called Scalar Weapons. These ionosphere heaters around the world have raised concern, but military scientists say fears are unfounded. Learn More More Information “The Matters at Hand on Earth are Serious.” : Page 221 “The Matters at Hand on Earth are Serious.” Excerpts from: Connecting with the Arcturians by channel David K. Miller pp.71 - 73 The HAARP Project. “The matters at hand on Earth are serious, concerning weather patterns, electromagnetic fields, and the HAARP project. This is one of many factors that create planetary problems. It certainly is not good timing for the HAARP project to be playing with this energy at this time. The HAARP project will create permanent holes in the ionosphere and in the electromagnetic grids surrounding the planet.” “The destructive effects of the HAARP project will accelerate many Earth changes, and especially promote unstable and violent planetary weather patterns. We can provide a ‘curtain’ energy that temporarily supports the Earth energy field systems, and counteracts the disintegration of these fields. But we cannot provide a permanent reintegration of the planetary energy fields.” Learn More View Video “Holes in Heaven” Nuclear Testing has Increased Earth Instability. : Page 222 Nuclear Testing has Increased Earth Instability. From 1945 to 1998, there were 2,050 Nuclear bomb tests, 528 Atmospheric, 1522 Underground. Unreported nuclear accidents in power plants and military incidents have added to widespread radiation on Earth and damage to the ozone layer. Learn More Ozone Hole over Antarctica1979 - 2000 Comparison Nuclear Testing affects the Ozone Layer Learn More Excerpt from Connecting with the Arcturians by David K. Miller p71 – 73 “A great deal of negative energy has been implanted in the Earth, especially because of nuclear testing. We believe that nuclear testing, more than anything else, has seriously affected your ozone layer, and a form of pressure has developed from the radiation due to nuclear testing, and radiation releases from power plants. Certain energy waves produced by the radiation strike the ozone layer, creating an energy force that holds back other rays. The balance has been disrupted, allowing for an incongruity in pressures to occur, which has contributed to the holes in the ozone layer.” “Electromagnetic Rays Weaken The Body Immune Systems.” : Excerpt from: Connecting with the Arcturians by channel David K. Miller pp.72 – 75 Page 223 “Electromagnetic Rays Weaken The Body Immune Systems.” The Earth is feeling massive change due to radiation. These changes cause subtle shifts in our body’s electro-magnetic balance. We see human health issues and mass-extinctions of plants, animals and insects. “We know that being on the Earth is very dense, and we know that there are many molecular problems. The reason some of you are having so many health problems is that there is an ongoing molecular shift on the whole Earth. Part of it is from the toxic pollution that you know about. The other part is due to an actual shift of energy in molecular structure. “The Earth’s crust is extremely active. “Your ability to focus and stay on task is greatly affected by the weather. The overall energy of the Earth is becoming more and more difficult to handle. The gravitational forces on the planet are shifting as the electromagnetic energies of the planet are being realigned. This is causing subtle shifts in your body mechanisms on the planet. You will find that there will be more body problems unless you find a way to sensitize yourselves to the shifts, and successfully work with the energy.” “We Need to Tolerate New Electro-magnetic Energies.” : Excerpt from: Connecting with the Arcturians by channel David K. Miller pp.72 – 75 Page 224 “We Need to Tolerate New Electro-magnetic Energies.” Earth's Magnetic Shield is weakening. (Shown in blue) This increases chances of space weather and polar shifts. Learn More More Information “This new rate of ultraviolet energy will cause random acts of insanity and mental imbalance in those who are unprepared. The radiation coming in through the holes in the ozone layer also will affect your genetic codes, and some of the keys that have been encoded in you. It is important that you become aware of your genetic structure and codes. When you become weakened by radiation, the codes can become altered or permanently damaged. All these changes are making you more vulnerable to lapses in your personal energy field.“ “You must be careful of your exposure to the sun’s rays. Many light workers are preparing to alter your DNA codes so that you can tolerate more of the incoming electromagnetic energy. This will be a good test for your own self-development, as you will need to adapt yourself to this energy. In your meditations, work on allowing your bodies to change to accommodate the new electro-magnetic ultraviolet energy coming in from your sun.” Big Toys for Big Boys: Making Chaos in the Fabric of Time. : The Philadelphia Experiment created a warp in time to make a ship disappear. Page 225 Big Toys for Big Boys: Making Chaos in the Fabric of Time. Since the late 1930's the U.S. Government has been testing time travel and invisibility, using Tesla inventions and Einstein theories. The Philadelphia Experiment planned to use powerful generators to produce electromagnetic fields and “warp” radar waves, making a ship invisible to radar. In 1943 the Navy ship U.S.S. Eldridge in Philadelphia was made ‘invisible’ with the crew on board. When it was activated, the ship allegedly disappeared, only to reappear in Norfolk Virginia 40 years later, in 1983, as witnessed by a civilian ship crew. But when the U.S.S. Eldridge returned to Philadelphia, some sailors were missing, and many were literally melted into the metal hull of the ship. Those few that survived were delusional. Many were placed in asylums and the whole event was hushed. Learn More We now have the technology to create a ‘Time Tunnel’ to reach any point in time and space. Area 51: An R&D Site for Extra-terrestrial Technologies? : Page 226 Area 51: An R&D Site for Extra-terrestrial Technologies? Area 51 is a top-secret base near Las Vegas, NV, said to be used for testing of high-tech nuclear weapons prototypes. Eye-witnesses and former workers say the DARC, or Defense Advanced Research Centre, was built in the early 1980’s. It now has 10 stories underground, employs about 1900 persons, and is the control center for 'Foreign Artifacts', or alien items, experimental nuclear weaponry, research into crashed or recovered alien technology, back-engineering, and the analysis of Extraterrestrial Biological Entities (EBEs). Several thousand workers commute to Area 51 daily in unmarked jet shuttles from a private terminal at McCarran International Airport in Las Vegas. Learn More View Website About Dr. Dan Burisch Area 51 is said to have 10 stories of underground tunnels used for R&D in extra-terrestrial technologies Top Secret Projects Test the Limits of 3-D Time-Space. : The Montauk ‘Time Tunnel’ is said to allow military researchers to time travel anywhere in time and space: past, present, or future. Page 227 Top Secret Projects Test the Limits of 3-D Time-Space. It is said that the Montauk Project was a privately funded defense department project based in Montauk, NY to conduct research in manipulating time and human thought. Advanced quantum technology was applied to enhance psychic abilities and to build a porthole in time. Working in the 1960’s researchers created a stable ‘Time Tunnel’ allowing them to travel anywhere in space or time, past present or future. Learn More Montauk researchers conducted mind control experiments with homeless boys, who underwent physical and mental torture. Many supposedly died and were buried there. The Montauk project invented thought-control implants using music and subliminal messages that we experience today. Strangely, Montauk researchers could not find a tangible future beyond 2012. There is an abrupt wall at that point, with nothing on the other side. Those who are psychic find that at 2012 there is a barrier beyond which they cannot pass. However, a working time vortex was found into the distant future, and some researchers have already exited the current time dimension, bypassing 2012. Montauk’s bases are believed to have closed in 1983 because of insanity, missing and duplicate persons, entanglements in time loops, duplicate realities, risk of collapse in current 3-D time-space, and invasions of dark forces into the labs from hyperspace. Learn More The Secret Looking Glass Project:“Multiple Timelines and No Clear Future Past 2012.” : The Secret Looking Glass Project:“Multiple Timelines and No Clear Future Past 2012.” There seem to be multiple future timelines for Earth, which can be influenced by events in the past, present and future. Military sources familiar with remote viewing say that 2012 appears to be an virtual wall that no one can see beyond. What the viewer sees is influenced by the viewer’s point of view. 2012 appears to be an energy field which is largely dependent upon our choice. Project Looking Glass demonstrated that the person viewing the future actually determines or CREATES the future by what they EXPECT to see. Learn More The Looking Glass Project is a secret military project using Extraterrestrial technology to open a portal for time travel. It has the capacity to bend time/space so that events in the past and future can be viewed and interacted with. This device was tested for communication and transportation from the 1980’s until 2004. It was supposedly dismantled for safety reasons because of delicate energetic conditions in the current time period on Earth, space and the galactic plane. Learn More How we look at the future DETERMINES the outcome. Page 228 “You Cannot Stop the Karma That Now is Unfolding.” : “You cannot stop the karma that now is unfolding. You do not want to stop it, nor do we. We only want to hold and sustain the 3rd dimensional Earth as long as it is possible without providing an interference. It is going to reach a point where there will be a collapse of the energy fields around the Earth. We are not saying this to frighten you. The energy fields around the Earth are going to collapse, resulting in a polar axis shift. This is going to occur sometime between now and the year 2012. We have heard your descriptions of the photon belt creating periods of darkness. It is the combination of events that we have described that will lead to the temporary blackout.” Page 229 “You Cannot Stop the Karma That Now is Unfolding.” How do we face what we don’t want to see? Excerpts are from: Connecting with the Arcturians by channel David K. Miller pp.73– 75 Earth is Experiencing a Molecular Shift into Higher Vibrations. : Page 230 Earth is Experiencing a Molecular Shift into Higher Vibrations. “The planet Earth, Gaia as you call it, knows that it is experiencing a movement into the next dimension. Gaia knows that there is a need for a molecular shift in all the energy fields in and on the whole planet, and it is causing some disturbances in the energy fields of those who are not able to integrate the higher vibrations. We can help you to adjust these shifts when you call upon us. Know that you can be in contact with us at any time.” Excerpt from: Connecting with the Arcturians by channel David K. Miller. President Eisenhower’s Great Grand-daughterBlows Whistle on Secret Mars Recruitment Project. : President Eisenhower’s Great Grand-daughterBlows Whistle on Secret Mars Recruitment Project. Ki’ Lia, a Stanford-educated artist, futurist and colleague of Ms. Eisenhower, has provided a corroborating first hand witness account of her and Ms. Eisenhower’s attempted recruitment into a secret human survival colony on Mars, available at Ki Lia’s website. The alleged purpose of the secret Mars colony was to provide a survival civilization for the human race on Earth in the event of a planned (such as HAARP or bio-weapon induced) or natural cataclysm (such as by solar flares) that might depopulate the Earth. Ms. Eisenhower and Ki’ Lia join other whistle blowers to disclose secret technologies and covert extraterrestrial operations of U.S. military and corporate entities. In a public statement in February 2010, Laura Magdalene Eisenhower, great-granddaughter of former President Dwight David Eisenhower, has exposed her attempted recruitment from April 2006 through January 2007 by a secret Mars colony project. Learn More Ms. Eisenhower reported targeting by time travel surveillance and manipulation by trained intelligence agents of a Mars colony project are documented in a radio interview and an extensive written statement at Ms. Eisenhower’s website here: View Website Laura Magdalene Eisenhower Page 231 Slide 232: Hmm… I’m feeling something creepy in the pit of my stomach. Looking at the dark side of Earth. Page 232 Chapter 18:We Can Conquer Fear. : Page 233 Chapter 18:We Can Conquer Fear. "I learned that courage was not the absence of fear, but the triumph over it. The brave man is not he who does not feel afraid, but he who conquers that fear." Nelson Mandela True Risk is a Catalyst for Quantum Growth. : Page 234 True Risk is a Catalyst for Quantum Growth. “True risk is that sudden leap into cold water, that can carry you into a state of grace. Coincidences, synchronicity, chance, karmic charm…” “A positive force intervenes to cover your back. Things click. It makes sense, because true risk is the only thing that forces spiritual and emotional growth so immediately, so dramatically.” Sting Step off and fly! Come to the Edge. A Window of Opportunity. How Can We See Beyond the Illusion of TIME? : Page 235 How Can We See Beyond the Illusion of TIME? In the movie “A Beautiful Mind” Russell Crowe is trapped in his own self-created illusory world. Wow! What’s happening? To see beyond this limited reality, we must learn to manage our thoughts and emotions. They are the language that programs our universe, and WE are the creators. We create all that we experience, from the inside out. We literally ‘transmit’ our own reality. Learn More When we outgrow this reality, we have just outgrown this particular box. I don’t want to be a Fairy Tale. Can we wake up now? Yes we can! Our Collective Thoughts Are Powerful. A Tug of War. Which vibration is winning? Fear or Love? : . Page 236 Our Collective Thoughts Are Powerful. A Tug of War. Which vibration is winning? Fear or Love? We are ONE. Yes we can! Ready for Love today! Nice day! Calm & balanced Amazing opportunity! Loving no matter what! How can I help? Love & Courage Trust Life Plan & expect miracles Take a chance on Love! Too busy to think Fear Money worries Powerless to do anything. No one loves me Divide & Conquer! Something bad will happen. Angry about Oil spill What will happen to me? Worried about my health Afraid and sad My car Sexy! I’m right! You’re wrong Afraid of what they think Where’s the food? We are strong together Me, me me Help others We have a problem here… No fear today! Our thoughts literally shape physical matter around us. Fear has a very slow vibration, distinct from its opposite emotion, Love. We should be very careful about how we think about our future. If we project fear, our reality will reflect it. Every thought is a spider spinning a web, and grows to become real. Our Thoughts Determine the Earth’s Future in Every Moment. : No Fear today! Yes we can! Plan & expect miracles. Amazing opportunity! Ready for Love today! How can I help? Take a chance on Love! Calm & balanced. We are strong together. Love & Courage. Help others. Let’s Take a Spin Together! Loving no matter what! We are strong together! Hang on Tight! We are ONE. Nice day! I Trust my Life! Page 237 Our Thoughts Determine the Earth’s Future in Every Moment. . . No one knows what the future holds. We DO know we manifest our shared thoughts. When all our thoughts are aligned with the common good, change is easy. We can create the desired outcome with our thoughts and vibration level. Are we ready? Is This a Battle Between Dark and Light in Hyper-Space? : “Somehow everything works out. I don't know how. It's a mystery.” The entire solar system and galaxy have a role. When a dynamic shift takes place in all dimensions at once, some people will be aware of the significance of the change, and others not. It may be that your mission is to help create a bridge to higher dimensions right here on Earth, so that when the change comes, it will be easy for all, with no shock, upheaval, death or despair. If so, find ways to raise your level of vibration and joy right now. Meditation is most useful. Live in harmony with yourself, others and the Earth. Learn about the truth. Follow the threads of light in yourself. Follow your intuition. Trust yourself. Do not succumb to fear. Put your life in order. Purify your mind and emotions so you can face the truth in that moment. The End Result is Our Choice. We are a tiny part of a larger cosmos. Page 238 Is This a Battle Between Dark and Light in Hyper-Space? Truth is Always Stranger Than Fiction. : There is much that does not meet the eye. Perhaps an inspired science-fiction thriller can best illustrate the exciting events now unfolding in our multi-dimensional world. Let this gripping story spark your imagination: Like an iceberg, we can see only a small fraction of the whole picture. Entangled, a new novel By Graham Hancock: When a drug overdose causes Leoni, a troubled teen from Los Angeles, to have a near-death experience, her soul is flung into a parallel time 24,000 years in the past. There her fate becomes entangled with Ria, a young Stone Age woman fighting for her life against the evil Sulpa, a powerful demon determined to destroy humanity. As the invaders annihilate Ria's people, Sulpa moves closer to his ultimate goal: to travel to the 21st century and rule all of mankind in perpetual slavery. The hour is late and all seems lost. But there is still hope, if Leoni and Ria can meet outside Earth-time. They venture into regions of wonder, master their deepest fears, and fight battles they could never have prepared for, if Sulpa is to be defeated... Find Book View Trailer Page 239 Entangled, a new novel By Graham Hancock: Truth is Always Stranger Than Fiction. Good Versus Evil Makes a Compelling Story : “There is no battle between good and evil or between light and dark. There is only power, the right use of power and the abuse of power.” “It is only through the sustained right use of power that we begin to have the quality of experiences needed to open our minds to a way of living that is based on the energetic reality of intimate interconnectedness and the necessity of diversity to sustain life.” Page 240 Good Versus Evil Makes a Compelling Story “The only battle is with the Self to grow up and sustain the right use of power. That is the only battle there has ever been.” Christina Pratt, Shamanic Teacher, www.lastmaskcenter.org Good versus Evil… Higher Reality is beyond Good and Evil. It is about embracing diversity, And the unity of all life. …makes a compelling story. But Higher Reality is Beyond Good and Evil. Slide 241: “There is a place beyond right and wrong, I will meet you there.” Rumi Page 241 How to Cope with Accelerating TIME and Stress. : "We have two choices: Blame the world, or take responsibility for our reactions, and change our emotional climate.“Doc Childre, HeartMath Solution “It is our hidden emotions that turn TIME into an opponent and make life a rat race. Managing time with the heart is the ultimate time management tool. Doc Childre, Founder, Learn More Page 242 How to Cope with Accelerating TIME and Stress. Why is the heart called the ‘second brain’? The heart’s ‘intelligence’ is in its 40,000 neurons and in the intuitive signals it sends, such as feelings of love, happiness and appreciation. Positive emotions change patterns in the nervous system. The HeartMath Solution outlines 10 steps for harnessing the heart's intelligence to manage emotions and reduce stress. Learn More Stressed-out Opt out of stress. The Heart is Infinitely More Powerful than the Mind. : “Your vision will become clear only when you look into your heart ... Who looks outside, dreams. Who looks inside, awakens.” Carl Jung The Heart is Infinitely More Powerful than the Mind. Page 243 The Secret: Activate Intentions with Heart Power. : Empower your idea in your heart. The heart is our most powerful force that speaks loud and clear. Explore the idea in your heart. Is your idea good for ALL of life? How will you FEEL when that idea is realized? When we feel a big YES resonance, then the most powerful force of heart and spirit is behind us. According to the Law of Attraction, the Universe responds to a thought by bringing it into form. But of hundreds of thoughts, what makes certain thoughts manifest? Have an idea. Luckily the Universe doesn’t respond to every thought. A brain-thought may be rational and logical. But this is not the language of the universe, and it will not hear you. When your heart is activated, your intentions are filled with power, and the universe responds immediately. Page 244 The Secret: Activate Intentions with Heart Power. Find ”The Secret” Movie ”The Secret” Book, The Science of Energy Healing 1. Have an Idea 2. Empower it in your heart. Awareness Requires a Clear Mind and Body. : Page 245 Awareness Requires a Clear Mind and Body. Self-Care is essential to balance and raise our vibration in a chaotic world. Now is the TIME to harmonize our bodies to the changing energetic qualities in the Earth, to notice them and be able to make fine adjustments. When the Body-Mind-Consciousness is in tune, everything clicks. But when our body, mind and emotions are challenged, how can we restore balance? How can we find and maintain a flexible equilibrium, when chaos and upheaval are all around us? This is our challenge. Feeling great is worth cultivating. How can we raise our vibration level, sensitize ourselves to feel energy shifts around us, and balance the body without medical intervention? The Energy Body is the Root of Health. : Page 246 The Energy Body is the Root of Health. Recommended Energetic Healing Systems: Body Talk www.bodytalksystem.com Shamanic Healing www.shamanicteachers.com Acupuncture Cranial Sacral Therapy www.craniosacraltherapy.org EFT-Emotional Freedom Technique www.eftuniverse.com SQUID "Superconducting Quantum Interference device" Reiki - www.reiki.org EMF Balancing www.emfbalancingtechnique.com Certified PSYCH-K Healthcare www.psych-k.com While all healing systems are useful, modern science shows that the energy body is the foundation of health. If this is true, then it follows that we can optimize health by addressing the electro-magnetic connections that are at the root of healthy vibration or disease. When we release old beliefs and negative thoughts, balance toxins, and reframe the energetic system, our bodies can once again find a higher ground of stability and balance. The Energy Body is the foundation of health. Tools for Expanding Awareness : Page 247 Tools for Expanding Awareness Basic Tools for Healing & Self-Awareness Are my intentions clear? Am I in right relationship? Monitor my thoughts. Notice my vibration now. Notice what kind of experiences I am attracting right now. Watch vibration of people around me. Drink pure water Eat more high vibration foods: (Fresh fruits and vegetables) Eat less low vibration foods: (Sugars, animal products, refined flours, caffeine) Plenty of Rest & deep sleep. Dis-ease is an invitation to heal. Be aware we may see some strange behaviors as shifts take place in people. Best Daily Self Healing Techniques; Qi gong, Yoga, Tai chi, Meditation, Walking, Deep breathing. BodyTalk Cortices & Access Technique. Learn More EFT to Harmonize Left and Right Brain. Learn More Health and happiness means listening to your body. Meditation is a Key. : Page 248 Meditation is a Key. Meditation can tune the body, mind, and emotions. Daily meditation can raise your vibration level. Meditation puts your own highest self in charge of your life, and removes you from the possibility of mind control. Empowering Your Soul Through Meditation by Rajinder Singh, is a highly recommended book. A Moment of Cosmic Synchronicity.A wake-up call we cannot ignore. : Page 249 A Moment of Cosmic Synchronicity.A wake-up call we cannot ignore. “We are getting a wake-up call we cannot ignore. How we respond will determine whether Creation’s gift of reflective consciousness was well conceived or overly reckless. To pass the test before us, we humans must demonstrate the intelligence and the moral maturity to liberate ourselves from the addictions of Empire, and to use our gifts wisely in the service to the whole.” From “The Great Turning, From Empire to Earth Community” By David C. Korten, www.davidkorten.org A Survival Manual for the Energy Shifts and Earth Changes: : Page 250 A Survival Manual for the Energy Shifts and Earth Changes: “How will you survive the energy shifts and Earth changes? The choice is up to you. Now is the time to simplify your life. Focus your goals and release those things that you no longer need. Be yourself, love yourself, and be grateful for the opportunity to live in an exciting evolutionary doorway. When in doubt, trust and be flexible. Since we do not know the big picture, allow the Great Mystery to guide you. Do everything with intention. Life will be balanced when our hearts are behind our actions. Feel good. If you do not have good feelings, turn them around. From your good feelings, create good thoughts, words and actions. Welcome back to the circle.” Read the full Survival Manual: Learn MoreBy Spider/Kathleen J. Lawrence, Taino Indian Healer. Honor the sacred tree to ground with the Earth. Live with simplicity, flexibility and trust. Now is the Time to Build a Global NetworkAcross Time Zones and Languages. : Page 251 Now is the Time to Build a Global NetworkAcross Time Zones and Languages. People are building communities at home and abroad. Connecting is easy with Networking, email, text, forums, translation and Skype. Have you Heard about PulseWire? Join, make a friend. Tell your unique story on PulseWire. www.worldpulse.com/pulsewire Translate "You must be the change that you want to see in the world." ~Mohandas K. Gandhi : Page 252 "You must be the change that you want to see in the world." ~Mohandas K. Gandhi Slide 253: 253 I’d like to wake up… How important is my cosmic destiny? Chapter 19: What’s Your Choice?Ascension? Rapture? Armageddon? or Business as Usual? : Chapter 19: What’s Your Choice?Ascension? Rapture? Armageddon? or Business as Usual? ? Page 254 What’s Happing Now in the Cosmic Cycles of Time? : What’s Happing Now in the Cosmic Cycles of Time? It’s Just the Shift of the Ages! The ancient calendars are a key to help us understand what is happening now and what we must do. Our ancestors knew how to live in harmony with the Earth and the cosmos. Ancient civilizations saw TIME in cycles rather than linear. They tracked the 25,920 year cycle we call The Great Year. The Earth is connected with energetic lines, and ancient sacred sites were built on its nodes, or highly connective crossing points. Many of our modern beliefs about TIME are open to question. The ancients understood the universe is holographic: ‘As above, so below’. Quantum Science is re-discovering these truths, and thus we are healing the centuries-old schism between Science, religion and our sacred wisdom. Ancient calendars foresaw a shift in 2012, and left us clues to find the meaning of our times. We are now learning that TIME is an illusion, and that 2012 is a moment of total unknown. We know that ‘what comes around goes around’, and the Mayans show us that time can spiral in an ever-accelerating cycle, so that ‘what goes around now comes around’ faster and faster. Now we receive instant feedback of our state of mind, and our thoughts become our reality immediately. We learn that our DNA is flexible, triggered by our beliefs. Our minds are now the key to creating the future. Page 255 Summary: Now is the TIME. : Challenge our age-old beliefs in the duality of good versus evil, we are put to the test. Can we accept our own diversity and transcend fear collectively? Those who are aligned with Light and Service will somehow be protected. We will find the need to put our lives in order, heal our limited thoughts and reclaim our power collective and individually. As the cosmos heats up and Earth prepares to move to a new way of being, we accept some discomfort. We balance our bodies to optimize our health and vibration. Now is the time to meditate, find our hearts, reflect on what is really important, and reach out to others in need. We can dissolve negativity with forgiveness, compassion and accepting diversity. The times are exciting and challenging. I am so excited to be alive at this amazing time in our history, that I even forget to fear death. Maybe that’s why I had to write this book! Caterina Page 256 Summary: Now is the TIME. We create our own reality every moment As our shared thoughts determine the future of humanity, we find ourselves at a moment of truth and ultimate responsibility. Ancients understood that the universe is made up of levels of vibration called dimensions. We can ascend through these levels to higher awareness and capability. But passage to higher levels is a test of our understanding of how to live in the light with purity, strength and integrity. Higher levels of existence bring greater responsibility, and we must prove we are ready to ‘graduate’ to the next level. Will these years be that test? Will we see a cosmic correction? Pleiadean Perspectives on Our Ascension Experience : Pleiadean Perspectives on Our Ascension Experience Pleiadean Perspectives on Our Ascension Experience. Watch Video Pleiadeans offer us a fascinating and bold perspective on our purpose on Earth. Recommended YouTube video: About health, stress and multi-dimensional reality. Page 257 Seeing the Bigger Picture : Page 258 "The universe is one being. Gaze within a mirror. See the Creator.” “The Law of One” Get pdf Searchable online book Buy book at Amazon.com Seeing the Bigger Picture "It always seems impossibleuntil it’s done”. Nelson Mandela : Page 259 "It always seems impossibleuntil it’s done”. Nelson Mandela Greg Braden, ‘Fractal Time’ www.greggbraden.com : “We’ve already answered these questions in our hearts. Now is the time for us to live what we’ve chosen, as we emerge from the mystery of 2012 into a new world age. The stage is set. The choice is ours. The Cosmos is waiting”. Page 260 Greg Braden, ‘Fractal Time’ www.greggbraden.com Find Book It’s the end of the world as we know it, (and I feel fine). : “This has far-reaching implications: from understanding the paranormal, to altering political realities, to understanding the very fabric of the cosmos. Although this may be challenging for some, the intent behind this radical voice is simply to open up possibilities for our world. I hope you enjoyed your journey through this book, and perhaps it has even changed your view of reality. In the immortal words of John Lydon of Public Image Ltd, “I could be wrong, I could be right.” “This book contains seeds of a new vision of reality and Time. This revolution is being led by the changes in human consciousness itself and being reflected in our science. As we have made science into our ultimate voice of authority, when science describes a different world, we have to take note.” Intergalactic Hitchhiking Our Milky Way Galaxy Page 261 It’s the end of the world as we know it, (and I feel fine). Dr. Manjir Samanta-Laughton www.punkscience.com “Punk Science, Inside the Mind of God” Learn About it Yourself. : “Human imagination will never devisean invention more beautiful, more simple or more direct than Nature. Because in Her inventions, nothing is lacking and nothing is superfluous.” Leonardo da Vinci Observe the world with an open mind. Page 262 Learn About it Yourself. It is TIME to discover your own Threads of Truth, and take your place in destiny. “Do you want to improve the world? I don't think it can be done. : The world is sacred. It can't be improved. If you tamper with it, you'll ruin it. If you treat it like an object, you'll lose it. There is a time for being ahead, a time for being behind; a time for being in motion, a time for being at rest; a time for being vigorous, a time for being exhausted; a time for being safe, a time for being in danger. A Master sees things as they are, without trying to control them. A Master lets them go their own way, and lives at the center of the circle.” Lao Tzu, 600 BCE Page 263 “Do you want to improve the world? I don't think it can be done. Yoda speaks : Page 264 Yoda speaks I want to be just like you!But without the ears... Your wish is my command! : Page 265 I’ll just take a stiff drink please. Your wish is my command! You have the power to create the future. Ask! See it in your mind. Make your wish! Online Links to Use With Discernment: : Online Links to Use With Discernment: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Main_Page http://www.2012goddesscosmos.com http://divinecosmos.com/ http://cosmicgaia2012.com/ http://www.kybalion.org/kybalion.asp www.hermeticresearch.org http://www.crystalinks.com/index.html http://www.lawofone.info/ http://www.llresearch.org/publications.aspx www.bibliotecapleyades.net/esp_tema.htm http://www.fromthestars.com/page159.html www.forgottenagesresearch.com/index.htm Online Sources to Use With Discernment: Page 266 Useful Books & DVD’s : Page 267 Useful Books & DVD’s “The light is the only thread to follow.” Helen Keller The Light Shall Set You Free, by Norma J. Milanovich Bringers of the Dawn, by Barbara Marciniak Awakening to Zero Point, by Gregg Braden Fractal Time, by Gregg Braden The Stellar Man, by John Baines The Law of One, by Carla L. Rueckert et all Hermetic Texts: The Kybalion, The Emerald Tablets, by Thoth (Hermes) The Book Of Enoch, (Precursor of the Bible by Noah’s father) The Schocken Bible, Translation from Hebrew by Everett Fox The Book of Knowledge: The Keys of Enoch, by James J. Hurtak We the Arcturians, by Norma J. Milanovich Arcturian Songs of the Masters of Light, by Patricia Pereira Songs of the Arcturians, by Patricia Pereira Connecting with the Arcturians, by David K. Miller Punk Science, Inside the Mind of God, by Dr. Manjir Samanta-Laughton The Pyramid Code, DVD 5-Part Documentary by Carmen Boulter E.T. 101: The Cosmic Instruction Manual, by Diana Luppi Entangled, by Graham HancockThe Holographic Universe, by Michael Talbot Now is the time of "dreaming the world awake.” So let's wake up together and dream. indigenous proverb : Now is the time of "dreaming the world awake.” So let's wake up together and dream. indigenous proverb It IS a very beautiful planet. What shall we do about it? Page 268 Slide 269: 269 “To change your mood or mental state, change your vibration." The Kybalion - Hermetic Texts Learn More